2014-2015 ACADEMIC CATALOG

2014-2015 ACADEMIC CATALOG
2014-2015
ACADEMIC CATALOG
ILLINOIS
MISSION
Rasmussen College is an institution of higher learning dedicated to global
enrichment and meeting the evolving needs of our diverse communities.
With an emphasis on innovative programs, dynamic curriculum, and general education
skills, we are committed to being a pioneer in the field of career-focused education.
We empower our students, faculty and staff to exceed the expectations of society through
academic excellence, community enrichment, and service to the public good.
PURPOSES
TO ACCOMPLISH OUR MISSION, RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ESTABLISHED THESE PURPOSES:
1. Educational Excellence and Assessment: Rasmussen College fosters a learning and
teaching community that is challenging, stimulating and student-focused. The
College uses continuous evaluation and a number of assessment tools and
methods to ensure student learning, effective teaching, student
persistence and institutional effectiveness.
2. Teaching, Learning, and Development: Rasmussen College provides learning
opportunities in an environment of mutual respect in an unbiased atmosphere,
preparing students and team members for success, lifelong learning and continued
improvement in a global environment.
3. Mission and Service: Rasmussen College publicly states its mission and demonstrates
its commitment to the public good by supporting career-focused education that
empowers local communities. The College builds community through education and
interacts with its constituency with integrity and transparency.
4. Resources and Effectiveness: Rasmussen College allocates resources to human
capital, facilities and technology in its commitment to accuracy, connectedness and
timeliness. The College is dedicated to effective use and investment of resources and
a quality learning and teaching environment for students, staff and faculty.
5. Diversity and Inclusion: Rasmussen College promotes diversity awareness, respect
for multiple perspectives, and inclusion among all College stakeholders in and
out of classrooms.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
2014-2015
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
•Summer Quarter
July 7 – September 21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Letter from the President
2
SUPPORT+3
•Early Fall Quarter
August 11 – September 21
School of Business
4
•Fall Quarter
October 6 – December 21
School of Education
12
School of Health Sciences
14
School of Justice Studies
20
School of Nursing
23
School of Technology
24
General Education Course Selections
30
Course Descriptions
31
Academic Information and College Policies
52
Faculty and Staff
73
•Early Winter Quarter
November 10 – December 21
•Winter Quarter
January 5 – March 22
•Early Spring Quarter
February 9 – March 22
•Spring Quarter
April 6 – June 21
•Early Summer Quarter
May 11 – June 21
•Summer Quarter
July 6 – September 20
COLLEGE HOLIDAYS
•New Year’s Day
•Martin Luther King, Jr. Day
•Memorial Day
•Independence Day
•Labor Day
•Veterans Day
•Thanksgiving Day
and the following Friday
•Christmas Day
888-5-RASMUSSEN
1
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
WELCOME TO
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE
I am honored that you have selected Rasmussen College as your institution
to achieve your educational goals. At Rasmussen College, we are constantly
researching and developing new programmatic offerings and course delivery
methodologies that meet the needs of employers in our communities and
our ever-changing student body. It is with this consistent programmatic
focus that Rasmussen College continuously updates existing programs and
launches new programs in order to stay relevant with the careers of today.
We understand there are many reasons that aided in your decision to complete
your education. Whether it was for career advancement opportunities, to
make yourself more in-demand in the job market or even a personal life goal
that you set for yourself—our programs are specifically designed for students
like you to affordably complete your degree at a pace that’s right for you.
Whatever your reasons may be for returning to school, you have taken the right step toward
accomplishing your goals. Combined with SUPPORT+, our network of student support services,
Rasmussen College provides you with a solid foundation of customized academic support
tools and resources, so you can be successful on your path toward earning your degree.
At Rasmussen College, serving the diverse needs of the communities around us is
ingrained in the culture. By becoming a Public Benefit Corporation, we can continue to
make an impact on the social welfare of communities through career-focused education
and volunteer efforts that are not only sustainable, but potentially life-changing.
I wish you the best of luck achieving your educational goal,
and I look forward to seeing you at graduation.
Sincerely,
Kristi A. Waite
President, Rasmussen College
2
rasmussen.edu
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
LEARN WITH SUPPORT
GRADUATE WITH CONFIDENCE
SUPPORT+, our comprehensive network
of student services, provides a customized
PROGRAM
MANAGER
level of support to help you earn your
degree and succeed in your chosen career.
At no additional cost to you, our team of SUPPORT+
STUDENT
FINANCIAL
SERVICES
ADVISOR
CAREER
SERVICES
ADVISOR
professionals—from your program manager, to your career
services advisor, to everyone in between—is available to
YOU
help you succeed in your classes and in your career.
Our dedicated team of faculty and staff
provides exceptional customized
support to help you reach your
academic and career goals. Your
SUPPORT+ team includes:
STUDENT
ADVISOR
ACADEMIC
TUTOR
FACULTY
PROGRAM MANAGER
CAREER SERVICES ADVISOR
• Helps you determine the degree that is right for you
• Assists you in completing your application
• Provides you with guidance throughout your college career
• Develops your professional career-seeking skills
• Helps you prepare your resume and create your professional portfolio
• Provides you with guidance on your career
choices and networking opportunities
STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES ADVISOR
• Helps you navigate the financial aid and FAFSA application process
• Answers questions about your award letter and the GI Bill
• Guides you to available scholarship, loan and grant opportunities
STUDENT ADVISOR
• Develops course schedule for your My Degree Plan
• Works with you to determine a balanced course load
• Ensures course availability throughout your degree timeline
FACULTY
• Incorporates industry experience in the classroom
• Helps you become proficient with course material
• Works with you to develop career-specific skills
ACADEMIC TUTOR
• Provides 24/7 math assistance for introductory
algebra and college algebra
• Offers tutoring assistance seven days per week in English, anatomy
and physiology, economics, general chemistry, biology and Spanish
• Available online and on campus—chat,
call, email or schedule a tutoring session
PERSONAL SUPPORT CENTER
• Technical support specialists available 24/7
• Helps with software installation and web browser configuration
• Troubleshoots Internet connectivity, password reset,
online course access and other technical issues
ONLINE LEARNING CENTER
• Schedules faculty and student tutoring
• Provides study aids, writing assistance,
time management and test-taking strategies
• Offers convenient, 24-hour turnaround on
comprehensive writing quality reviews
MANAGER OF STUDENT RECORDS
• Records credentials on your transcript as you achieve them
• Monitors graduation requirements
888-5-RASMUSSEN
3
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
ACCOUNTING
CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE • BACHELOR’S DEGREE
CERTIFICATE
DIPLOMA
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Associate of Applied Science Degree
• Accounting Clerk
• Bookkeeper
• Accounting Clerk
• Bookkeeper
• Bank Teller
• Accounts Management Trainee
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program learn to manage accounts
receivable and accounts payable. They learn to
prepare tax returns and financial statements, and
use computer applications proficiently. They know
financial and managerial accounting concepts as
related to the business environment. Graduates value
the ability to effectively communicate in a variety of
situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
OBJECTIVE:
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
4
CERTIFICATE COURSES
A140 Financial Accounting I A141 Financial Accounting II A177 Payroll Accounting A269 Income Tax B136 Introduction to Business B233 Principles of Management D132 Computer Applications and Business
Systems Concepts
D181 Excel D279 Computer Focused Principles E242 Career Development
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
4
35
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS 39*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their
programs of study, students are required to complete with
a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete
the E185 Freshman Seminar as part of Certificate course
requirements during the quarter in which they finish the
Certificate course requirements, generally it is scheduled in
the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
Graduates of this program learn to manage accounts
receivable and accounts payable. They learn to prepare
tax returns and financial statements, and use computer
applications proficiently. They know financial and
managerial accounting concepts as related to the
business environment. Graduates value the importance
of effective written and interpersonal communication
and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts.
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Math (Select 1 course) 4
4
4-5**
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
A276 Financial Investigation A280 Accounting Capstone B232 Principles of Marketing B234 Business Law B293 Business Ethics F108 Financial Markets and Institutions Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
4
2
4
4
4
4
16-17
57
73-74*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
**G195 College Statistics (5 credits) is the
recommended math course for this program.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in
their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must
complete the E270 Sophomore Seminar during the quarter
in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
• Accounting Clerk
• Auditing Clerk
• Bookkeeper
• Bank Teller
• Account Management Trainee
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this degree program learn to manage
accounts receivable and accounts payable. They learn
to prepare tax returns and financial statements, and
use computer applications proficiently. They know
financial and managerial accounting concepts as
related to the business environment. Graduates value
written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial
literacy, and diversity awareness skills and their
significance in academic and workplace situations.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) 8
Natural Sciences (Required courses) 6
G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select one pairing) 8
G123 Principles of Economics
Select 1 Social and Behavioral Sciences Elective
OR
G203Macroeconomics
G204Microeconomics
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
38-39
Major and Core Credits
57
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
95-96*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in
their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must
complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in
which they finish the Associate’s degree requirements
to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MISSION STATEMENT
The Rasmussen College School of Business prepares
students to be confident, results-oriented business
leaders who are active contributors in their chosen
fields and diverse communities. Our programs focus
on building a strong business foundation while helping
students acquire the skills employers demand, including
critical thinking, communication, teamwork, and digital
fluency, as they relate to various business settings.
We measure our success through the academic
performance, commitment to lifelong learning, and
ethical and professional contributions of our graduates.
4
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
SCHOOL OF
BUSINESS
BACHELOR’S DEGREE
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
Bachelor of Science Degree
UPPER DIVISION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Auditor
• Cost Accountant
• Financial Analyst
• Managerial Accountant
• Accounts Payable Manager
• Accounts Receivable Manager
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know the accounting processes and cycles of professional
accounting firms, businesses, and government agencies. They can manage accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and payroll, and can also prepare tax returns, prepare
and analyze financial statements, and use computer applications proficiently.
They can perform advanced accounting tasks pertaining to taxes, auditing, fraud
examination, and international accounting. They can apply, analyze, synthesize,
and evaluate facts and theories; locate, evaluate, and integrate appropriate primary
and secondary sources; integrate their ideas with the ideas of others to create
new knowledge; recognize and address complex ethical situations; communicate
effectively in a variety of scenarios; and operate effectively within a continually
changing environment. Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem
solving, scientific and information literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness,
and knowledge creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course) Math (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses) Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) 4
4
4-5
8
4
A330 Managerial Accounting Theory and Practice A340 Advanced Auditing Concepts and Standards A360 Taxation of Individuals A370 Intermediate Financial Reporting I A375 Intermediate Financial Reporting II A380 Intermediate Financial Reporting III A406 Cost Accounting Principles and Applications A416 Advanced Financial Accounting A420 Accounting Information Systems A430 International Accounting A490 Accounting Capstone II B330 Advanced Principles of Financial Management B343 Business Law II B351 Management of Information Systems B444 Statistics for Managers B460 Strategic Management Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Lower Division Major and Core Credits Upper Division Major and Core Credits TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
62-63
57
64
183-184*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
BACHELOR’S
DEGREE
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
5
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE • BACHELOR’S DEGREE
BUSINESS CERTIFICATE
BUSINESS DIPLOMA
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Entry-level Business Assistant
• Management Trainee
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know concepts in accounting, business, business
ethics, business law, and finance. They can interpret basic financial data and
perform basic accounting skills. They can use computer applications for the
business environment. Graduates value the ability to effectively communicate
in a variety of situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
Graduates of this program know concepts in accounting, business, business
ethics, business law, and finance. They can demonstrate management skills
including planning and decision making, organizing, controlling, and leading
employees. They can interpret basic financial data and perform basic accounting
skills. They can use computer applications for the business environment.
Graduates value the importance of effective written and interpersonal
communication and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Humanities and Fine Arts (Required course)
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Math (Select 1 course) 4
CERTIFICATE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
A140 Financial Accounting I A141 Financial Accounting II B136 Introduction to Business B232 Principles of Marketing B233 Principles of Management B234 Business Law D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS
4
4-5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
LOWER DIVISION
B165 Introduction to Human Resource Management B230 Principles of Finance B280 Business Capstone Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
8
29
4
4
2
20-21
39
59-60*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
37*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
4
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
BACHELOR’S
DEGREE
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MISSION STATEMENT
ASSOCIATE’S
The Rasmussen College School of Business prepares
students to be confident, results-oriented business
leaders who are active contributors in their chosen
fields and diverse communities. Our programs focus
on building a strong business foundation while helping
students acquire the skills employers demand, including
critical thinking, communication, teamwork, and digital
fluency, as they relate to various business settings.
We measure our success through the academic
performance, commitment to lifelong learning, and
ethical and professional contributions of our graduates.
6
rasmussen.edu
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Bachelor of Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Customer Service Representative
• Administrative Assistant
• Call Center Representative
• Sales Representative
• Executive Administrative Assistant
• Account Manager
• Sales Manager
• General and Operations Manager
• Assistant Manager
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this degree program know major concepts in accounting, business,
business ethics, business law, and finance. They can demonstrate management
skills including planning and decision making, organizing, controlling, and
leading employees. They can interpret basic financial data and perform
basic accounting skills. They can use computer applications for the business
environment. Graduates value written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial literacy, and diversity
awareness skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select one pairing)
G123 Principles of Economics
Select 1 Social and Behavioral Sciences Elective
OR
G2013 Macroeconomics
G204 Microeconomics
8
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
SCHOOL OF
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
BUSINESS
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know concepts in management, organizational leadership,
and business ethics. They understand finance and accounting, and advanced
management theories and techniques that can be incorporated in a variety of
fields. They can apply, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate facts and theories;
locate, evaluate, and integrate appropriate primary and secondary sources;
infuse their ideas with the ideas of others to create new knowledge; recognize
and address complex ethical situations; communicate effectively in a variety of
scenarios; and operate efficiently within a continually changing environment.
Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific
and information literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness, and knowledge
creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course) Math (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses) Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) 4
4
4-5
8
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
A177 Payroll Accounting B119 Customer Service
D279 Computer Focused Principles 4
4
3
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
42-43
50
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
92-93*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
UPPER DIVISION
A332
B316
B323
B351
B352
B360
B370
B371
B404
B415
B420
B421
B439
B440
B460
B492
B498
Accounting for Business Managers
Applied Management Principles Advanced Principles of Marketing Management of Information Systems International Business Operations Management Organizational Behavior Analysis Research and Report Writing Negotiation and Conflict Management Risk Management Organizational Development Statistics for Business
Business Law and Ethics Managing a Diverse Workforce Strategic Management Contemporary Leadership Challenges Management Capstone 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Lower Division Major and Core Credits
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
66-67
50
67
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
183-184*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
7
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT BACHELOR’S DEGREE
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
Bachelor of Science Degree
LOWER DIVISION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Health and Human Services Manager
• Compliance Analyst
• Home Care Manager
• Physician Office Manager
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this degree program understand the planning and coordination of
health services in a variety of settings, and know the information and processes
used to diagnose and treat human injuries and diseases. They acquire criticalthinking skills through a program of general education and are able to apply them
to the healthcare setting. Graduates can apply, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
facts and theories pertaining to healthcare management; locate, evaluate, and
integrate appropriate primary and secondary sources; effectively communicate
ideas through speaking and writing; recognize and address complex ethical
situations; and operate effectively within a continually changing environment.
Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific
and information literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness, and knowledge
creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required courses) G124 English Composition
G126A English Composition 2
Communication (Required courses)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 3 courses) Math (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (*Required, select 2 additional courses) G156 Human Biology*
G156L Human Biology Lab*
Social and Behavioral Sciences
(Select one pairing; select 1 additional course)
G123 Principles of Economics
Select 1 Social and Behavioral Sciences Elective
OR
G203Macroeconomics
G204Microeconomics
8
8
12
8-9
14
A140 A141 B136 B165 B230 B233 B267 D132 E242 G148 H200 H210 M120 M270
Financial Accounting I Financial Accounting II Introduction to Business Introduction to Human Resource Management Principles of Finance Principles of Management Employment Law Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
Career Development
General Psychology US Healthcare Systems Marketing and Communications in Healthcare Medical Terminology Electronic Health Records and Medical Office Procedures UPPER DIVISION
B371 B440 B473 B492 H300 H310 H320 H330 H340 H350 H360 H400 H410 H420 H430 H440 H490 Research and Report Writing Managing a Diverse Workforce Leading Change
Contemporary Leadership Challenges Introduction to Healthcare Administration Foundations of Managed Care Financial Management of Healthcare Organizations Quality Improvement in Healthcare Regulation and Compliance in Healthcare Healthcare Statistics Healthcare Planning and Policy Management Healthcare Information Systems Healthcare Operations Management Advanced Healthcare Law and Ethics Epidemiology International Healthcare Healthcare Management Capstone Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Lower Division Major and Core Credits
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
12
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
62-63
53
67
182-183*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MISSION STATEMENT
The Rasmussen College School of Business prepares
students to be confident, results-oriented business
leaders who are active contributors in their chosen
fields and diverse communities. Our programs focus
on building a strong business foundation while helping
students acquire the skills employers demand, including
critical thinking, communication, teamwork, and digital
fluency, as they relate to various business settings.
We measure our success through the academic
performance, commitment to lifelong learning, and
ethical and professional contributions of our graduates.
8
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
HUMAN RESOURCES AND ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP
CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
HUMAN RESOURCES AND
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
OBJECTIVE:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Associate of Applied Science Degree
Graduates of this program know concepts in accounting,
business, business ethics, business law, and finance.
They can interpret basic financial data and perform basic
accounting skills. They can use computer applications
for the business environment. Graduates value the
ability to effectively communicate in a variety of
situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
• Management Trainee
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Humanities and Fine Arts (Required course)
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
4
CERTIFICATE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
A140 Financial Accounting I A141 Financial Accounting II B136 Introduction to Business B232 Principles of Marketing B233 Principles of Management B234 Business Law D132 Computer Applications and Business
Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
8
29
37*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their
programs of study, students are required to complete with
a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete
the E185 Freshman Seminar as part of Certificate course
requirements during the quarter in which they finish the
Certificate course requirements, generally it is scheduled in
the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know fundamental concepts
in leadership, human resources, management,
marketing, and business ethics. They understand how
human resources impact the workplace and can apply
critical thinking to issues related to organizations,
employment law, compensation, training, and employee
development. They can demonstrate management skills
including planning and decision-making, organizing,
controlling, and leading employees. They can interpret
basic financial data and perform basic accounting skills.
They can use computer applications for the business
environment. Graduates value the importance of
effective written and interpersonal communication and
critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts.
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Math (Select 1 course) 4
4-5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
B165 Introduction to Human Resource Management4
B235 Introduction to Organizational Leadership 4
B250 Training and Development 4
B267 Employment Law 4
Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
16-17
Major and Core Credits
45
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
61-62*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in
their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must
complete the E270 Sophomore Seminar during the quarter
in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
• Human Resource Generalist
• Training and Development Specialist
• Job Analysis/Recruiting Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know fundamental concepts
in leadership, human resources, management,
marketing, and business ethics. They understand how
human resources impact the workplace and can apply
critical thinking to issues related to organizations,
employment law, compensation, training, and employee
development. They can demonstrate management
skills including planning and decision-making,
organizing, controlling, and leading employees. They
can interpret basic financial data and perform basic
accounting skills. They can use computer applications
for the business environment. Graduates value written
and interpersonal communication, critical thinking
and problem solving, information and financial
literacy, and diversity awareness skills and their
significance in academic and workplace situations.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select one pairing)
G123 Principles of Economics
Select 1 Social and Behavioral Sciences Elective
OR
G203Macroeconomics
G204Microeconomics
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
4
8
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
B230 Principles of Finance B280 Business Capstone Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
ASSOCIATE’S
SCHOOL OF
• Entry-level Business Assistant
HUMAN RESOURCES
AND ORGANIZATIONAL
LEADERSHIP DIPLOMA
BUSINESS
BUSINESS CERTIFICATE
4
2
42-43
51
93-94*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in
their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must
complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in
which they finish the Associate’s degree requirements
to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
9
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MARKETING CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
BUSINESS CERTIFICATE
MARKETING DIPLOMA
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Entry-level Business Assistant
• Management Trainee
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know concepts in accounting, business, business
ethics, business law, and finance. They can interpret basic financial data and
perform basic accounting skills. They can use computer applications for the
business environment. Graduates value the ability to effectively communicate
in a variety of situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
Graduates of this program understand fundamental concepts in marketing and
business management. They can demonstrate marketing and management skills
including planning and decision making, organizing, controlling, and leading
employees. Students will be able to use computer applications for the business
environment. Graduates value the importance of effective written and interpersonal
communication and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Humanities and Fine Arts (Required course)
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Math (Select 1 course) 4
4
LOWER DIVISION
A140 Financial Accounting I A141 Financial Accounting II B136 Introduction to Business B232 Principles of Marketing B233 Principles of Management B234 Business Law D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS
4-5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
CERTIFICATE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
4
B245 Online Multimedia Marketing B273 Internet Business Models and E-Commerce B281 Public Relations and Advertising Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
4
4
4
16-17
41
57-58*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
8
29
37*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
10
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
SCHOOL OF
BUSINESS
MARKETING ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Marketing Coordinator
• Marketing Specialist
• Electronic Commerce Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand fundamental concepts in marketing and
business management. They can demonstrate marketing and management skills
including planning and decision making, organizing, controlling, and leading
employees. Students will be able to use computer applications for the business
environment. Graduates value written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial literacy, and diversity
awareness skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select one pairing)
G123 Principles of Economics
Select 1 Social and Behavioral Sciences Elective
OR
G203Macroeconomics
G204Microeconomics
4
8
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
B165 Introduction to Human Resource Management B230 Principles of Finance B280 Business Capstone Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
4
4
2
42-43
51
93-94*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MISSION STATEMENT
The Rasmussen College School of Business prepares
students to be confident, results-oriented business
leaders who are active contributors in their chosen
fields and diverse communities. Our programs focus
on building a strong business foundation while helping
students acquire the skills employers demand, including
critical thinking, communication, teamwork, and digital
fluency, as they relate to various business settings.
We measure our success through the academic
performance, commitment to lifelong learning, and
ethical and professional contributions of our graduates.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
11
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES • CHILD DEVELOPMENT • ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER • CHILD WITH SPECIAL NEEDS
CERTIFICATE
DIPLOMA
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Early Childhood Teacher’s Aide
• Early Childhood Teacher’s Aide
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know child development and apply best practices to
their work in the early childhood field. Students are prepared for the national Child
Development Associate (CDA) credential. Graduates value the ability to effectively
communicate in a variety of situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
Graduates of this program know child development and apply best practices
to their work in the early childhood field. They understand developmentally
appropriate practices, positive guidance, partnering with parents, and observation
and assessment of young children. They can plan and implement activities,
materials and interactions that promote children’s healthy development while
supporting a safe environment. They develop a niche through selection of
a specialization equipping them to meet the needs of today’s children and
families. Graduates value the importance of effective written and interpersonal
communication and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts. Students
are prepared for the national Child Development Associate (CDA) credential.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
CERTIFICATE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
E242 Career Development
EC100 Foundations of Child Development EC110 Early Childhood Education Curriculum and Instruction EC121 Health, Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application EC180 Knowledge: Externship I EC181 Application: Externship II EC182 Reflection: Externship III EC200 Observation and Assessment in Early Childhood Education TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS
2
4
4
4
6
6
6
4
36*
Students enrolling in the Early Childhood Education Certificate program must currently be working
in the Early Childhood Education field and have an externship site approved by the College by
the end of the first week of the quarter. Please see a Program Manager for more details.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
Graduates of Early Childhood Education programs at Rasmussen College are not eligible for licensure
as a teacher in an elementary or secondary school. A Bachelor’s degree and a state teaching license
are typically required to work as a teacher in a public school and some private school settings. States,
municipalities, districts or individual schools may have more stringent licensing requirements. Students
must determine the licensure requirements in the state and school in which they intend to work.
Child care facilities and the states in which they are located establish qualifications for
staff that work with children, and often implement guidelines regarding age, education,
experience, background and professional development. Students must determine the
licensure requirements in the state and facility in which they intend to work.
MISSION STATEMENT
4
6
4-5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
Child and Family Studies Diploma
EC225 Parent Education and Support
EC230 Guiding Children’s Behavior
EC232 Child and Family Advocacy
G142 Introduction to Sociology
4
4
4
4
Child Development Diploma
EC210 Infant and Toddler Development
EC211 Dynamics of the Family
EC212 Emerging Literacy Through Children’s Literature
EC252 The Exceptional Child
4
4
4
4
English Language Learner Diploma
EC240 Introduction to English Language Learners
EC241 Language and Literacy Acquisition
EC242 Involving Parents of English Language Learners
EC243 Curriculum and Instruction for English Language Learners
4
4
4
4
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
Rasmussen College’s Early Childhood Education
Program prepares early childhood educators to serve
young children, their families, and their communities.
We foster and advocate developmentally and culturally
appropriate practices among early childhood
professionals. We value diversity, professionalism,
collaboration, and research-based practice. We strive
to provide young children with meaningful experiences
that provide a foundation for a productive life.
12
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required courses)
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information
G227 Oral Communication
Math (Select 1 course) Child with Special Needs Diploma
EC250 Advocating for Children with Special Needs
4
EC251 The Inclusive Classroom
4
EC252 The Exceptional Child
4
EC253 Curriculum and Instruction for Children with Special Needs 4
Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
14-15
Major and Core Credits
55
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
rasmussen.edu
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
69-70*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements,applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
Graduates of this program know child development and apply best practices
to their work in the early childhood field. They understand developmentally
appropriate practices, positive guidance, partnering with parents and
observation and assessment of young children. They can plan and implement
activities, materials and interactions that promote children’s healthy
development while supporting a safe environment. Graduates value written
and interpersonal communication, critical thinking and problem solving,
information and financial literacy and diversity awareness skills and their
significance in academic and workplace situations. Students are prepared
for the national Child Development Associate (CDA) credential.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) *C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
Graduates of Early Childhood Education programs at Rasmussen College are not eligible for licensure
as a teacher in an elementary or secondary school. A Bachelor’s degree and a state teaching license
are typically required to work as a teacher in a public school and some private school settings. States,
municipalities, districts or individual schools may have more stringent licensing requirements. Students
must determine the licensure requirements in the state and school in which they intend to work.
SCHOOL OF
OBJECTIVE:
EDUCATION
• Early Childhood Teacher
• Teacher’s Assistant
• Early Childhood Special Education Assistant
• Preschool Teacher
Child care facilities and the states in which they are located establish qualifications for
staff that work with children, and often implement guidelines regarding age, education,
experience, background and professional development. Students must determine the
licensure requirements in the state and facility in which they intend to work.
8
6
8
Students in the Child and Family Studies Specialization may not count Introduction to
Sociology as a general education Social and Behavioral Sciences requirement.
MAJOR AND CORE COURSE
Child and Family Studies Specialization
EC295 Summative Project for Early Childhood Education
2
Child Development Specialization
EC295 Summative Project for Early Childhood Education
2
English Language Learner Specialization
EC295 Summative Project for Early Childhood Education
2
Child with Special Needs Specialization
EC295 Summative Project for Early Childhood Education
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
2
36-37
57
93-94*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
13
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA
HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNICIAN ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BACHELOR’S DEGREE
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING CERTIFICATE
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING DIPLOMA
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Medical Coder
• Medical Coder/Biller
• Medical Coder
• Medical Coder/Biller
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this certificate program know how to code healthcare data using ICD
and CPT coding principles, and understand how these skills contribute to other
areas in the healthcare facility. Students know how to navigate a health record and
abstract information necessary to correctly code the medical information. They know
medical terminology, anatomy, pathology, and the effective use of medical coding
software available. They value the ability to effectively communicate, ethical and
professional behavior in the workplace and the confidentiality of patient information.
Graduates of this diploma program know how to code healthcare data using ICD
and CPT coding principles, and understand how these skills contribute to other
areas in the healthcare facility. Students know how to navigate a health record and
abstract information necessary to correctly code the medical information. They
know medical terminology, anatomy, pathology, and the effective use of medical
coding software available. They value the importance of effective written and
interpersonal communication, critical thinking and problem solving, ethical and
professional behavior in the workplace, and the confidentiality of patient information.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Natural Sciences (Required Course) G150 Structure and Function of the Human Body
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
M120 Medical Terminology
M121 Anatomy and Pharmacology for Coders
M131 ICD-CM Coding
M132 ICD-PCS Coding
M141 Ambulatory Care Coding
M209 Medical Insurance and Billing
M232Pathophysiology
M243 Health Information Law and Ethics
M250 ICD-10 Coding Practicum
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS 3
2
4
3
4
4
3
3
5
4
1
4
36
40*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Math (Select 1 course) 4
4
4-5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
M208 Introduction to Health Information Management Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS 4
16-17
40
56-57*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
BACHELOR’S
DEGREE
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
14
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNICIAN
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Medical Records Manager
• Clinical Data Analyst
• Health Information Technician
• Medical Data Analyst
• Medical Coder
• Health Information Workflow Specialist
• Medical Records Coordinator
• Coding Analyst
• Electronic Health Record Specialist
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) 4
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
US Healthcare Systems Quality Analysis and Management Management of Health Information Services Healthcare Information Technologies Health Information Professional Practicum 4
4
4
4
2
34-35
58
92-93*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs
of study, students are required to complete with a passing grade a
seminar course. Students must complete the E320 Junior Seminar
during the quarter in which they finish the Associate’s degree
requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
The Health Information Technician Associate Degree Program offered
at the Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove, Bloomington, Eagan, Lake Elmo/
Woodbury, Mankato, and St. Cloud Campuses in Minnesota – the
Aurora/Naperville and Rockford Campuses in Illinois – the Green
Bay Campus in Wisconsin – and the Rasmussen College Online
Program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health
Informatics and Information Management Education (CAHIIM).
This program may require specific immunizations
prior to professional practice experience.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants
to this program must successfully complete and pass a criminal
background check and attend a programmatic orientation.
Graduates of the Health Information Management (HIM) program will be prepared to assume diverse entry-level positions that
span a broad range of settings including hospitals, physician practices, nursing homes, home health agencies, mental health
facilities, and public health agencies as well as software companies, government agencies, pharmaceutical companies, and
consulting firms. They will understand basic human anatomy and physiology, medical terminology, and pathophysiology and
demonstrate how they are critical to managing patient health information. HIM BS graduates will be able to communicate with
all levels (clinical, financial, and administrative) of an organization that utilizes patient data in daily operations and decision
making. Graduates will be skilled and competent in developing information policy, designing and managing information
systems, as well as functioning in a technologically advanced and changing work environment. Graduates can apply, analyze,
synthesize, and evaluate didactical theories and real world experiences relevant to health information management;
demonstrate self-directed learning skills using a variety of resources and technology; articulate personal attitudes and
attributes critical to professional leadership; and administer health information computer systems. Graduates value critical
analytical thinking, problem solving, financial literacy, knowledge creation skills, lifelong learning, communication, diverse
perspectives, technology and information literacy, ethical and professional practice, and confidentiality of patient information.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Math (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Select 1 course) Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) SCHOOL OF
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
• Risk Management Officer
HEALTH SCIENCES
Graduates of this degree program understand the
healthcare system and how to communicate with the
healthcare team. They know basic human anatomy, medical
terminology, and pathology, as well as techniques for
health information management and quality improvement.
Graduates can perform medical coding and billing, analyze
data, navigate an electronic health record, manage a file
room, and release medical information under appropriate
circumstances. Graduates value written and interpersonal
communication, critical thinking and problem solving,
diversity awareness skills, information and financial
literacy, ethical and professional behavior in the workplace,
and the confidentiality of patient information.
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits • Privacy Officer
• Corporate Compliance Officer
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
H200 M211 M218 M229 M253 Bachelor of Science Degree
4
8
4-5
4
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
UPPER DIVISION
B375 H340 H350 HI300 HI305 HI320 HI330 HI340 HI350 HI360 HI370
HI400 HI410 HI420 HI430 HI435 HI450 HI460
Advanced Human Resource Management Regulation and Compliance in Healthcare Healthcare Statistics Information and Communication Technologies Health Information Management Systems Data, Information, and File Structures Financial Management of Health Information Services Project Management Electronic Health Record Application Reimbursement Methodologies Advanced Quality Management in Healthcare
Electronic Data Security Applied Research in Health Information Management Health Information Management Professional Practice Experience Strategic Planning and Development Health Data Management
Health Information Management Alternative Facility
Professional Practice Experience Advanced Health Information Law and Ethics
Total Degree Credit Hours
General Education Credits Lower Division Major and Core Credits Upper Division Major and Core Credits TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
2
1
4
58-59
58
66
182-183*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their
programs of study, students are required to complete with a passing
grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E410 Senior
Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Bachelor’s degree
requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
This program is not available online to residents of
some states. Please speak with your Program Manager
to determine your eligibility for enrollment.
This program requires specific immunizations
prior to professional practice experience.
Entrance Requirements for Health Information Management Bachelor’s
Program: Applicants pursuing admittance into the Health Information
Management BS Degree Program must possess an AAS in Health
Information Technology/Management from a CAHIIM accredited program
earned within the past five years or have an AAS degree and possess a
current RHIT credential. If the degree was obtained over five years ago, the
student needs to have work experience in the health information industry
within the last five years and approval by the Program Coordinator.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants
to this program must successfully complete and pass a criminal
background check and attend a programmatic orientation.
The Health Information Management BS Degree program is in Candidacy
Status, pending accreditation review by the Commission on Accreditation
for Health Informatics and Information Management Education (CAHIIM).
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
15
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
MEDICAL ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
DIPLOMA
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Associate of Applied Science Degree
• Medical Administrative Assistant/Secretary
• Medical Coder/Biller
• Medical Receptionist
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand the procedures of medical offices in
a variety of healthcare settings. They know medical terminology, anatomy,
pathology, and basic concepts of health-information management. Graduates
can perform medical coding, transcription, billing, and general medical
office procedures. They value the importance of effective written and
interpersonal communication, critical thinking, ethical and professional
behavior in the workplace, and the confidentiality of patient information.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
G227 Oral Communication
Natural Sciences (Required course)
G150 Structure and Function of the Human Body
4
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
M100 Customer Service in Healthcare M120 Medical Terminology M130 Medical Writing, Style, and Grammar M133 ICD Coding
M141 Ambulatory Care Coding
M202 Introduction to Medical Transcription
M209 Medical Insurance and Billing
M214 Medical Transcription
M230 Medical Law and Ethics
M232Pathophysiology
M270 Electronic Health Records and Medical Office Procedures M290 Medical Administration Capstone
MA135 Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professional
S115 Keyboarding I
Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
3
2
1
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
5
4
1
4
3
8
50
58*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
• Medical Office Manager
• Medical Coder/Biller
• Medical Administrative Assistant/Secretary
• Medical Receptionist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand the procedures and processes of medical
offices in a variety of healthcare settings. They know medical terminology, anatomy,
pathology, and basic concepts of health-information management. Graduates can
perform medical coding, transcription, billing, and general medical office procedures.
They value written and interpersonal communication, critical thinking and problem
solving, information and financial literacy, diversity awareness skills, ethical and
professional behavior in the workplace, and the confidentiality of patient information.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course)
G124 English Composition
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Math (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) 4
8
4-5
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
A140 Financial Accounting I
H200 US Healthcare Systems
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
4
4
38-39
58
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
96-97*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
16
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
MEDICAL ASSISTING DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
DIPLOMA
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Associate of Applied Science Degree
• Medical Assistant • Medical Office Administrative Assistant
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
OBJECTIVE:
The objectives of the Medical Assisting Diploma program are to prepare students to become
valuable members of a healthcare team by supporting and assisting providers in delivering
quality healthcare services; and to prepare students who are proficient in cognitive
(knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavioral) learning behaviors for entry-level
medical assistant positions. Graduates value the critical thinking, effective communication,
diversity awareness skills and medical ethics as they pertain to the medical assisting career.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
E242 Career Development
2
M100 Customer Service in Healthcare
1
M120 Medical Terminology
4
M230 Medical Law and Ethics
4
M232Pathophysiology
5
M270 Electronic Health Records and Medical Office Procedures 4
MA102 Introduction to Medical Assisting
3
MA110 Clinical Skills I
4
MA135 Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professional
4
MA145 Clinical Skills II
4
MA225 Laboratory Skills for Medical Assisting
4
MA250 Radiography Skills
3
MA281 Medical Assisting Clinical Externship
8
MA285 Medical Assistant Capstone
2
Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
8
Major and Core Credits
52
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
60*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E270 Sophomore Seminar either during the quarter in which they
finish the Diploma course requirements or the quarter immediately prior.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
This program requires specific immunizations prior to professional practice experience.
The Medical Assisting Diploma program at the Green Bay, Lake Elmo/Woodbury, and Moorhead
campuses is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs
(caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the Medical Assisting Education Review Board (MAERB).
The objectives of the Medical Assisting AAS Degree program are to prepare
students to become valuable members of a healthcare team by supporting
and assisting providers in delivering quality healthcare services; and to
prepare students who are proficient in cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor
(skills), and affective (behavioral) learning behaviors for entry-level medical
assistant positions. Graduates will understand and value critical thinking
and problem solving, written and interpersonal communication, information
and financial literacy, diversity awareness skills, and medical ethics as
they relate to the medical assisting career and the global community.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
4
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course)
4
Math (Required course)
5
G195 College Statistics
Natural Sciences (Required courses)
6
G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (*Required, Select 1 additional course)8
G148 General Psychology*
SCHOOL OF
4
OBJECTIVE:
HEALTH SCIENCES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Natural Sciences (Required course) G150 Structure and Function of the Human Body
• Medical Assistant
• Medical Office Administrative Assistant
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
3
35
55
90*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
This program requires specific immunizations prior to professional practice experience.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
The Medical Assisting Diploma programs at the Bismarck campus in North Dakota, Aurora/Naperville,
Mokena/ Tinley Park, Rockford, and Romeoville/Joliet campuses in Illinois; the Fort Myers, Ocala, New
Port Richey/West Pasco and Tampa/ Brandon campuses in Florida; the Appleton and Wausau campuses
in Wisconsin; and the Blaine, Bloomington, Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove, Eagan, Mankato, and St. Cloud
campuses in Minnesota are accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES).
• Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, 7777 Leesburg Pike,
Suite 314, North Falls Church, VA 22043, 703-917-9503
Medical Assisting students must receive the first injection of the Hepatitis B immunization series by
the end of week two in the Introduction to Medical Assisting course. Prior to the student beginning
their externship, the full three injection series of the Hepatitis B immunization and all other program
required immunizations must be completed. Medical Assisting students must successfully
complete all Medical Assisting competencies before they will be eligible for graduation.
All Medical Assisting students are required to attend the Medical Assisting Programmatic
Orientation within the first quarter of the program. All Medical Assisting students are required
to attend the Rasmussen Externship meeting conducted by the Program Coordinator as well
as a site orientation (if required by the site) prior to being eligible to begin the externship.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
DIPLOMA
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
17
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
PHARMACY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATE • DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CERTIFICATE
DIPLOMA
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN:
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN:
• Retail Pharmacy
• Clinical Pharmacy
• Retail Pharmacy
• Clinical Pharmacy
OBJECTIVE:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know medical terminology, medical law and
ethics, and pharmacy math. They understand the theory of pharmacy
practice. Graduates can receive, interpret, input, and fill prescriptions,
and can use software programs to complete these tasks. They can perform
pharmacy tasks in retail and hospital pharmacy settings. Graduates value
the ability to effectively communicate in a variety of situations, honesty
and integrity, compassion for patients, and patient confidentiality.
Graduates of this program know medical terminology, medical law and ethics, and
pharmacy math. They understand the theory of pharmacy practice. Graduates
can receive, interpret, input, and fill prescriptions, and can use software
programs to complete these tasks. They can perform pharmacy tasks in retail
and hospital pharmacy settings. Graduates value written and interpersonal
communication, critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts, honesty
and integrity, compassion for patients, and patient confidentiality.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
4
4
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Math (Required course) G195 College Statistics
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Natural Sciences (Required courses) MA278 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
MA279 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
10
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
E242 Career Development
2
M120 Medical Terminology 4
M230 Medical Law and Ethics 4
MA135 Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professional4
PT105 Introduction to Pharmacy 4
PT120 Pharmacy Math and Dosages 4
PT125 Pharmacy Software/Automation/Insurance Billing 3
PT230 Unit Dose/IV Lab 3
Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits
10
Major and Core Credits
31
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS
5
B119 Customer Service
PT235 Pharmacy Technician Practicum I PT236 Pharmacy Technician Practicum II PT285 Pharmacy Technician Capstone S115 Keyboarding I Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
4
3
3
3
3
23
47
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
70*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
41*
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
4
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophomore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
18
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN:
• Retail Pharmacy
• Clinical Pharmacy
• Hospitals and Healthcare Facilities
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know medical terminology, medical law and ethics, and
pharmacy math. They understand the theory of pharmacy practice. Graduates can
receive, interpret, input, and fill prescriptions, and can use software programs
to complete these tasks. They can perform pharmacy tasks in retail and hospital
pharmacy settings. Graduates value written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial literacy, diversity awareness
skills, honesty and integrity, compassion for patients, and patient confidentiality.
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
SCHOOL OF
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
HEALTH SCIENCES
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
4
8
8
43
47
90*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
19
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF JUSTICE STUDIES
CRIMINAL JUSTICE ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE • BACHELOR’S DEGREE
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
Bachelor of Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: **
• Corrections Officer
• Peace Officer
• Probation Assistant
• Court Clerk
• Security Professional
• Juvenile Specialist
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES: **
• Juvenile Justice Assistant
• Probation Assistant
• Probation Support Specialist
• Law Enforcement Officer
• Homeland Security Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know the history and development of the criminal justice system and its
effect on society. They understand how the legal process works from law enforcement, to the courts,
and through the corrections system. They can apply critical thinking to issues in criminal justice such as
law enforcement, corrections, security, juvenile justice, and domestic violence. Graduates value written
and interpersonal communication, critical thinking and problem solving, information and financial
literacy, and diversity awareness skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies
B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra
4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course)
4
G124 English Composition
Communication (Required courses)
6
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (*Required, Select 2 additional courses) 16
G153 Ethics Around the Globe*
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking*
Math (Select 1 course)
4-5
Natural Sciences (Required courses)
6
G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Required courses)
8
G142 Introduction to Sociology
G148 General Psychology
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
J100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
4
J106 Criminology: Motives for Criminal Deviance
4
J115 Introduction to Corrections
4
J120 Policing in America
4
J140 Field Communications in Criminal Justice
2
J150 Introduction to Criminal Law
4
J170 Applied Criminal Procedures
4
J200 Domestic Violence
4
J213 Juvenile Justice: Delinquency,
Dependency, and Diversion
4
J246 Practical Psychology for the Criminal
Justice Professional
4
J250 Drugs and Crime
4
J280 Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice Capstone
4
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
44-45
Major and Core Credits
49
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
93-94*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen
College entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously
completed coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
** Additional training may be required.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
20
rasmussen.edu
• Detective Investigator• Police Officer• Probation/Parole Officer• Homeland Security Agent
• Crime Victims Advocate• Homeland Security Supervisor • Juvenile Justice Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know the theory and practice of criminal justice law, procedures, research methods, and
leadership. They understand concepts of criminal behavior, crime prevention, and diversity in the justice system.
Graduates can apply, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate facts and theories pertaining to criminal justice; locate, evaluate,
and integrate appropriate primary and secondary sources; effectively communicate ideas through speaking and writing;
recognize and address complex ethical situations; and operate effectively within a continually changing environment.
Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific and information literacy, financial
literacy, diversity awareness, and knowledge creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course)
G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course)
Math (Select 1 course)
Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses)
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course)
4
4
4-5
8
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
UPPER DIVISION
J326 Criminal Behavior: Profiling Violent Offenders
J331 Constitutional Law
J350 Cultural Diversity and Justice
J352 Victims in Criminal Justice
J355 Realities of Crime and Justice
J360 Statistics in Criminal Justice
J365 Research Methods in Criminal Justice
J410 Criminal Justice Leadership and Management
J415 Crime Prevention
J490 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
Choose either Track I or Track II
Track I***
J480 Criminal Justice Internship
Track II
J453 Criminal Justice Seminar
J457 Criminal Justice Senior Thesis
Elective Credits (Select 4 courses for 16 credits)
J305 Examination of Forensic Science
J320 Criminal Investigations
J325 Criminal Evidence
J330 Organized Criminal Syndicates
J340 Women and Criminal Justice
J345 Diversion and Rehabilitation
J425 Community Corrections
J430 Forensic Psychology
J435 Special Populations in Criminal Justice
J440 Special Offenders: Sex Offenders
J445 Special Offenders: Serial Killers
Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Lower Division Major and Core Credits
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
Upper Division Elective Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9
5
4
16
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
68-69
49
49
16
182-183*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter
in which they finish the Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter
in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement exam, approved exemption
based on previously completed coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
** Additional training may be required.
***Track I includes an internship, which is not available to students in all states. Please speak to a Program Manager for more details.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF JUSTICE STUDIES
FIRE SCIENCE ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
E242 Career Development
2
FS100 Building Construction for Fire Protection 4
FS102 Fire Behavior and Combustion 4
FS115 Fire Prevention 4
FS120 Fire Protection Systems 4
FS125 Principles of Emergency Service 4
FS180 Strategy and Tactics I 4
FS205 Strategy and Tactics II
4
FS250 Management I: Fire Department Leadership I
4
FS255 Management II: Fire Department Leadership II
4
FS280 Management III
4
FS285 Management IV
4
FS290 Fire Service Instructor I
4
FS295 Fire Service Instructor II
4
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
34-35
Major and Core Credits
57
• Firefighter
• Supervisor/Manager
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know the theory and application of fire science and fire
service leadership and management. They can apply fire protection concepts to
building construction, protection systems, and water supply, and can delineate strategy
and tactics for survival and firefighting. They understand the principles of fire behavior,
emergency response, and fire protection, as well as management and leadership
approaches for fire officers. They value critical thinking, communication, and integrity
in the public safety system. Students in this program will develop skills for the fire
officer in curriculum designed on standards from National Fire Academy, the National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and the Illinois State Fire Marshall’s Office.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
4
8
4-5
6
8
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
Program-specific Fire Science (FS) coursework is available only at the Romeoville/Joliet campus. *Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
SCHOOL OF
4
91-92*
JUSTICE STUDIES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course)
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Math (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Required courses) G142 Introduction to Sociology
G148 General Psychology
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
21
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF JUSTICE STUDIES
PARALEGAL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
E242 Career Development
J131 Criminal Law and Procedures: Crime and the Courtroom
PL100 Introduction to Law and the Legal System
PL121 Civil Litigation and Procedure I
PL122 Civil Litigation and Procedure II
PL142 Contracts: Managing Legal Relationships
PL215 Real Estate Law
PL216 Corporate Law
PL226 Law Office Technology:
Cyberspace and the Paralegal Profession PL228 Torts: Auto Accidents and Other Legal Injuries
PL230 Family Law
PL235 Legal Research
PL240 Legal Writing
• Paralegal
• Legal Assistant
• Legal Secretary
• Compliance Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program know the principles of legal research and writing.
They understand criminal, family, corporate, and real estate law. They can
provide services in all areas of the legal system, such as courts, law firms,
and government agencies, under the supervision of an attorney. Graduates
value written and interpersonal communication, critical thinking and
problem solving, information and financial literacy, and diversity awareness
skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) 4
G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course)
4
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (*Required; Select 2 additional courses ) 12
G153 Ethics Around the Globe*
Math (Select 1 course) 4-5
Natural Sciences (Required courses) 6
G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Required courses) 8
G142 Introduction to Sociology
G148 General Psychology
Chose either Track I or Track II
Track I**
PL290 Paralegal Internship
Track II
PL280 Paralegal Capstone
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
38-39
58
96-97*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
**Track I includes an internship, which his not available to students in all
states. Please speak to a Program Manager for more details.
Rasmussen College’s Eagan, MN campus location has been approved by the
National Association of Legal Assistants (NALA) as a testing center for the
Certified Legal Assistant/Certified Paralegal (CLA/CP) examination.
In addition to meeting all other admissions requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
22
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF NURSING
PROFESSIONAL NURSING ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
Associate of Applied Science Degree
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN:
English Composition (Required courses)
G124 English Composition
G126A English Composition II
Communication (Required course)
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (*Required; Select 2 additional
courses, one of which must be a Fine Arts course)
G125Humanities*
Mathematics (Required course)
G246 Advanced Algebra
Natural Sciences (Required courses)
G282 Introduction to Microbiology
MA278 Human Anatomy & Physiology I
MA279 Human Anatomy & Physiology II
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Required courses)
G142 Introduction to Sociology
G148 General Psychology
G217 Human Growth and Development
• H ospitals
• Clinics
• Rehabilitation Centers
• Long-Term Care Facilities
OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the Professional Nursing program is to provide the knowledge,
clinical skills, nursing values, meanings and experience necessary for an entry-level
professional nursing position; and in turn facilitate competency in the core components
of professional nursing: professional behavior, communication, assessment, clinical
decision making, caring interventions, teaching and learning, collaboration and managing
care. This program is designed to prepare the graduate to utilize and apply the nursing
process (assessment, diagnosis, planning, intervention, and evaluation) to provide
care across the life span and in diverse settings within the healthcare continuum. Upon
successful completion of this program, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied
Science Degree in Nursing and will be eligible to sit for the National Council Licensure
Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN) to obtain licensure as a registered nurse.
8
4
12
5
15
12
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
NU140 Nursing Pharmacology
NU145 Fundamentals of Nursing
NU155 Adult Nursing I
NU215 Adult Nursing II
NU224 Adult Nursing III
NU232 Nursing Role and Scope
NU233 Maternal Child Nursing
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits 3
10
9
9
8
4
9
56
52
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
SCHOOL OF
108
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
NURSING
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
Applicants to this program must meet program-specific admissions requirements, in addition
to all general Rasmussen College admissions requirements. Please see the application
procedures for this program under Academic Information and College Policies.
In addition to meeting all other admission requirements, applicants to this program
must successfully complete and pass a criminal background check.
To graduate from this program, students must complete all required NU, PN, NUR,
PRN coursework with a grade of C or better, achieve all required skill competencies,
and satisfactorily complete all required clinical learning experiences.
This program is only offered at the Rockford and Romeoville/Joliet campuses.
SCHOOL OF NURSING
MISSION STATEMENT
In accordance with the mission statement of
Rasmussen College, the School of Nursing mission is
to cultivate a learning environment that develops a
skill set for critical thinking and educates students in
the development of knowledge, skills, and attitudes
needed to provide safe and competent nursing care in
the communities we serve.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
23
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
GAME AND SIMULATION PROGRAMMING BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Bachelor of Science Degree
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
LOWER DIVISION
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
E242 Career Development 2
N137 Programming I 4
N165 Fundamentals of Game Development I 4
N180 Math for Game and Simulation Production I 4
N204 Human-Computer Interaction and Interface Design
4
N206 Data Structures 4
N207 Programming II 4
N212 Fundamentals of Game Development II
4
N222 Physics for Game and Simulation Production
3
N225 Interactive Storytelling 3
N231 Web Application Development
3
N237C#
3
N286 Math for Game and Simulation Production II 4
SD140 Mobile Application Development 3
SD225 Object-Oriented Programming 3
W107 Programming Fundamentals 3
UPPER DIVISION
N309 Principles of Computer Graphics
4
N316 Principles of Shader Programming
4
N324 Portfolio, Package and Publish 4
N328 Quality Assurance in Game and Simulation Production 4
N334 Game Engines and Integrated Game Development Environments4
N347 Mobile Game Development
4
N401 Artificial Intelligence 4
N407 Networking and Multiplayer Game Development
4
N413 Asset Development I
4
N421 Software Engineering for Game and Simulation Production 4
N426 Asset Development II
4
N434 Simulation Production Project I
4
N444 Simulation Production Project II
4
N462 Game Production Project I
4
N463 Game Production Project II
4
N471 Engineering Virtual Worlds 4
Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits 61
Lower Division Major and Core Credits 58
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
64
• Game Programmer
• Simulations Programmer
• Video Game Asset Manager • Interactive Media Technical Director
• Video Game Level Designer
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand and can apply the technical concepts and
knowledge needed to develop games and simulation projects from concept to final
production. They understand games and simulations in terms of storyline, plot, visual
elements, interface design, hardware requirements, and the necessary programming
languages to complete projects. They can develop stories and characters for games
and simulations, and employ development techniques, applied math and physics,
and networking skills for multi-player games. They can perform software quality
assurance testing, product documentation, audience analysis, and implementation
efficacy research while delivering products to consumers. Graduates value
communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific and information
literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness, and knowledge creation skills
and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways, and understand how these
practices can enhance the overall game and simulation development experience.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required courses) G124 English Composition
G126A English Composition 2
Communication (Required courses)
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 3 courses)
Math (*Required, Select 1 additional course) G246 Advanced Algebra*
Natural Sciences (*Required, Select 2 additional courses)
G156 Human Biology*
G156L Human Biology Lab*
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 3 courses)
8
6
12
9
14
12
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 183
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
This program is only available to students enrolled at a campus located in
Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Minnesota, North Dakota, or Wisconsin.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
Applicants to this program must meet program-specific admissions requirements, in addition
to all general Rasmussen College admissions requirements. Please see the application
procedures for this program under Academic Information and College Policies.
Students in the Information Technology Management, Information Security, and Game and
Simulation Programming programs must sit for designated, mandatory industry certifications,
and official scores must be submitted as a condition of graduation. The College will reimburse
students to sit for the mandatory certification, as well as up to two additional recommended
certifications per established credentialing milestones. Reimbursements will be made only
once per certification. Students are responsible for paying for any additional attempts.
24
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
WEB PROGRAMMING DIPLOMA • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
DIPLOMA
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Associate of Applied Science Degree
• Web Developer
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
OBJECTIVE:
• Web Developer
Graduates of this program understand how information systems are used in business
and how technology adds value to the business process. Graduates are familiar with
interactive tools, technologies, and development platforms to build robust web
applications and user-friendly web interfaces. They possess a developed skill set in
web programming, IT project management, and website creation. Graduates value the
importance of effective written and interpersonal communication and critical thinking
in a variety of professional contexts, and how to engage in IT support practices.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Humanities and Fine Arts (Required course)
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
Math (Select 1 course) 4
4
4
4-5**
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses) Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits
Major and Core Credits
4
8
6
8
42-43
52
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS
94-95*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
*C
redit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
SCHOOL OF
TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS
Graduates of this program understand how information systems are used in
business and how technology and application development add value to the
business process. Graduates know a variety of interactive tools, technologies,
and development platforms to build robust web applications and user-friendly
web interfaces. They possess a comprehensive skill set in multi-platform web
programming, IT project management, and website creation. Graduates value
the importance of effective written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial literacy, and diversity
awareness skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
TECHNOLOGY
B119 Customer Service
4
B136 Introduction to Business 4
D132 Computer Applications and Business Systems Concepts
3
E242 Career Development
2
N140 Logic and Troubleshooting 4
SD225 Object-Oriented Programming 3
W107 Programming Fundamentals 3
W109 Relational Databases 3
W110 JavaScript 3
W116 Introduction to Web Design Software 3
W118 Introduction to HTML 3
W125 Introduction to Visual Basic 3
W201 Advanced Visual Basic 3
W210 Java I 3
W215 PERL/CGI 3
W216 PHP/MySQL 3
W290 Web Programming Capstone 2
Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits
16-17
Major and Core Credits
52
OBJECTIVE:
68-69*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
**G195 College Statistics (5 credits) is the recommended math course for this program.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are
required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E270
Sophmore Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
DIPLOMA
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
25
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
SOFTWARE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATE • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
COMPUTER SCIENCE BACHELOR’S DEGREE
SOFTWARE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATE SOFTWARE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Programmer Analyst
• Applications Developer
• Software Developer
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand basic computer software and
hardware concepts. They can develop and deploy computer applications
and understand how development techniques affect software performance.
Graduates are also able to conceptualize and manage software design
projects. Graduates value the ability to effectively communicate in a
variety of situations, in the workplace and in their communities.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Math (Required course) G246 Advanced Algebra
5
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
E242 Career Development
N137 Programming I N142 Foundations of Software Design N207 Programming II N210 Introduction to Computer Systems SD110 Discrete Structures for Computer Science SD140 Mobile Application Development SD225 Object-Oriented Programming W107 Programming Fundamentals W109 Relational Databases W210 Java I Total Certificate Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits 2
4
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
35
TOTAL CERTIFICATE CREDITS 40
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study, students are required to
complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must complete the E185 Freshman Seminar
as part of Certificate course requirements during the quarter in which they finish the Certificate course
requirements, generally it is scheduled in the same quarter as the E242 Career Development course.
Applicants to this program must meet program-specific admissions requirements, in addition
to all general Rasmussen College admissions requirements. Please see the application
procedures for this program under Academic Information and College Policies.
• Programmer Analyst
• Applications Developer
• Computer Systems Analyst
• Software Developer
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand intermediate computer software and hardware
concepts. They can develop and deploy computer applications, design digital and
software architecture, and utilize quality assurance techniques to improve software
performance. Graduates are also able to conceptualize and manage software
design projects. Graduates value written and interpersonal communication, critical
thinking and problem solving, information and financial literacy, and diversity
awareness skills and their significance in academic and workplace situations.
IN ADDITION TO ALL CERTIFICATE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course) G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (*Required course, select 1 additional course)
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking*
Math (Required course) G247 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics
Natural Sciences (Required courses) G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) 4
4
8
4
6
8
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
MH100 Precalculus MH200Calculus I MH210 Calculus II Unrestricted Lower Division Elective Credits Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits Unrestricted Lower Division Elective Credits 3
4
4
5
39
46
5
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 90
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E320 Junior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
Applicants to this program must meet program-specific admissions requirements, in addition
to all general Rasmussen College admissions requirements. Please see the application
procedures for this program under Academic Information and College Policies.
26
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
COMPUTER SCIENCE BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Bachelor of Science Degree
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Software Engineer
• Application Integration Engineer
• Software Architect
• Software Developer
• Applications Developer
• Computer Programmer
English Composition (Required course) G126A English Composition 2 Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course) Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses) Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) 4
4
8
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand and can apply theoretical concepts in
the development of mobile applications and complex software products. They
understand the principles of discrete and continuous mathematics and are able
to apply logic and mathematical proof techniques. They understand programming
fundamentals and are able to apply development techniques using a variety
of modern programming languages. They have knowledge of the concepts
and design principles relevant to computer architecture, operating systems,
organization, networks, and distributed computing environments. Additionally,
graduates have knowledge of fundamental principles in software engineering and
algorithm analysis. They can perform software quality assurance testing, develop
program documentation and flow charts, and apply best practices in the software
development process. Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem
solving, scientific and information literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness,
and knowledge creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways,
enabling students to excel in the software application development industry.
UPPER DIVISION
59
46
61
5
9
180
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
SCHOOL OF
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 4
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
3
9
TECHNOLOGY
MH300 Applied Discrete Mathematics MH310 Probability and Statistics N303 Software Systems Principles N304 Operating Systems Design N322 Web Application Architecture and Design N341 Software Systems Engineering N358 Database Systems Design N360 Mobile Platform Development N361 Algorithm Analysis N401 Artificial Intelligence N402 Network Systems Design N403 Advanced Mobile Application Development N436 Simulation Analysis and Design N461 Computer Graphics Programming N471 Engineering Virtual Worlds N480 Senior Computer Science Capstone Unrestricted Upper Division Elective Credits Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Lower Division Major and Core Credits Upper Division Major and Core Credits Unrestricted Lower Division Elective Credits Unrestricted Upper Division Elective Credits Applicants to this program must meet program-specific admissions requirements, in addition
to all general Rasmussen College admissions requirements. Please see the application
procedures for this program under Academic Information and College Policies.
BACHELOR’S
DEGREE
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
CERTIFICATE
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
27
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
DIPLOMAS • ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE • BACHELOR’S DEGREE
INFORMATION SECURITY BACHELOR’S DEGREE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT DIPLOMAS
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATE’S
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Deskside Support Technician
• Helpdesk/Service Desk Support Specialist
• Field Service Technician • End User Support Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program will be able to explain the basics of
information technology, including systems analysis, network
analysis, programming, network and computer security, and
business applications. Graduates will understand how to
troubleshoot computer and network problems with server,
desktop, laptop, and mobile devices. Graduates will be able
to develop a plan for mitigating risk and disaster planning
concerning computers and networks. In addition, graduates
will be able to create a plan to engage in life-long learning
activities, including certifications. Graduates value the
importance of effective written and interpersonal communication
and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts,
and how to engage in team and work environments.
FOUNDATION COURSES
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra 4
4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required Course) G124 English Composition
Communication (Required course)
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
Math (Required Course) G180 General Education Mathematics
4
4
4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
LOWER DIVISION
B119 B136
D132 E242 N140
N141
N146
N147
N171
N200
N228
N290
W107
Customer Service
4
Introduction to Business
4
Computer Applications and Business
Systems Concepts
3
Career Development
2
Logic and Troubleshooting
4
Networking Security
3
Fundamentals of Hardware and Software I
3
Fundamentals of Hardware and Software II3
Introduction to Networks
3
Systems Analysis
3
Microsoft Windows Server
3
Information Technology Capstone
2
Programming Fundamentals 3
Associate of Applied Science Degree
CHOOSE ONE DIPLOMA:
Computer Information Technology Diploma**
N127 Microsoft Windows Workstations N149 Helpdesk Support N156 Mac Integration N233 Software Packaging and Deployment N259 Mobile Support Principles General Diploma**
D283 Access N127 Microsoft Windows Workstation N149 Helpdesk Support N208 Linux Administration W118 Introduction to HTML Network Administration Diploma
N201 Cisco Network Routing and Switching
N208 Linux Administration N211 Windows Scripting N226 Windows Active Directory N274 SQL Server Administration Network Security Diploma
N201 Cisco Network Routing and Switching
N208 Linux Administration N221 Mobile and Mac OS Security N230 Fundamentals of Ethical Hacking N253 Managing Information Security Total Diploma Credits
General Education Credits Major and Core Credits TOTAL DIPLOMA CREDITS 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
55
67*
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in
their programs of study, students are required to complete
with a passing grade a seminar course. Students must
complete the E270 Sophomore Seminar during the quarter
in which they finish the Diploma course requirements.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
**NOTE: N208 Linux Administration and N201 Cisco Network
Routing and Switching are prerequisite to courses contained
in the Information Security BS degree program. Students
that continue into the Information Security BS degree
program must complete N208 prior to taking N437 Linux
Security Strategies and must complete N201 prior to taking
N314 Advanced Cisco Network Security – CCNA.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Deskside Support Technician • Helpdesk/Service Desk Support Specialist
• Field Service Technician • End User Support Specialist
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program will be able to explain the basics of
information technology, including systems analysis, network
analysis, programming, network and computer security, and
business applications. Graduates will understand how to
troubleshoot computer and network problems with server,
desktop, laptop, and mobile devices. Graduates will be able
to develop a plan for mitigating risk and disaster planning
concerning computers and networks. In addition, graduates
will be able to create a plan to engage in life-long learning
activities, including certifications. Graduates value the
importance of effective written and interpersonal communication
and critical thinking in a variety of professional contexts,
and how to engage in team and work environments.
IN ADDITION TO ALL DIPLOMA COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Communication (Required course)
4
G227 Oral Communication
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 2 courses)
8
Natural Sciences (Required courses)
6
G156 Human Biology
G156L Human Biology Lab
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 2 courses) 8
Total Associate’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits 38
Major and Core Credits 55
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 93*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs
of study, students are required to complete with a passing grade a
seminar course. Students must complete the E320 Junior Seminar
during the quarter in which they finish the Associate’s degree
requirements to graduate from an Associate’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students
must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter in Foundation
Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement
exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
Consult the double-asterisked note (**NOTE) at the diploma level for
students intending to continue into the Information Security BS program.
BACHELOR’S
DEGREE
ASSOCIATE’S
DEGREE
DIPLOMA
EARN AS
YOU LEARN
Our Credential Ladder guides you to earn
increasingly advanced academic credentials.
28
rasmussen.edu
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR’S DEGREE
INFORMATION SECURITY BACHELOR’S DEGREE
Bachelor of Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
Bachelor of Science Degree
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
• Network Administrator • Network Analyst
• Information Technology Manager
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program understand how information systems are used in business and how technology
adds value to business processes. They have advanced skills in network infrastructure management and
know how to support business requirements through technology recommendations, security implementation,
and development of policies and procedures to protect client data. Graduates have the ability to establish
support structures and procedures to provide best in class customer service and problem resolution.
They possess a high skill level in providing systems support and administration for web and database
applications, network optimization, and expertise in systems performance monitoring. Graduates value
communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific and information literacy, financial literacy,
diversity awareness, and knowledge creation skills and the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course)
4
G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course)
4
Math (Select 1 course other than General Education Mathematics)4-5
Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses)
8
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) 4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
UPPER DIVISION
62-63
55
66
183-184*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate mastery of the subject matter
in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College entrance placement exam, approved exemption
based on previously completed coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
Students in the Information Technology Management, Information Security, and Game and Simulation Programming
programs must sit for designated, mandatory industry certifications, and official scores must be submitted as a
condition of graduation. The College will reimburse students to sit for the mandatory certification, as well as up to two
additional recommended certifications per established credentialing milestones. Reimbursements will be made only
once per certification. Students are responsible for paying for any additional attempts.
OBJECTIVE:
Graduates of this program will gain advanced knowledge in collecting and preparing evidence of
computer crimes such as fraud, child pornography, and cyber espionage. The curriculum emphasizes
a comprehensive understanding of the forensic tools and techniques used to investigate and
analyze network-related incidents and digital devices. Graduates will be exposed to ethical and
professional information systems management security standards in project management and report
writing. Graduates of this program will also be able to address current and future cyber security
challenges such as the collection and preservation of digital evidence, with a strong foundation of
fundamental information systems management security principles. In addition, a graduate of this
program will be prepared to provide exceptional service in the technology realm of the criminal
justice field. Graduates value communication, critical thinking and problem solving, scientific and
information literacy, financial literacy, diversity awareness, and knowledge creation skills and
the need to incorporate them in meaningful ways, and integrity in the criminal justice system.
IN ADDITION TO ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE COURSES
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
English Composition (Required course)
4
G126A English Composition 2
Humanities and Fine Arts (Select 1 course)
4
Math (Select 1 course other than General Education Mathematics)4-5
Natural Sciences (Select 2 courses)
8
Social and Behavioral Sciences (Select 1 course) 4
MAJOR AND CORE COURSES
UPPER DIVISION
N312 Advanced Networking
4
N314 Advanced Cisco Network Security–CCNA
4
N326 Legal and Security Issues
4
N327 SSCP Certification Preparation
4
N333 Wireless, Mobile, and Cloud Security
3
N363 Security Strategies for Web Apps and Social Networking
3
N370 Virtualization
4
N385 Scripting - Shell Scripting/Python / Perl
4
N404 Cloud Computing
4
N409 Auditing Information Technology Infrastructure
4
N412 Risk Management and Business Continuity 4
N416 Access Controls, Authentication, and PKI
4
N420 Network Security and Cryptography
3
N423 Windows Security Strategies
4
N430 Computer Forensics
3
N437 Linux Security Strategies
4
N442 Hacker Techniques, Tools, and Applications
4
N459 ISS Capstone
3
Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits 62-63
Lower Division Major and Core Credits
55
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
67
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS SCHOOL OF
TOTAL DEGREE CREDITS 4
4
4
3
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
2
3
4
4
• Security Consultant
• Computer Forensic Analyst
TECHNOLOGY
B351 Management of Information Systems
B370 Organizational Behavior Analysis
N312 Advanced Networking
N323 Asset Management
N331 Infrastructure Hardware
N344 IT Security for Managers
N359 Support Management
N370 Virtualization
N380 Project Management for IT
N404 Cloud Computing
N406 IT Operations Management
N412 Risk Management and Business Continuity
N422 Enterprise Application Support
N424 Storage Management
N432 Information Technology Management Capstone
N433 Operating Systems Design
N443 Service Management
N458 Systems Monitoring
Total Bachelor’s Degree Credits
General Education Credits Lower Division Major and Core Credits
Upper Division Major and Core Credits
• Network Security Analyst • Information Security Analyst 184-185*
SEE PAGE 30 FOR GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS.
In addition to the courses listed, at designated points in their programs of study,
students are required to complete with a passing grade a seminar course. Students
must complete the E410 Senior Seminar during the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate from a Bachelor’s degree program.
* Credit totals do not include Foundation Courses. Students must demonstrate
mastery of the subject matter in Foundation Courses through a Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam, approved exemption based on previously completed
coursework, or by successful completion of Foundation Courses.
Consult the double-asterisked note (**NOTE) at the diploma level for students
intending to continue into the Information Security BS program.
STUDENT INVESTMENT DISCLOSURE: For more information about our graduation rates, the median debt of students who completed the program,
and other important information, please visit our website at rasmussen.edu/student-investment-disclosure.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
29
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE SELECTIONS
ALL BACHELOR’S DEGREE PROGRAMS
(EXCEPT COMPUTER SCIENCE)
English Composition
G124 English Composition
4
G126A English Composition 2
4
Communication
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
4
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information**
2
G227 Oral Communication
4
Humanities and Fine Arts
G125 Humanities
4
G145 Film Appreciation
4
G147 Art Appreciation
4
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking
4
G230 Introduction to Literature
4
G238 Conversational Spanish
4
G333 American Religious History
4
Mathematics
G161 Quantitative Literacy
4
G180 General Education Mathematics
4
G195 College Statistics
5
Natural Sciences
G150 Structure and Function of the Human Body 4
G156 Human Biology
4
G156L Human Biology Lab
2
G239 Introduction to Astronomy4
G245 Introduction to Geology
4
Social and Behavioral Sciences G123 Principles of Economics
4
G142 Introduction to Sociology
4
G146 Human Geography
4
G148 General Psychology
4
G202 Abnormal Psychology
4
G203Macroeconomics
4
G204Microeconomics
4
G242 American/U.S. National Government
4
G270 United States History: 1900 to the Present 4
G360 Contemporary World Religions
4
G401 Comparative Politics
4
**This course is not eligible for selection as a general education
elective. This course may be a required general education
course in some programs (see program pages for details).
See specific course requirements on program pages.
COMPUTER SCIENCE BS
DEGREE PROGRAM
English Composition
G124 English Composition
G126A English Composition 2*
Communication
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
G227 Oral Communication*
Humanities and Fine Arts
G125Humanities
G145 Film Appreciation
G147 Art Appreciation
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking*
G230 Introduction to Literature
G238 Conversational Spanish
G333 American Religious History
Mathematics
G246 Advanced Algebra*
G247 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics*
Natural Sciences
G156 Human Biology*
G156L Human Biology Lab*
G239 Introduction to Astronomy*
G245 Introduction to Geology*
30
rasmussen.edu
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
2
4
4
COMPUTER SCIENCE BS
DEGREE PROGRAM (CONTINUED)
Social and Behavioral Sciences
G123 Principles of Economics
G142 Introduction to Sociology
G146Human Geography
G148 General Psychology
G202 Abnormal Psychology
G203Macroeconomics
G204Microeconomics
G270 United State History: 1900 to the Present
G360 Contemporary World Religions
G401 Comparative Politics
SOFTWARE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
AAS DEGREE PROGRAM
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
*Required courses
ALL ASSOCIATE’S DEGREE PROGRAMS
(EXCEPT SOFTWARE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT)
English Composition
G124 English Composition
4
Communication
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
4
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information**
2
G227 Oral Communication
4
Humanities and Fine Arts
G125Humanities
4
G145 Film Appreciation
4
G147Art Appreciation4
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking
4
G230 Introduction to Literature
4
G238 Conversational Spanish
4
Mathematics
G161 Quantitative Literacy
4
G180 General Education Mathematics
4
G195 College Statistics
5
Natural Sciences
G156 Human Biology
4
G156L Human Biology Lab
2
Social and Behavioral Sciences G123 Principles of Economics
4
G142 Introduction to Sociology
4
G146Human Geography
4
G148 General Psychology
4
G202 Abnormal Psychology
4
G203Macroeconomics4
G204Microeconomics
4
G270 United States History: 1900 to the Present 4
**This course is not eligible for selection as a general education
elective. This course may be a required general education
course in some programs (see program pages for details).
See specific course requirements on program pages.
English Composition
G124 English Composition*
4
Communication
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
4
G227 Oral Communication*
4
Humanities and Fine Arts
G125Humanities
4
G145 Film Appreciation
4
G147 Art Appreciation4
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking*
4
G230Introduction to Literature
4
G238 Conversational Spanish
4
G333 American Religious History
4
Mathematics
G246 Advanced Algebra*
5
G247 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics*
4
Natural Sciences
G156 Human Biology*
4
G156L Human Biology Lab*
2
Social and Behavioral Sciences
G123 Principles of Economics
4
G142 Introduction to Sociology
4
G146 Human Geography
4
G148General Psychology
4
G202 Abnormal Psychology
4
G203Macroeconomics4
G204Microeconomics
4
G270 United State History: 1900 to the Present
4
G401 Comparative Politics
4
*Required courses
PROFESSIONAL NURSING
AAS DEGREE PROGRAM
English Composition
G124 English Composition*
4
G126A English Composition II*
4
Communication
G227 Oral Communication*
4
Humanities and Fine Arts
G125Humanities*
4
G145 Film Appreciation
4
G147Art Appreciation
4
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
4
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking4
G230 Introduction to Literature
4
G238 Conversational Spanish
4
G333 American Religious History
4
Mathematics
G246 Advanced Algebra*
5
Natural Sciences
G282 Introduction to Microbiology*
5
MA278 Human Anatomy & Physiology I*
5
MA279 Human Anatomy & Physiology II*
5
Social and Behavioral Sciences
G142 Introduction to Sociology*
4
G148 General Psychology*
4
G217 Human Growth and Development*
4
*Required courses
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE
CREDENTIALS
BS degree candidates must successfully
complete a total of fifty-eight (58) general
education credits, which is an additional twentyfour (24) general education credits beyond the
credits required in an Associate’s degree. These
credits should be distributed across the following
categories: English Composition, Communication,
Humanities and Fine Arts, Math, Natural
Sciences, and Social and Behavioral Sciences.
AAS degree candidates in most programs must
successfully complete thirty-four (34) credits of
general education coursework distributed across
the following categories: English Composition,
Communication, Humanities and Fine Arts, Math,
Natural Sciences, and Social and Behavioral
Sciences. AAS degree candidates in some programs
must successfully complete additional credits of
general education coursework distributed across
the same categories as designated by program.
Diploma programs include general education
courses as designated by program. Certificate
programs may not include general education
courses because they are career focused. Courses
that are primarily developmental or remedial in
nature, such as Foundation courses, may not be
included in the general education total for any
program.
GENERAL EDUCATION
PHILOSOPHY
General Education inspires commitment
to lifelong learning by providing learners
transferable skills desirable in the workplace,
such as communication, critical thinking,
information literacy, diversity & teamwork,
ethics & professional responsibility, and
digital fluency. General Education courses
may adhere to a learner’s major program,
satisfy an intellectual curiosity, or both.
General Education allows learners to flourish
amid change, better understand their own
learning, and assists in applying ideas
to the modern world and workplace.
College Experience Course, 0 credits
The College Experience Course is an instructor
led, objective qualification tool to help quantify
the commitment of potential students through
a one week simulation of the college experience
at Rasmussen College. This course must be
passed with a score of 80/100 in order to proceed
with enrollment. This course is designed to help
build a student’s confidence and knowledge
through demonstrating habits necessary for
success in college and clarifying expectations
for student engagement. This course requires
both reading and submission of assignments
to closely resemble what they will experience
every week in a typical Rasmussen course.
Prerequisite: none
A140 Financial Accounting I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course defines accounting objectives
and their relation to business. The student
will be taught the fundamental principles
of bookkeeping. The trial balance, working
papers, financial statements, and completing
an accounting cycle are introduced. The
course will emphasize valuing assets, including
property, plant and equipment, inventory,
and accounts receivable, and will address
the classification of accounts, notes, payroll
liabilities, and monthly adjustments.
Prerequisite: none
A141 Financial Accounting II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a further continuation of
Financial Accounting I and will stress financial
statement analysis for partnerships and
corporations. It will also emphasize corporate
accounting, corporate issuing and investing
in debt and equity securities, financial and
cash-flow analysis, and decision-making. The
course will include manufacturing accounting
methods used for budgeting and forecasting.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting I
A177 Payroll Accounting
40 hours, 4 credits
Focus is on computing and paying of wages and
salaries, social security taxes and benefits, federal
and state employment insurance and taxes,
and payroll accounting systems and records.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting I
A269 Income Tax
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide knowledge
of the rights, options, and requirements in filing
returns for the individual and small business.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A276 Financial Investigation
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will introduce students to the
field of fraud examination and how fraud
occurs and is detected within financial
statements. This course will expand in areas
of revenue, inventory, liabilities, assets, and
inadequate disclosures related to financial
statement investigations and fraud.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A280 Accounting Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
This course will be a synthesis of the accounting,
business, and general education courses offered
in the Accounting Associate’s degree program.
A study of emerging issues and timely topics in
financial accounting, professional ethics, and
transferable skills necessary for the success
of an accounting graduate, and accounting
careers will be discussed. This course focuses
on research, case analysis, and interpersonal
communication and class presentations.
Prerequisite: Offered last or second-to-last
quarter for Associate’s degree students
A330 Managerial Accounting
Theory and Practice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a survey of the theory
and application of managerial accounting
principles. Topics include cost behaviors,
production costing methods, data
processing, economic analysis, budgeting,
and management and financial control.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A332 Accounting for Business Managers
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a review of accounting
objectives and their relation to business, as
well as a survey of the theory and application of
managerial accounting principles. Topics include
cost behaviors, production costing methods,
data processing, economic analysis, budgeting,
and management and financial control.
Prerequisite: none
A340 Advanced Auditing Concepts and Standards
40 hours, 4 credits
This course includes a study of auditing standards
and procedures and an integration of professional
ethics within the accounting discipline. Emphasis
is placed on analytical thinking, evaluation of
business risks, and internal control practices
and a thorough study of Sarbanes Oxley and
other relevant laws and regulations as they
relate to publicly traded companies.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A360 Taxation of Individuals
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide knowledge
of the rights, options, and requirements in
filing returns for the individual and small
business. Focus is on income, exclusions,
deductions, exemptions, credits, property,
gift, estate tax and depreciation.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A370 Intermediate Financial Reporting I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers a review of accounting
theory, its conceptual framework, and how
to understand and analyze financial reports,
including income statements, the statement
of cash flows, and the balance sheet.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
COURSE
In the areas of English Composition and
Communication, students will demonstrate
understanding of basic rhetorical strategies
including audience, purpose, thesis
statements, effective organization, and/or
the use of adequate and relevant evidence.
In the area of Humanities and Fine Arts, students
will demonstrate understanding of different
forms of art; the difference between creative
and critical thinking; the elements associated
with various art forms; and/or the function of
creative production and expression in society.
In the area of Math and Natural Sciences,
students will demonstrate understanding
of the notation and terminology used in
mathematics; the effect that such calculations
accomplish; the difference between the
valid and invalid use of data and statistics;
the fundamental scientific processes,
theories, facts, concepts, and principles;
the difference between facts and opinions;
and/or the steps of the scientific method.
In the area of Social and Behavioral Sciences,
students will demonstrate understanding of
the major concepts, issues, ideas and models
in social science; methods of scientific inquiry
as they affect social science; methods of
qualitative and quantitative research; and/
or how social, cultural, and political factors
influence social and historical change.
How to Read Course Descriptions
Course descriptions numbers that fall below 100
are considered development courses. Course
description numbers that range from 100-199 are
generally considered to be freshman-level courses.
Course description numbers that range from 200299 are considered to be more advanced courses
and may function as sophomore-level or capstone
courses. Course description numbers that range
from 300-399 are considered upper division
courses that may function as junior-level courses.
Course description numbers that range from 400499 are considered to be more advanced upper
division courses that may function as senior-level
student requirements for a Bachelor’s degree.
E170 Introduction to Undergraduate Research/
E242 Career Development
E170 Introduction to Undergraduate Research and
E242 Career Development are courses specific to
the College, facilitating lifelong career-placement
services. See the Academic Information section
for policies on transfer of these courses.
DESCRIPTIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION
COURSE CATEGORIES
Most programs use a combination of lecture
and laboratory methods of instruction. A class
period, particularly in a technology-intensive
learning environment, is defined as either lecture
or laboratory depending primarily on whether
new material is introduced. Lecture is a class
setting in which the student is instructed in the
theory, principles, and history of an academic
or vocational subject. The student should
expect a requirement of two hours of outside
preparation for each hour of lecture instruction.
Some lecture classes have additional time
scheduled without additional charge to the
student to provide for individualized coaching.
Laboratory is a setting in which the student
applies information and demonstrates, tests,
or practices for reinforcement skills previously
acquired through lecture or outside reading. An
instructor is normally present in the laboratory
setting, but for coaching and clarification rather
than for presentation of new material. Two hours
of laboratory have the credit equivalency of one
hour of lecture. Internship (also externship or
practicum) is program-related work experience
with indirect instructor supervision and employer
assessment, usually coupled with lecture
sessions in which the workplace experience
is discussed. Three hours of internship have
the credit equivalency of one hour of lecture.
The individual student’s ability to attain the
necessary competencies may influence the
number of clock hours necessary to complete
an individual course. Prerequisites may be
waived in unusual circumstances, but only with
the consent of the instructor and approval of
the Academic Dean or Campus Director.
Program Length
A Rasmussen College student is considered
full-time when he or she is taking 12 or more
credits per term. While a student is considered
part-time when the student is taking less than
12 credits per term, a part-time student typically
takes an average of 8 credits per term. To
calculate program length, the College divides
the total program credits by 12 for full-time
students and by 8 for part-time students.
Credit Definition
Credit Hour – The unit by which Rasmussen
College measures its coursework. The number
of credit hours assigned to a course usually
reflects the combination of class, laboratory,
and/or internship hours required in the course.
Rasmussen College follows the quarter system,
and awards one credit for each 10 clock hours of
lecture, 20 clock hours of laboratory, or 30 clock
hours of internship, externship, or practicum
contained in a quarter, or the equivalent in directed
study. Students are expected to spend at least two
hours in out-of-class preparation and completion
of assignments for each hour they spend in class.
Clock Hour – Equal to 50 minutes of instruction.
31
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
A375 Intermediate Financial Reporting II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course builds on Intermediate Financial
Reporting I. Topics include stockholder’s equity,
valuation of assets and liabilities, interpretation
of financial statements, accounting changes
and errors, and prior period adjustments.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Financial Reporting I
A380 Intermediate Financial Reporting III
40 hours, 4 credits
Intermediate Financial Reporting III builds on
Intermediate Financial Reporting II and explores
advanced financial principles, processes, and
procedures related to how organizations measure
key financial objectives, including revenue, cash,
and taxes. The development and challenges
concerning international accounting standards
is also studied. An application of international
standards is interwoven through each lesson.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Financial Reporting II
A406 Cost Accounting Principles and
Applications
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a survey of the theory
and application of cost accounting principles.
Topics include cost behaviors, production
costing methods, data processing, economic
analysis, budgeting, and management and
financial control. Topics include how to identify,
measure, and accumulate direct and indirect
costs, how to apply burden, introduction to
job costing systems, budgeting, cost-volumeprofit relationships, and relevant costing.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
A416 Advanced Financial Accounting
40 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on the importance of
the operational functions in organizations
today to include business combinations and
the related financial accounting transactions
necessary, segment reporting, output planning,
international transaction accounting, foreign
currency transactions, inventory control,
scheduling, and quality control. An interweaving
emphasis will be placed on quality and its
impact in securing a strategic advantage
for manufacturing and service entities.
Prerequisite: Intermediate Financial Reporting II
A420 Accounting Information Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
An advanced course that further develops an
understanding of the elements, relationships,
and issues associated with manual and
computerized accounting information systems.
Practical application using spreadsheets,
databases, and general education software.
Prerequisite: Management of
Information Systems
A430 International Accounting
40 hours, 4 credits
This course includes a study of the international
dimension of financial reporting and analysis.
It provides students with an overview of
the accounting practices of multinational
enterprises and the preparation and
presentation of financial statements in different
nations. Topics covered include international
corporate taxation, transfer pricing, foreign
currency translation, financial disclosure, and
international accounting harmonization.
Prerequisite: Advanced Financial Accounting
32
A490 Accounting Capstone II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will be a synthesis of the accounting,
business, and general education courses
offered in the Accounting BS Degree Program.
A study of emerging issues and timely topics in
financial accounting, professional ethics, and
transferable skills necessary for the success
of an accounting graduate, and accounting
careers will be discussed. This course focuses
on research, case analysis, interpersonal
communication and class presentation.
Prerequisite: Intended for student’s last quarter
B080 Reading and Writing Strategies
40 hours, 4 credits
This course develops students’ reading and
writing skills in preparation for college-level
coursework. Through review of grammar,
punctuation, and the writing process,
students will enhance their ability to compose
sentences, paragraphs, and short essays.
The study of active reading strategies will
provide students with the tools necessary
for comprehending collegiate-level texts.
This course is taught in six-week sessions.
Prerequisite: Placement determined
by Rasmussen College entrance
placement exam score.
B095 Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to be a combination of
basic and intermediate algebra. Students must
earn a grade of “C” or better in order to progress
to general education-level mathematics courses.
Prerequisite: Placement determined
by Rasmussen College entrance
placement exam score.
B119 Customer Service
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the basic concepts of
essential communication skills needed in
business to interact/work effectively with
individuals and/or groups. Special areas of
emphasis include solving problems, developing
a customer service strategy, coping with
challenging customers, increasing customer
retention and surveying customer satisfaction.
Prerequisite: none
B136 Introduction to Business
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a study of the characteristics
and functions of business in a free enterprise
environment and how business impacts the
economy in which we live. Characteristics
studied may include opportunities,
organizations, management, marketing,
analysis and any other activities related
to general ownership and operation.
Prerequisite: none
B165 Introduction to Human
Resource Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to the management
and leadership of an organization’s human
resources. It explores the importance of
establishing or administrating the goals, policies,
and procedures of the organization. Topics
discussed include: communication, employee
benefits, interview techniques, motivation,
safety, hiring, discipline, and employment
guidelines. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: none
B220 Project Planning and Documentation
40 hours, 4 credits
This course encompasses timelines, deadlines,
team-building, communication issues and
problem solving. The course is set with predefined scenarios to assist with the definition
of project roles and phases. The students
work through related issues and produce
a resolution in a well written format.
Prerequisite: none
B230 Principles of Finance
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a study of financial institutions,
investment techniques, and financial
management. Students will examine
acquisition of funds, cash flow, financial
analysis, capital budgeting, working capital
requirements, and capital structure.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting I
B232 Principles of Marketing
40 hours, 4 credits
This course serves as an introduction to the
marketing concept, integrating seven key
marketing perspectives. Topics include consumer
buying behavior, business-to-business markets
and organizational buying behavior, market
research techniques, fundamental pricing
concepts, marketing channels and logistics,
integrated marketing communications, and
marketing’s role in electronic commerce.
Prerequisite: none
B233 Principles of Management
40 hours, 4 credits
Students enrolled in this course will develop
managerial skills and insights by studying
management practices. In addition, they will
develop an understanding of the manager/
employee relationship and the legal and
ethical issues that impact these relationships.
This course includes educational resources
from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: none
B234 Business Law
40 hours, 4 credits
This course presents fundamental principles
of law applicable to business transactions.
The course relates areas of legal environment
of business and sales contracts. Principles
of law that apply to government, regulations,
commercial paper, property, bailments, agency
and business organizations are addressed.
Prerequisite: none
B235 Introduction to Organizational Leadership
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides students with an
opportunity to learn the fundamental theory and
practical application of organizational leadership
in the context of diversity. Emphasis is placed
on a foundation in theoretical concepts and
their practical applications to enable students
to understand the chaotic and consistently
changing world of organizations and help them
develop their own skills to become effective
leaders. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: none
B242 Multicultural Communications for Business
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an introduction to the
challenges a diverse workforce presents in
today’s global economy. Specific areas of study
will be coping with diverse communication
styles, allowing for divergent approaches to
task completion, mitigating different attitudes
toward conflict, and resolution management and
protocols for ensuring multicultural collaboration.
Prerequisite: none
B245 Online Multimedia Marketing
40 hours, 4 credits
This course explores emerging and innovative
business and marketing technologies and
techniques such as weblogs and podcasting.
In addition to investigating the newest
communication tools, this course will also
address creating and evaluating proposals,
media purchasing and online public relations.
Prerequisite: Internet Business
Models and E-Commerce
B250 Training and Development
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a study of training and development
fundamentals including how training relates
to Human Resource Management and Human
Resource Development, how internal and external
factors influence employee behavior, and the
role of adult learning in training. Students will
examine how training needs are determined, best
practices in developing and implementing training
programs, and how to evaluate training efforts.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Human
Resource Management
B267 Employment Law
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will develop an understanding
of selected legal issues involved in human
resource management. Legal issues to be
addressed include: labor relations, employee
rights, sexual harassment, diversity, and
compensation and benefits law. The primary
orientation of the course will be to enable
learners to recognize the spirit and purpose
of the legal framework of enterprise so that
learners can embrace compatible strategies
and avoid cutting corners in the short-run,
which can ultimately result in major disasters.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Human
Resource Management
B271 Professional Communication
40 hours, 4 credits
This course teaches communication theory and
skills for developing professional documents
and oral presentations for audiences in
diverse communities and disciplines. To equip
students to communicate effectively, this
course emphasizes thinking and writing within
global contexts, in collaborative situations,
and in various electronic environments.
Prerequisite: Passing grade in
Foundation coursework or placement
determined by Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam score
B273 Internet Business Models and E-Commerce
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to introduce students to
new models for the practice of business as it is
affected by new technologies. From ethical issues
related to customer privacy to the problems
related to timely contract fulfillment, this course
engages the student in analyzing the potentials
and problems the Internet offers. Topics covered
include a survey of strategies and organizational
models for new and existing businesses on the
Internet, the impact of E-Commerce on customer
relations (advertising, marketing, customer
service), using information technologies for
accounting, managing inventories and security,
and designing strategies for keeping current
with changes in the practice of E-business.
Prerequisite: none
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
B375 Advanced Human Resource Management
40 hours, 4 credits
The purpose of this course is to enable the
student to develop a broad exposure to new
approaches, techniques, and future trends
in the management of personnel. This course
includes a study of the major functions
in personnel management including job
analysis, manpower planning, selection of
personnel, performance evaluation, training
and wage and salary administration.
Prerequisites: Principles of Management;
Introduction to Human Resource Management
or Management of Health Information Services
B404 Negotiation and Conflict Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will focus on negotiation and
conflict management in business and other
organizational settings. The emphasis is on
gaining an understanding of the negotiation
process and developing effective negotiation
and conflict management skills.
Prerequisite: Organizational Behavior Analysis
B415 Risk Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This upper-level business course explores the
elements of risk management and insurance
essential to the business environment.
This course will develop the rationale for
risk-management systems and examine
the environments in which they operate.
Students will learn, analyze, and evaluate
approaches to measuring and managing
risks in various business environments.
Prerequisite: none
B420 Organizational Development
40 hours, 4 credits
This seminar course builds upon the
theoriesintroduced in Organizational Behavior
Analysis.In this course, students examine
how qualitativeapproaches, quantitative
approaches, andprocess-based approaches
to organizationaldevelopment through
the stories of professionalsinvolved in
organizational change. Students willcritically
examine the design, management, andcontrol
of organizational development programs.
This course includes educational resources
fromHarvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: none
B421 Statistics for Business
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will develop basic
statistical literacy along with the ability to
analyze and evaluate real-life business problems
using statistical methods. Students will learn
to organize and present quantitative data by
means of graphical and numerical methods.
Topics include descriptive statistics, basic
probability theory, discrete and continuous
probability distributions, sampling distributions,
estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of
variance, and simple linear regression.
Prerequisite: none
B439 Business Law and Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course reviews fundamental principles of law
applicable to business transactions, and provides
overview of the current moral and ethical issues
that arise in the world of business. Students
will examine the law, legal system, and ethics
and how they apply to the business world and
business transactions. Public and private law are
addressed. Critical thinking and ethical analysis
are key areas of focus throughout the course.
Prerequisite: none
B440 Managing a Diverse Workforce
40 hours, 4 credits
This seminar course examines diversity from
a personal, group, organizational, national,
and global perspective. Students will explore
stereotypes of individuals within organizations,
and they will study how these stereotypes
affect people within the workplace. Students
will also examine issues in conducting business
and managing people within a global setting.
Prerequisite: none
B444 Statistics for Managers
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will utilize a statistical
computer package, and examine applied statistics
methods and applications in business situations.
Prerequisite: College-level Math course
B460 Strategic Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to integrate prior business
courses through study, discussion, and creation
of strategic management plans. Students will
evaluate the key functions of organizations and
integration of these functions to understand
the best practices used to achieve competitive
advantages. Topics will include strategic
formulation, implementation, and evaluation.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Business
B473 Leading Change
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will focus on the impact of change
in an organizational setting. Various change
management models will be explored, providing
students with a foundation for approaching
change and developing effective skills and
techniques to perform in the workplace when
change occurs. Students apply business
concepts to real-world case study examples
and determine strategies for bringing
constructive change to an organization.
Prerequisite: none
B491 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business
40 hours, 4 credits
This course presents an overview of the
law,legal system, and ethics and how they
apply to the business world and business
transactions. Public and private law are
addressed. Critical thinking and ethical
analysis are key areas of focus throughout
the course. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisites: Ethics Around the
Globe or Business Law
B492 Contemporary Leadership Challenges
40 hours, 4 credits
This seminar course examines current issues
within the management field. This course is
highly interactive in that both students and
faculty are actively engaged in researching,
presenting, and discussing course materials.
In addition to gaining in-depth exposure to a
current key topic in the field, students learn
to become active and effective members
of a professional learning community.
Prerequisite: none
B498 Management Capstone
30 hours, 3 credits
In this course, students analyze, synthesize,
evaluate, and create new knowledge by
reviewing, contemplating, and applying
theoretical concepts studied throughout their
degree in creating a solution for an actual
management need. This course is designed to
be taken during the student’s last quarter.
Prerequisite: Business Bachelor’s student
in last or second-to-last quarter
COURSE
B333 Principles of Management II
40 hours, 4 credits
Through theory, self-analysis, and analysis
of others, this course provides students with
the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed
to become an effective manager. Specific
topics covered include managing stress;
solving problems; coaching, influencing, and
motivating others; team-building; and leading
change. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: Principles of Management
B343 Business Law II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a continuation of the study
of fundamentals of law. This includes study
of the types of business organizations,
property laws, wills, trusts, estate planning,
bankruptcy, creditor and debtor relationships,
commercial paper, securities regulation
contracts, and other areas of business law.
Prerequisite: Business Law
B351 Management of Information Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
Students are introduced to the foundations of
management information systems. This includes
current trends, fundamental MIS technology
concepts, applications for business functions,
and management practice. Students will gain
exposure to analyzing, utilizing, and supervising
integrated management information systems.
Prerequisites: none
B352 International Business
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides management students
with an introduction to international economic,
political, cultural and business environments.
Students will develop a basic understanding and
appreciation of the myriad factors involved in
managing people within a global workforce.
Prerequisite: none
B360 Operations Management
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students examine the operations
function of managing people, information,
technology, materials, and facilities to produce
goods and services. Specific areas covered will
include designing and managing operations,
purchasing raw materials, controlling and
maintaining inventories, and producing
goods or services that meet customers’
expectations. Quantitative modeling will
be used for solving business problems.
Prerequisite: none
B370 Organizational Behavior Analysis
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to explore human
behavior in work settings from an interdisciplinary perspective. The following
topics will be studied and analyzed from a
management perspective: organizational
structure, leadership, power, conflict
management, individual and group dynamics,
motivation, morale, and communication.
Prerequisite: none
B371 Research and Report Writing
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn research and report
writing for academic settings. Topics will
include qualitative and quantitative research
methodology, literature reviews, information
literacy, and academic report writing.
Prerequisite: English Composition or
Communicating in Your Profession
DESCRIPTIONS
B280 Business Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
This course is designed to allow students to
integrate the knowledge and skills gained
in the Business Management Associate’s
degree program. Through case analysis, class
discussion, and supervised field experience,
students will synthesize and demonstrate
their understanding of core business concepts
via completion of a Capstone project.
Prerequisite: Intended for last
quarter of student’s program
B281 Public Relations and
Advertising Strategies,
40 hours, 4 credits
Students examine the similarities and
differences between public relations, advertising
and promotional marketing and how to
differentiate between a target audience and
a target market. Marketing interactions with
associated stakeholders, including current
and new customers; shareholders; the media;
financial and industry analysts will be explored.
Other parts of the enterprise, such as senior
management and marketing, finance, and
human resources departments are studied.
Prerequisite: Principles of Marketing
B293 Business Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course presents an examination of
current moral and ethical issues that arise in
the world of business, as well as an analysis
of the main theories of moral obligation, right
and wrong action, and good and bad values.
Prerequisite: none
B316 Applied Management Principles
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will review foundational management
skills and insights derived from the study
of management practices. Through theory,
selfanalysis, and analysis of others, this
course provides students with the knowledge,
skills, and attitudes needed to become an
effective manager. Specific topics covered
include managing stress; solving problems;
coaching, influencing, and motivating others;
team-building; and leading change.
Prerequisite: none
B323 Advanced Principles of Marketing
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines developing, designing,
and implementing marketing programs,
processes, and activities. Key areas of focus
include capturing market insights, brand
building strategies, market segmentation,
and delivering and communicating value.
This course includes educational resources
from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: Principles of Marketing
B330 Advanced Principles
of Financial Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an introduction to advanced
concepts and methods of financial management
for organizations. Topics include an analysis of
corporate finance, asset pricing, leverage, risk
and return, short- and long-term investment
decisions, business financial planning, working
capital management, capital structure,
multinational finance, as well as other topics.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II
33
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
D132 Computer Applications and
Business Systems Concepts
40 hours, 3 credits
This course teaches students basic to
advanced computer concepts and skills,
including creating and modifying Word
documents, designing databases, spreadsheet
creation and analysis, using the Internet and
E-Commerce tools, and creating presentations
with enhanced features and web tools.
Prerequisite: none
D181 Excel
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to investigate the
advanced applications and concepts available
in Microsoft Office Excel. Students will be
introduced to electronic spreadsheet features
ranging from the data input and manipulation to
charting and PivotTables. This course is designed
to help prepare students for the Excel portion of
the Microsoft Office Specialist certification exam.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
D187 Professional Presentations
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to incorporate two
Microsoft Office presentation programs into a
single, powerful tool that can be used to create
professional presentations. Students will learn
to use PowerPoint and Publisher as partners
in creating multidimensional presentations.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
D250 Microsoft Access
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to investigate the
advanced applications and concepts available
in Microsoft Office Access. Students will be
introduced to database management features
ranging from the creation and modification of
databases to maintaining data integrity. This
course is designed to help prepare students
for the Access portion of the Microsoft
Office Specialist certification exam.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
D279 Computer Focused Principles
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to teach students to
accomplish common accounting functions
through the use of the computer. Students
will learn to maintain accounting records on a
computer, input and process information and
produce standard accounting reports. This
course covers common accounting functions
such as maintaining accounts receivable,
accounts payable and general ledgers.
Prerequisite: Financial Accounting I
D283 Access
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to investigate the
advanced applications and concepts available
in Microsoft Office Access. Students will be
introduced to database management features
ranging from the creation and modification of
databases to maintaining data integrity. This
course is designed to help prepare students
for the Access portion of the Microsoft
Office Specialist certification exam.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
34
E170 Introduction to Undergraduate Research
20 hours, 2 credits
This course provides a broad overview of
information literacy concepts by introducing
skills for locating, evaluating, and ethically using
a variety of resources for a specific purpose.
The course begins with the information cycle
and the production of information, followed by
the identification of a topic & research question,
and the selection, evaluation and integration
of sources into an annotated bibliography.
Prerequisite: none
E185 Freshman Seminar
0 credits
This seminar course challenges students at
the end of their freshman year to reflect on
concepts and skills learned in courses across
the curriculum. Summative assessments focus
on general education skills that provide the basis
for lifelong learning. Students must complete the
freshman seminar as part of Certificate course
requirements the quarter they are scheduled
for the E242 Career Development course.
E242 Career Development
20 hours, 2 credits
This course is designed to study the personal
and professional characteristics necessary for
obtaining and maintaining suitable employment.
The student will assemble a complete job-seeking
portfolio including his/her resume and references,
letters of application and appreciation,
documentation of work and educational history,
and demonstration of skills through examples
of student work. The course includes an indepth study of self-marketing approaches, job
interviewing techniques and professionalism
as well as participation in a mock interview.
Prerequisite: none
E270 Sophomore Seminar
0 credits
This seminar course challenges students at
the end of their sophomore year to reflect on
concepts and skills learned in courses across
the curriculum. Summative assessments focus
on general education skills that provide the basis
for lifelong learning. Students must complete
the sophomore seminar the quarter in which
they finish the Diploma course requirements.
E320 Junior Seminar
0 credits
This seminar course challenges students at
the end of their program of study to reflect on
concepts and skills learned in courses across
the curriculum. Summative assessments focus
on general education skills that provide the basis
for lifelong learning. The course is required for
graduation from an Associate’s degree program.
E410 Senior Seminar
0 credits
This seminar course challenges students at
the end of their program of study to reflect on
concepts and skills learned in courses across
the curriculum. Summative assessments focus
on general education skills that provide the basis
for lifelong learning. The course is required for
graduation from a Bachelor’s degree program.
EC100 Foundations of Child Development
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will explore characteristics of children
at different ages, children’s developmental needs,
and the foundation of early childhood education.
Students will learn the fundamentals of
developmentally appropriate practice as it relates
to child development, individual needs, building
self-esteem in children, and using interpersonal
skills and communication within the classroom
and center. Students will study the function of
the family, and the cultural, social, class, and
ethnic variations in the family as a social system.
Prerequisite: none
EC110 Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction
40 hours, 4 credits
This course promotes the development of
young children in the academic, social, and
emotional domains. It examines developmentally
appropriate methods for writing and assessing
behavioral objectives, lesson plans, and
activity goals. Various curriculum models will
be reviewed. Strategies to enhance parent
and family involvement will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: Foundations of Child Development
EC121 Health, Safety, and
Nutrition/CDA Application
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines the role of early
childhood professionals working in the field
via the policies and procedures governed by
the state. Students will learn guidelines for
establishing safe environments. They will
also learn strategies for implementing health
policies, controlling disease, establishing proper
nutrition, and responding to children’s special
health concerns. Students will carry out a 2-hour
field observation in the field of education.
Prerequisite: Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction
EC180 Knowledge: Externship I
180 hours, 6 credits
Under externship supervision, the
student will observe and implement
developmentally appropriate practices while
interacting with children and adults.
Prerequisite: none
EC181 Application: Externship II
180 hours, 6 credits
Students continue their externship
experience in an early childhood
setting. The focus is on developmentally
appropriate practices and leadership.
Prerequisite: Knowledge: Externship I
EC182 Reflection: Externship III
180 hours, 6 credits
Students will complete their externship
experience in an early childhood
setting. The focus is on developmentally
appropriate practices and leadership.
Prerequisite: Application: Externship II
EC200 Observation and Assessment
in Early Childhood Education
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore effective strategies for
observation and assessment in early childhood
education. They will understand the observation,
assessment, and planning cycle and its impact
on promoting children’s development.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC210 Infant and Toddler Development
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide the foundation for
responsive, relationship-based curriculum
for infants and toddlers in group care. This
course will introduce the philosophy and
theory behind primary care, continuity of
care, and respectful care as it relates to brain
and attachment research. Explores ways of
creating environments for infant/toddler group
care which foster optimum social/emotional,
physical, and cognitive development.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC211 Dynamics of the Family
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will focus on the dynamics of the
family and the family’s influence on the growth
and development of children. The history of
family systems, child rearing, and parenting
styles will be discussed. The course will
explore issues that families of today face.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC212 Emerging Literacy
Through Children’s Literature
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the history, selection,
and integration of literature and language in
the early childhood education curriculum.
Topics include developmentally appropriate
children’s literature and the use of books and
other media to enhance language and literacy
in the early childhood setting. Strategies
for enhancing emerging literacy through
techniques such as selecting appropriate
books for storytelling, reading aloud, puppetry,
and flannel-board use will be emphasized.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC225 Parent Education and Support
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will investigate how resources
are assessed, allocated, and utilized within
families. They will explore strategies for
helping families manage resources through
various problem-solving methods.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC230 Guiding Children’s Behavior
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore how to use guidance in the
early childhood setting, with an emphasis on
understanding why young children exhibit certain
behaviors and how we can meet the child’s
needs effectively and with support. Students
will learn how to provide positive guidance to
young children with challenging behavior.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FS102 Fire Behavior and Combustion
40 hours, 4 credits
This course explores the theories and
fundamentals of how and why fires
start, spread, and are controlled.
Prerequisite: none
FS115 Fire Prevention
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides fundamental knowledge
relating to the field of fire prevention. Topics
include: history and philosophy of fire prevention;
organization and operation of a fire prevention
bureau; use and application of codes and
standards; plans review; fire inspections; fire
and life safety education; and fire investigation.
Prerequisite: none
FS120 Fire Protection Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides information relating
to the features of design and operation
of fire alarm systems, water-based fire
suppression systems, special hazard fire
suppression systems, water supply for fire
protection and portable fire extinguishers.
Prerequisite: none
FS125 Principles of Emergency Service
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an overview to fire
protection and emergency services; career
opportunities in fire protection and related
fields; culture and history of emergency
services; fire loss analysis; organization and
function of public and private fire protection
services; fire departments as part of local
government; laws and regulations affecting
the fire service; fire service nomenclature;
specific fire protection functions; basic fire
chemistry and physics; introduction to fire
protection systems; introduction to fire
strategy and tactics; life safety initiatives.
Prerequisite: none
FS180 Strategy and Tactics I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides the principles of fire
ground control through utilization of personnel,
equipment, and extinguishing agents, and
will prepare supervisors who are responsible
for commanding one to two companies at the
emergency scene. This may include supervisors
such as company officers or chief officers of
small fire departments. Skills & lessons will
include company officer leadership, safety,
pre-fire planning, fire behavior, building
construction, firefighting tactics, engine &
truck company operations, RIT supervision,
and numerous tactical & radio exercises.
Prerequisite or Co-Requisite:
Principles of Emergency Services
FS205 Strategy and Tactics II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will prepare supervisors who
are responsible for commanding multiple
companies at an emergency scene. Skills
& lessons will include strategic concepts
in firefighting, roles and responsibilities of
command officers, the incident command
system, multi-company operations, disasters,
high-rise operations, dealing with critical incident
stress, and many tactical & radio exercises.
Prerequisite: Tactics and Strategy I
FS250 Management I: Fire
Department Leadership I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide the
supervisor in charge of a single fire company
or fire station with information and skills
in supervisory practices and personnel
management. Skills & lessons will include the
role and function of the fire company officer,
basic management principles and concepts,
leadership, motivation, task management,
discipline, and conflict resolution.
Prerequisite: Principles of Emergency Service
FS255 Management II: Fire
Department Leadership II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide the supervisor,
who is in charge of a single fire company or
fire station, with information and skills in
personnel management. This course provides
coverage in the areas of basics of all forms of
communications, report writing, face-to-face
communication, group dynamics, coaching and
counseling skills, and job performance appraisals.
Prerequisite: Management I: Fire
Department Leadership I
FS280 Management III
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide the supervisor, who may
be in charge of multiple fire companies or fire
stations, with information and skills in officer
supervision and administrative functions. Skills
& lessons will include: planning and decisionmaking, finance and budgeting, risk management,
public relations and dealing with the media.
Prerequisite: Management II: Fire
Department Leadership II
FS285 Management IV
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide the supervisor, who may
be in charge of multiple fire companies or fire
stations, with information and skills in officer
supervision and administrative functions. Skills
& lessons will include: planning and decisionmaking, finance and budgeting, risk management,
public relations and dealing with the media.
Prerequisite or Co-Requisite: Management III
FS290 Fire Service Instructor I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is for students seeking the knowledge
and ability to teach from predominantly skills
oriented prepared materials. Skills & lessons
will include effective communication methods,
concepts of learning, human relations in the
teaching-learning environment, methods of
teaching, organizing the learning environment,
records and reports, testing and evaluation,
instructors’ roles and responsibilities, teaching
techniques, and use of instructional materials.
Prerequisite or Co-Requisite:
Principles of Emergency Services
FS295 Fire Service Instructor II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will instruct students on how to
place an emphasis on teaching formalized
lessons from materials actually prepared by
the instructor, including relating information
from one lesson or class to the next. Skills
& lessons will include writing performance
objectives, developing lesson plans, preparing
instructional materials, constructing evaluation
devices, demonstrating selected teaching
methods, completing training records and
reports, and identifying reference resources.
Prerequisite: Fire Service Instructor I
G123 Principles of Economics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course offers a broad overview of
economic theory, history, and development.
Philosophies, policies, and terms of market
economies will be explored. This course includes
microeconomics and macroeconomic concepts.
Prerequisite: none
COURSE
EC251 The Inclusive Classroom
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn strategies for promoting
and supporting an inclusive classroom. They
will analyze environmental restrictions and
explore how to support young children with
special needs in the early childhood setting.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC252 The Exceptional Child
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to explore the benefits
of inclusion in the early childhood setting.
Students will develop an understanding
of exceptional development. Students will
identify the parties relevant to exceptional
development and their roles as resources
in support of the child and their families.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC253 Curriculum and Instruction
for Children with Special Needs
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore how to adapt
developmentally appropriate curriculum to
support the development of children with special
needs. They will learn strategies for effective
partnering with other professionals and parents to
ensure the achievement of developmental goals.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC290 Early Childhood Education Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
Students will integrate the knowledge and skills
gained from coursework in the Early Childhood
Education program. They will complete a
capstone project that integrates knowledge and
skills in child development, health and nutrition,
curriculum and instruction, observation and
assessment, and other areas relevant to the field.
Prerequisite: Early Childhood Education
student in last or second-to-last quarter
EC295 Summative Project for
Early Childhood Education
20 hours, 2 credits
The course will include student reflection upon
cumulative learning from the early childhood
education program. Students will critically
analyze, reflect and problem solve experiences
in the field of early childhood. Students will
identify specialization-specific knowledge to
inform best practices. Students will compile
research and select the best application(s) to
improve care and education for young children.
Prerequisite: none
F108 Financial Markets and Institutions
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is the standard introduction to
the banking profession, financial markets,
and financial institutions. It touches on
nearly every aspect of financial services,
from the fundamentals of negotiable
instruments to contemporary issues and
developments within the industry.
Prerequisite: none
FS100 Building Construction for Fire Protection
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides the components of
building construction related to firefighter and
life safety. The elements of construction and
design of structures are shown to be key factors
when inspecting buildings, preplanning fire
operations, and operating at emergencies.
Prerequisite: none
DESCRIPTIONS
EC232 Child and Family Advocacy
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore and develop skills to
advocate for children and families. They will
review legislation, social policy, and advocacy
techniques. Students will also investigate several
current and controversial issues within the
early childhood profession, and explore current
research on early childhood education issues.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC240 Introduction to English Language Learners
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore effective ways to adapt
English language instruction to teach learners
in our increasingly diverse population of young
children and families. They will examine a
range of communication styles, learning styles,
and behaviors that affect English language
teaching and learning. They will analyze the
development of English language skills in all
domains through social and cultural lenses.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC241 Language and Literacy Acquisition
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine how infant, toddler,
preschool, and school-aged English Language
Learners acquire language and literacy. They
will be exposed to early childhood programs
that support children’s home languages,
and explore how to create an environment
that sustains English Language Learners.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC242 Involving Parents of
English Language Learners
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore how to engage and support
family involvement for English Language
Learners. They will examine methods for
maintaining effective communication and
developing strong relationships with the
families of English Language Learners.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC243 Curriculum and Instruction
for English Language Learners
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore practical strategies
in curriculum and instruction for English
Language Learners. They will apply principles
of developmentally appropriate practice in the
context of educating dual language learners.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
EC250 Advocating for Children
with Special Needs
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore current trends, resources
and advocacy on behalf of young children with
special needs. They will examine their role in
supporting and advocating for young children
with special needs and their families.
Prerequisites: Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; Health,
Safety, and Nutrition/CDA Application
35
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
G124 English Composition
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to guide students
in understanding the writing process and
developing their ability to write and express
ideas in an organized, unified, and coherent
manner. Students will produce college-level
writing that reflects awareness of rhetorical
strategies, writing purpose, student voice, and
appropriate grammar, punctuation, and usage
skills. Through reading, writing, discussion,
research, and collaboration, students will practice
effective writing and apply course concepts.
Prerequisite: Passing grade in
Foundation coursework or placement
determined by Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam score
G125 Humanities
40 hours, 4 credits
This course investigates human creative
achievement. It is designed to increase the
student’s understanding and appreciation
of cultural literacy and the pursuit of
humanitarian goals. Representative
disciplines may include art, music, literature,
architecture, drama, and philosophy.
Prerequisite: none
G126A English Composition 2
40 hours, 4 credits
This course builds on students’ understanding
of the writing process through an exploration
of various writing strategies and research.
Students will analyze readings and
apply critical reading and writing skills.
This course will develop argumentative
writing and application of research.
Prerequisite: English Composition
G142 Introduction to Sociology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces students to basic
sociology terms and concepts. Students will
understand how to apply sociological concepts
and theories and analyze the structure and
relationships of social institutions and the
process of social change. Students will
explore a variety of topics of sociological
interest, including socialization, social
inequality, social movements, and the impact
of technology and social change on society.
Prerequisite: none
G145 Film Appreciation
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will study different elements, forms,
techniques and styles of film and will learn
a critical approach to film and the motion
picture industry. Students will critique films
and filmmakers through various approaches
and assessments that demonstrate analysis,
interpretation, and evaluation skills as well
as fostering a deeper appreciation and
understanding of film as an art form.
Prerequisite: none
36
G146 Human Geography
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will introduce students to the
systematic study of patterns and processes
that have shaped human understanding, use,
and alteration of Earth’s surface. Students
will employ spatial concepts and landscape
analysis to examine human social organization
and its environmental consequences.
Prerequisite: none
G147 Art Appreciation
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the historical, social,
and technological factors that contribute to
understanding the function and meaning of
art in this course. Using a global and thematic
approach, students will be introduced to the
basic elements of art, while learning about a
full range of media used to make art, and the
fundamental concepts of art criticism. Western
and non-Western art is represented, with a strong
emphasis on a global perspective in relation to
culture, communication, politics, and economics.
Prerequisite: none
G148 General Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide students with a general
understanding of basic methodologies, concepts,
theories, and practices in contemporary
psychology. Areas of investigation may include
the goals and research methodologies of
psychology, the science of the brain, theories
of human development and intelligence,
concepts of motivation and emotions, the
science of sensation and perceptions, and the
current practices pertaining to psychological
disorders, therapies, and treatments.
Prerequisite: none
G150 Structure and Function of the Human Body
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a working knowledge
of the structure and function of the human
body. A general introduction to cells and
tissues is followed by study of the anatomy
and physiology of the skeletal and muscular
systems. The student is introduced to the
nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive,
urinary, reproductive, and endocrine systems.
Prerequisite: none
G153 Ethics Around the Globe
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is a study of various and common
ethical principles around the world and their
relationships to morality and professional
responsibility. Emphasis is placed on the
application of ethical theories to problems faced
in increasingly globalizing business and society.
Prerequisites: none
G156 Human Biology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides students with a
comprehensive understanding of the structure
and function of the human body with added
applications of health and disease. Students will
learn basic concepts of biochemistry, cells, body
systems, and genetics. Students will examine
the impact of human growth and development
on society, the environment, and the promotion
of the advancement of biotechnology.
Co-requisite: Human Biology Lab
G156L Human Biology Lab
40 hours, 2 credits
This lab course is intended to be a co-requisite
with the Human Biology class. The laboratory
course applies a practical approach to
understanding the structural and functional
aspects of the human body. Students will
learn the basic concepts of biochemistry,
cells, body systems, and genetics as they
relate to human growth and development
and human impact on the environment.
Co-requisite: Human Biology
G161 Quantitative Literacy 40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will explore the
importance of numbers and numeracy. They will
also get the opportunity to analyze and solve
real world problems from the fields of business,
finance, and the natural sciences. Students will
incorporate their prior math knowledge and
develop new mathematical tools throughout the
course. This will include: propositional logic,
set theory, geometry, probability, statistics,
linear modeling, and exponential modeling.
Prerequisite: Passing grade in
Foundation coursework or placement
determined by Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam score
G171 Communicating in Your Profession
40 hours, 4 credits
This course teaches communication theory and
skills for developing professional documents
and oral presentations for audiences in diverse
workplace communities and disciplines. To
equip students to communicate effectively, this
course emphasizes thinking and writing within
global contexts, in collaborative situations,
and in various electronic environments.
Prerequisite: Passing Grade in B080
Reading & Writing Strategies or
college-level English placement.
G180 General Education Mathematics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces students to topics
from modern mathematics that are relevant to
everyday life and not typically covered in the
standard college math sequence. Students
will be exposed to a variety of mathematical
tools from diverse branches of mathematics.
They will utilize these tools to solve interesting
real-world problems. Topics may include, but
are not limited to, game theory, graph theory,
the mathematics of growth, applications
of geometry, probability, and statistics.
Prerequisite: Passing grade in
Foundation coursework or placement
determined by Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam score
G194 Locating and Evaluating Information
20 hours, 2 credits
This course provides a broad overview of
information literacy concepts by introducing
skills for locating, evaluating, and ethically using
a variety of resources for a specific purpose. The
course begins with the information cycle and
the production of information, followed by the
identification of a topic and research question,
and the selection, evaluation, and integration
of sources into an annotated bibliography.
Prerequisite: none
G195 College Statistics
50 hours, 5 credits
In this course students will develop basic
statistical literacy along with the ability to
analyze and evaluate real-life problems using
statistical methods. Students will learn to
organize and present quantitative data by
means of graphical and numerical methods.
Topics include descriptive statistics, basic
probability theory, discrete and continuous
probability distributions, sampling distributions,
estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of
variance, and simple linear regression.
Prerequisite: Passing grade in
Foundation coursework or placement
determined by Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam score
G202 Abnormal Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course teaches students the applied
discipline of abnormal psychology. Students
will explore abnormal behavior in disparate
societies and cultures. Applications include
individuals who have difficulty functioning
effectively in everyday life, the impact of
family dysfunction on the individual, and the
influence of mental illness on criminal behavior.
Variables which may affect a person’s ability
to adapt and function in a community will be
considered, such as genetic makeup, physical
condition, reasoning, and socialization.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
G203 Macroeconomics
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will learn the
fundamentals of macroeconomics, which
deals with the economy as a whole. An
overview of the American economy will be
explored through a study of basic supply and
demand analysis and a review of fiscal and
monetary policy to phases of the business
cycle. Unemployment, inflation, GDP, and
policy decisions which affect the American
economy at home and abroad will be covered.
Prerequisite: none
G204 Microeconomics
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will be introduced to the field of
microeconomics in this course, including
theories of production, determination of
prices, and distribution of income in regulated
and unregulated industries. Other topics
may include industrial relations, monopolies,
and comparative economic systems.
Prerequisite: none
G217 Human Growth and Development
40 hours, 4 credits
This course consists of the study of the
development of the individual throughout
the life cycle, including child, adolescent
and adult patterns of behavior with
attention to physical, intellectual, cognitive,
personality, and social development.
Prerequisite: none
G224 Introduction to Critical Thinking
40 hours, 4 credits
A study of the rules of valid judging and
reasoning, both inductive and deductive, in a
traditional, language-centered context rather
than a symbolic context. Logical analysis
of both formal and informal fallacies and of
the consistency and logical consequences
of a given set of statements. Logical
analysis is applied to concrete problems
dealing with our knowledge of reality.
Prerequisite: English Composition
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
H300 Introduction to Healthcare Administration
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an exploration of the
administrative principles and practices
within healthcare organizations. Emphasis
is placed on organization, structure, and
operation of healthcare facilities. Management
principles will be applied to case studies
of healthcare industry scenarios.
Prerequisites: US Healthcare Systems;
Principles of Management; Introduction to
Human Resource Management; Electronic
Health Records and Medical Office Procedures
H310 Foundations of Managed Care
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will analyze controversial
issues surrounding the managed-care
delivery system, focusing on theory and the
foundational concepts of managed care.
Prerequisite: Introduction to
Healthcare Administration
H320 Financial Management of
Healthcare Organizations
40 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on healthcare finances,
assets, cost concepts, capital budgeting,
and general principles of accounting applied
in the healthcare environment. Students will
discuss the development and management of
department budgets, and the common sources
of healthcare revenues and expenses.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Healthcare
Administration; Financial Accounting II
H330 Quality Improvement in Healthcare
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines methods for assuring
quality in healthcare and the statistical
applications of measuring outcomes. There will
be an emphasis on performance improvement
and the relationship between healthcare quality,
organizational performance, and the role of
governing and accrediting bodies in healthcare
organizations. Common methods and trends
in quality improvement will be explored.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Healthcare
Administration or Introduction to
Health Information Management
H340 Regulation and Compliance in Healthcare
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an exploration of the many
entities that regulate healthcare delivery,
from local, state, and federal government
to the accreditation agencies of healthcare
organizations. Issues and methods for
compliance with the many laws and regulations
are examined. The course provides an overview
of the impact of regulatory agencies on the
operation of healthcare facilities. Corporate
ethics and responsibilities and the operation
of healthcare as a business is explored.
This course includes educational resources
from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Healthcare
Administration or Introduction to
Health Information Management
H350 Healthcare Statistics
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will discuss and apply the common
terms, formulae, and computations
used in healthcare statistics through
effective data collection, interpretation of
information, and the display of data.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Healthcare
Administration or Introduction to
Health Information Management;
College-level Math course
H360 Healthcare Planning and
Policy Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a study of current
healthcare-policy issues affecting the U.S.
healthcare system and the politics that drive
policy and planning of healthcare delivery.
The influence of participants outside the
healthcare industry and the various levels
of government involved in policymaking will
be examined. Economic theory, trends, and
the future of healthcare will be explored.
Prerequisite: Introduction to
Healthcare Administration
H400 Healthcare Information Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
The Healthcare Information Systems course
focuses on how healthcare institutions can
use technology and information processes
and solutions to assist in the diagnosis of
diseases and the documentation of patient
records and other data. It also addresses the
strategies and techniques healthcare business
professionals can use to help increase the
quality of healthcare services and the efficiency
with which the services are delivered.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications and
Business Systems Concepts; Introduction
to Healthcare Administration
H410 Healthcare Operations Management
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students examine the
operations function of managing people,
information technology, materials, and
facilities in the healthcare industry.
Prerequisites: Principles of Management;
Introduction to Healthcare Administration
H420 Advanced Healthcare Law and Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines ethical theories and the
principles of bioethics. Students will analyze
these theories and principles and apply them
to ethical problems in the healthcare field.
This course includes educational resources
from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: Health Information
Law and Ethics or Electronic Health
Records and Office Procedures
H430 Epidemiology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines the patterns and causes
of disease in populations, how diseases
are documented, and how to analyze the
data to understand disease causes.
Prerequisite: none
H440 International Healthcare
40 credits, 4 hours
In this course, students will compare and
contrast foreign healthcare services and
systems, focusing on cultural, geographic,
environmental, economic and political factors.
Prerequisite: Introduction to
Healthcare Administration
H490 Healthcare Management Capstone
30 hours, 3 credits
This online course is designed to allow students
to integrate the knowledge and skills gained
in the Healthcare Management BS program.
Through case analysis, class discussion, and
a research project, students will synthesize
and demonstrate their understanding of
core healthcare-management concepts via
completion of a Capstone project approved by
the instructor. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in the
Healthcare Management Bachelors Degree
program and in their last or second-to-last quarter
COURSE
G247 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides the basis for proper
mathematical reasoning in a computer science
framework. Topics that students explore
include propositional and predicate logic,
proof strategies and inductive reasoning,
sets, functions, elementary counting
techniques, and number systems.
Prerequisites: Calculus I; Discrete
Structures for Computer Science
G270 United States History: 1900 to the Present
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an overview of the history
of the United States during the 20th century up
until the present day. The political, social, and
economic aspects of this time will be explored
amid a variety of human cultures, values, and
perspectives within the United States.
Prerequisite: none
G282 Introduction to Microbiology
70 hours, 5 credits
G282 Lecture (30 hours, 3 credits)
G282L Lab (40 hours, 2 credits)
This course provides an introduction to
microbiology that emphasizes effects of
microorganisms on human systems. Topics
include microbial cell structure, function and
metabolism; requirements for and control of
growth; genetics, mutations, and biotechnology;
a survey of bacteria, viruses, algae, fungi,
protozoa and helminthes; interactions
with and impact of microbes on humans,
including mechanisms of pathogenicity.
Prerequisite: none
G333 American Religious History
40 hours, 4 credits
A survey of the contribution of religion to
American culture, including the differences
between rural and urban society, the development
of religious freedom and the rise of a “secular
religion.” Examines the emergence of new forms
of belief and practice and the variety of religious
issues confronting American society today.
Prerequisite: none
G401 Comparative Politics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will introduce students to the field of
comparative politics by examining classification
of political systems according to institutional
and developmental characteristics. Causes
and costs of political stability and instability
will be explored. Comparison will be made
between contemporary political institutions
and processes in various countries.
Prerequisite: American/U.S. National Government
H200 US Healthcare Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an overview of the United
States healthcare system. The history of the
evolution of healthcare will be explored, along with
the role of local, state, and federal government in
healthcare delivery. An introduction to a variety
of provider models and service delivery systems
found in both private and public healthcare
facilities will be covered, including different
types of healthcare facilities. The influence
of reimbursement methodologies and finance
on healthcare delivery will be explored.
Prerequisite: none
H210 Marketing and
Communication in Healthcare
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to marketing
concepts and how they are applied in the
healthcare industry. Topics include consumer
buying behavior, business-to-business markets,
market research techniques, pricing concepts,
marketing channels, and promotional strategies
and techniques. This course includes educational
resources from Harvard Business Publishing.
Prerequisite: none
DESCRIPTIONS
G227 Oral Communication
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will present students with a broad
understanding of communication in a variety
of contexts. Students will learn the processes
and strategies of oral communication by
exploring speech anxiety, audience analysis,
and organizational speech patterns. Students
will research, use supporting materials, and
use effective language to develop and present a
narrative, informative and persuasive speech.
Prerequisite: none
G230 Introduction to Literature
40 hours, 4 credits
This course offers an introduction to the most
common literary genres: fiction, poetry, drama,
and literary non-fiction. Students will study
the basic elements of each genre, learn how to
compare genres, become familiar with sample
texts that illustrate the particularities of each
genre, and practice the skills of analyzing and
writing about literary texts. Reading and analysis
of texts will include a variety of literary forms and
periods. Students will engage in approaches to
determine literary meaning, form, and value.
Prerequisite: none (English
Composition recommended)
G238 Conversational Spanish
40 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on common words
and phrases students need to develop a
working vocabulary which will enable them
to communicate with Spanish-speaking
individuals in their personal and professional
lives. Although oral communication is stressed,
included is an overview of Spanish grammar,
phonetic pronunciation and Hispanic culture.
Prerequisite: none
G239 Introduction to Astronomy

40 hours, 4 credits
Examines astronomical phenomena and
concepts, including the solar system, stars and
galaxies, planetary motions, atoms and radiation,
and the origin and evolution of the universe.
Prerequisite: none
G245 Introduction to Geology
40 hours, 4 credits
Examines basic geologic principles from a
physical or historical perspective. Includes such
topics as the formation of rocks and minerals;
internal and external processes modifying
the earth’s surface and phenomena; and the
evolutionary history of the earth, including
its life forms, oceans and atmosphere.
Prerequisite: none
G246 Advanced Algebra
50 hours, 5 credits
Students will learn about topics including
functions and functional notation, domains
and ranges in relation to functions, graphing
functions and relations, and various function
operations. Students will be able to solve
linear equations and inequalities as well
as quadratic equations and higher-order
polynomial equations. This course will review
algebraic technique as well as polynomials,
factoring, exponents, roots, and radicals.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score
on placement Exam
37
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HI300 Information and
Communication Technologies
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an exploration of the technologies
available to manage all aspects of health
information and communication, including
hardware and software to ensure data collection,
storage, analysis and reporting of information.
Students will explore the development of
networks, including intranet and internet
applications to facilitate the electronic health
record. Interpretation of the derivation and
use of standards to achieve interoperability of
healthcare information systems will be explored.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI305 Health Information Management Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
A study of the various clinical, administrative, and
specialty service applications used in healthcare
organizations are emphasized. This course applies
information systems development concepts and
interprets the systems development life cycle.
Existing and emerging healthcare information
systems applications will also be explored.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI320 Data, Information, and File Structures
60 hours, 4 credits
A lab-based environment to apply knowledge
of database architecture and design such
as data dictionary, data modeling, and data
warehousing to meet organizational needs.
Database management systems, data
administration, and data definitions will be
explored and students will utilize data storage
and retrieval techniques such as query tools,
data mining, report design, and search engines.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI330 Financial Management of
Health Information Services
40 hours, 4 credits
An exploration of healthcare finance principles
required to manage a health information
management department or project.
Accounting, cost accounting, budgeting,
financial reports, financial management,
cost benefit analysis, capitation, and cost
containment techniques are introduced.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI340 Project Management
40 hours, 4 credits
An exploration of the application of general
principles of project management in the
administration of health information services.
Students will learn to implement process
engineering and project management
techniques to ensure efficient work
flow and appropriate outcomes.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI350 Electronic Health Record Application
70 hours, 4 credits
A lab-based course focusing on the use and
application of electronic health records.
Projects will be completed to simulate real-world
activities that occur in the health information
department and healthcare facility that will
require critical thinking and problem solving.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI360 Reimbursement Methodologies
40 hours, 4 credits
A study on managing the use of clinical data
required in prospective payment systems and
other reimbursement systems in healthcare.
Topics will include compliance strategies
and reporting, chargemaster management,
casemix management, the audit process,
and the National Correct Coding Initiative.
Students will explore payment systems such
as PPS, DRGs, APCs, RBRVS, and RUGs.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
38
HI370 Advanced Quality
Management in Healthcare
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines facility wide quality
management and continues quality improvement
models, processes, methods and tools for
healthcare organizations. Emphasis will be on
the evaluation of these methods and tools in the
demonstration of the effectiveness and outcomes
of healthcare and improvement of patient care,
quality of services, safety and reduction of risk.
Disease management processes, outcomes
measurement, benchmarking, patient and
organization safety and utilization and resource
management will be included. The relationship
between healthcare quality, organizational
performance, and the role of governing and
accrediting bodies in healthcare quality will
be studied. The history of quality management
and future trends, including the role of health
information management will be explored.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI400 Electronic Data Security
40 hours, 3 credits
A study of data protection methods and
monitoring including physical, technical, and
managerial safeguards. Risk assessment, audit
and control programs, contingency planning, and
data recovery is included. Internet, web-based,
and e-Health security is explored. Students will
learn to enforce confidentiality and security
measures to protect electronic health information
and protect data integrity and validity.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI410 Applied Research in Health
Information Management
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will complete a research project
specific to HIM and will present their research
to classmates and instructors using a webinar
environment. Data analysis and presentation
techniques will be used. Topics explored will
be in adherence to Institutional Review Board
processes and policies, research design and
methods, knowledge-based research techniques,
research protocol data management, and national
guidelines regarding human subject’s research.
Prerequisite: Healthcare Statistics
HI420 Health Information Management
Professional Practice Experience
120 hours, 4 credits
A 120-hour practical experience that focuses
on the management of an HIM Department. This
field experience will take place in a hospital or
medical center setting supervised by an HIM
Director or Supervisor. The experience will
include operational and managerial experience
and an administrative project that will benefit
the clinical site. The instructor will work with the
student to identify facilities that are available in
the student’s area of interest and will establish an
agreement with the facility if one does not exist.
Prerequisite: Must be completed
in the student’s final quarter
HI430 Strategic Planning and Development
40 hours, 4 credits
An exploration of the principles of
developing strategic and operational plans
for facility-wide systems and how to assess
organization-wide information needs. Students
will demonstrate and apply principles of
organization behavior to facilitate team
building, negotiation and change management.
Strategic leadership, entrepreneurialism,
and benchmarking will be explored.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI435 Health Data Management
20 hours, 2 credits
This course addresses the fundamental concepts
of managing health records both manually and
electronically in today’s healthcare facilities.
This course introduces students to the practice
of health information management, focusing on
the content and structure of patient-identifiable
data and information. This covers management
issues related to paper-based record systems,
including clinical documentation issues, medical
word processing as a tool for documentation,
forms design, storage and retrieval systems,
and chart tracking. Secondary records such as
indexes, registers, and registries are covered
in this course, along with an exploration of data
sources, data capture, healthcare information
infrastructure and documentation requirements.
In this course, students analyze healthcare
data sets, such as the HEDIS, UHDDS, OASIS
including the history, purpose, and uses of each.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HI450 Health Information
Management Alternative Facility
Professional Practice Experience
30 hours, 1 Credit
This course is a 30-hour practical experience
that will focus on a non-hospital environment
of the student’s choice. This experience is
designed to assist students in exploring the
diversity of the health information profession.
The experience will include health informationrelated shadowing, observation, and/or
performance of tasks and must be approved by
the instructor. The instructor will work with the
student to identify facilities that are available in
the student’s area of interest and will establish an
agreement with the facility if one does not exist.
Prerequisite: Must be completed
in the student’s final quarter
HI460 Advanced Health Information
Law and Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course presents an advanced analysis of
the impact of the United States legal system
and various health care laws, regulations, and
standards on the healthcare organization,
patient and health information management
environment and infrastructure. Patient privacy,
confidentiality, security principles, identity
management, protected health information,
access and disclosure of personal health
information including e-discovery, legal health
records, personal health records, compliance
programs, information security and privacy
training programs will be studied. Professional
certification, ethical practices and issues as
well as bioethical issues and their impact on
the legal health record will be explored.
Prerequisite: Program Admission
HS260 Community Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
Community Psychology focuses on the four
systems which function in a community: the
mental health system, the educational system,
the criminal justice system, and the social service
system. As human service professionals, students
will analyze problems in these communities and will
evaluate individuals functioning in these systems,
offering both answers and proactive models of
prevention. Community psychology works toward
the empowerment of members within a community,
while appreciating diversity and understanding
human behavior. Social change will be examined
as well as understanding that setting or
environment is as important as the individual in it.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
HS270 Social Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will understand the
applied discipline of social psychology. In
order to understand the social interaction
of functioning humans in their communities
and with individuals, theories of socialization
and self image will be explored. Students
will examine how the social environment
influences thought, behavior, feelings, and
potential actions of people. Consequences
of social interaction and motivation based on
judgment, attitudes, persuasion, conformity,
and aggression will be explored. Different
social interactions will be analyzed including
conformity, productivity, and leadership.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
HS280 Abnormal Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will understand the
applied discipline of abnormal psychology.
In order to understand and change abnormal
patterns of functioning humans in their
communities, thoughts and behavior will
be examined. Students will explore what is
abnormal behavior and what is not in current
society and cultures. Numerous applications
will be examined, including a variety of
mental health disorders, individuals who have
difficulty functioning effectively in everyday
life, the impact of family dysfunction on the
individual, and the influence of mental illness
on criminal behavior. Variables that may
affect a person’s ability to adapt and function
in a community will be considered, such as
one’s genetic makeup, physical condition,
learning, reasoning, and socialization.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
J100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
An introductory course designed to provide
students with a general foundation of
knowledge in the criminal justice field.
Course participants will explore the different
parts of the criminal justice system, their
interrelationships, and the role of each in the
criminal justice process. Students will examine
the historical basis for the contemporary
American legal system, policing styles and the
evolution of crime prevention, the structure
of the judicial system and its professional
participants from pre-sentencing through
post-conviction, corrections strategies for
criminal offenders, and special considerations
for juveniles in the criminal justice system.
Prerequisite: none
J106 Criminology: Motives for Criminal
Deviance
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines the social and behavioral
issues involved in the study of crime as a social
phenomenon. Included is an explanation of
what crime is, what causes crime, and the
various techniques for measuring the amounts
and characteristics of crime and criminals.
Prerequisite: none
J115 Introduction to Corrections
40 hours, 4 credits
A general overview of U.S. corrections, jails
and prisons, institutional procedures and
recent innovations in offender treatment.
Students are introduced to correctional
philosophies, practices and procedures. The
concepts of retribution and rehabilitation
are examined. For residential only, this
course includes a fieldwork assignment.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
J222 Practical Psychology for Law Enforcement
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine how principles of
psychology relate to law-enforcement work.
They will explore fundamental concepts from
a policing perspective, focusing on the realworld effects these principles produce on
peace officers, their families, and the citizens
they serve. Students will apply ideas from
psychology to create effective victim- and
witness-interviewing strategies, offender
behavior-modification approaches, and officer
coping methods. They will review the short- and
long-term physiological and psychological
effects of stress, trauma, and occupational
experiences unique to the profession.
Prerequisite: Policing in America
J226 Legal Code for Law Enforcement
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will use states’ criminal and traffic
codes to become familiar with law and statutes.
They will review penal statutes covering
issues from homicide to misconduct, and will
examine legislation and statutes that govern
law-enforcement duties and responsibilities.
Students will also examine laws and procedures
that apply to specific populations like
juveniles and domestic-violence victims.
Prerequisite: Policing in America
J230 Terrorism
40 hours, 4 credits
Students in this course will receive an in-depth
overview of terrorism, both domestic and
international. (This course is designed to provide
students the necessary skills to recognize acts
of terrorism and gain insight into terrorists’
perceptions and motivations.) The course will
touch on the causes and motives that drive
terrorists, their methods of operation, and the
impact of terrorism on the United States and
abroad. Students will examine the necessary
effort of planning preparedness within the
governmental regulatory framework. Students
will come to understand and appreciate the
complexities of community and national disaster
relief procedures, including combating weapons
of mass destruction and cyber-terrorism.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J245 Security Challenges
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an examination of the field of
security and the security challenges faced
in the current world situation. Both public
and private security issues will be evaluated
based on organization, law, and risk. Defense
basics will be explored internally and
externally. Specific threats to transportation,
cargo, and information from terrorism will
be reviewed. This course concludes with
a critical look at the future of security.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J246 Practical Psychology for the Criminal
Justice Professional
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine how principles of
psychology relate to the field of criminal justice.
They will explore fundamental concepts from
a criminal justice perspective, focusing on the
real-world effects these principles produce on
criminal justice professionals, their families,
and the citizens they serve. Students will apply
ideas from psychology to create effective victim
and witness interviewing strategies, offender
behavior-modification approaches, and coping
methods. They will review the immediate and
long-term physiological and psychological
effects of stress, trauma, and occupational
experiences unique to the profession.
Prerequisites: General Psychology;
Introduction to Criminal Justice
J250 Drugs and Crime
40 hours, 4 credits
The course will focus on the physical,
psychological, and sociological aspects
of drug and alcohol abuse. Treatment and
prevention of abuse will be explored. In
addition, policy implications of drug use and
the criminal justice system response will be
analyzed. An overview of the theories of use,
drug business, and drug law enforcement will
be explored. Such recent developments as
“club drugs,” inhalants, herbal stimulants,
and designer drugs will also be discussed.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
or Introduction to Human Services
J255 Ethics in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a strong theoretical
foundation for solving ethical dilemmas.
Students will gain a realistic picture not
only of what ethical questions arise in
criminal justice, but also of how sound moral
decisions are made in response to them.
Prerequisites: Policing in America; Criminal Law
and Procedures: Crime and the Courtroom
J270 Critical Thinking and Evidence-Based
Practices in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to focus on a wide variety
of problem solving skills. These include scenario
based problem solving and evidence based
practices. The inter-related skills necessary for
effective problem solving in a criminal justice
context are emphasized. The development
of evidence based practices will be explored
and the incorporation of such practices in the
field of criminal justice will be analyzed.
Prerequisites: Policing in America; Applied
Criminal Procedures; Introduction to Corrections
J280 Contemporary Issues in
Criminal Justice Capstone
40 hours, 4 credits
The capstone class examines the future of the
criminal justice system. The current cutting
edge technology in different fields within the
criminal justice system is discussed along
with insights from accomplished scholars
of what the near future holds. Methods and
philosophies that will govern the criminal justice
field in the near future are introduced along
with discussions of the ethical, legal, social,
and political ramifications expected. This
course includes ten hours of field experience.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice.
Students must be enrolled in the Criminal Justice
program and in their last or second to last quarter
J305 Examination of Forensic Science
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will critically examine the role
of forensic science in the criminal justice
process and the court of law. They will
review historical events in criminalistics,
and analyze problems in forensic science
in order to formulate recommendations for
change. They will also explore best practices
and the future of forensic science.
Prerequisite: Constitutional Law
J320 Criminal Investigations
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn to conduct full criminal
investigations. They will examine various
techniques, methods, and processes
for interviewing and interrogating crime
suspects and witnesses. They will also
explore techniques for conducting
investigations with special populations.
Prerequisite: Constitutional Law
COURSE
J140 Field Communications in Criminal Justice
20 hours, 2 credits
This course emphasizes the skills of both oral and
written communication with emphasis on writing
formats used by justice professionals. Students
will acquire the skills necessary to effectively
communicate within diverse communities.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J150 Introduction to Criminal Law
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students are introduced to the
Federal and State court systems. This course
examines substantive criminal, definitions of
crime, and principles of criminal responsibility.
The course will use case studies for application
of general principles to the law. Statutory
defenses, mitigating factors, and circumstances
which may excuse criminal responsibility and
common law principles are examined.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J170 Applied Criminal Procedures
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an examination of procedural
requirements for the judicial processing of criminal
offenders. The concepts of evidence sufficiency,
standards of proof, and due process are explored.
Students will examine the Bill of the Rights and
its applicability to the criminal justice process.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Law
J200 Domestic Violence
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines violence in the family;
social and legal relations within families; theories
and solutions on family violence; survivors
and the consequences of victimization; legal
responses; the role of the police; when law
enforcement responds; recognizing child
abuse; recognizing elder abuse; associated
crimes and stalking and domestic homicide.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J211 Counseling Clients
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the process and effects
of counseling. Assessment tools, methods
of evaluation, and case plans are explored.
They will consider a variety of counseling
settings, including prisons, jails, group homes,
in-patient and outpatient treatment centers,
and halfway houses, as places of rehabilitation
and counseling. Students will explore diverse
clients including juveniles and adults, men and
women, and people from various cultures.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Corrections
or Introduction to Human Services
J212 Legal Principles in Corrections
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine constitutional amendments
regarding correctional management in various
settings. They will explore concepts of offenders’
rights, officer professionalism, best practices,
and proper operational procedures in a
correctional setting. They will review principles
as applied to special populations of offenders.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Corrections
J213 Juvenile Justice: Delinquency,
Dependency, and Diversion
40 hours, 4 credits
An overview of the juvenile justice system
including the nature and extent of delinquency,
explanatory models and theories, the juvenile
justice system, juvenile court practices and
procedures. The role of law enforcement
and juvenile correctional officer will be
explored as well as juvenile training schools,
probation and aftercare treatment.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
or Introduction to Human Services
DESCRIPTIONS
J120 Policing in America
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the theoretical
underpinnings of police work in the United States,
including its historical roots, its current status,
and the trends that will shape its future. They
will explore the problems and solutions facing
citizens, patrol officers, administrators, and
agencies. They will also cover contemporary
practices such as Community Oriented
Policing, Problem Oriented Policing, and
Directed Patrol. In investigating these topics,
student will develop skills in critical thinking
and problem solving. For residential only, this
course includes a fieldwork assignment.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J121 Case Management:
Strategies for Rehabilitation
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn how to manage caseloads of
clients, document casework, and use strategies
for clients’ rehabilitation. They will learn how
to write effective court reports, case entries,
recommendations and violation summaries.
Students will explore client-interview skills and
motivation techniques. Examination of special
populations of diverse clients, such as substance
abusers and the mentally ill are reviewed.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
or Introduction to Human Services
J122 Crime Scene to Conviction:
Critical Skills in Documentation
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will master the skills of both oral and
written communication. They will examine
grammar and the mechanics of writing. They
will also explore special communication issues,
such as communicating with crime victims.
They will develop skills for proper report writing,
including such documents as search warrants,
police reports, and case documents. Students
will evaluate the impact of proper report
writing, communication, and documentation
on the outcome of legal proceedings, and
review the importance of effectively translating
written work into courtroom testimony.
Prerequisite: Policing in America
J130 Introduction to Homeland Security
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an introduction to the
philosophical, historical, and multidisciplinary
challenges of Homeland Security in combating
terrorism. This course includes a review of the
driving forces that resulted in the creation of the
current Department of Homeland Security. This
will be accomplished through a review of the field
of homeland security, its evolution and critical
issues, and an examination of current threats
and vulnerabilities. The course also looks at the
complexities of defining the roles of federal,
state, local government, and the private sector.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
J131 Criminal Law and Procedures:
Crime and the Courtroom
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an examination of
substantive and procedural criminal law.
Students are introduced to the Federal and
State courts systems. The concepts of evidence
sufficiency, standards of proof, and due process
are explored. Statutory defenses, mitigating
factors and circumstances which may excuse
criminal responsibility, and common law
principles are examined. For residential only,
this course includes a fieldwork assignment.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal Justice
or Introduction to Law and the Legal System
39
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
J325 Criminal Evidence
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will familiarize students with
the fundamentals of criminal evidence as it
pertains to the legal presentation of evidence
in criminal trials, and with the role of legal
counsel. Constitutional issues involving
evidence are examined. Different varieties of
evidence, from hearsay to physical evidence,
are examined. Trial procedures such as
expert-witness testimony, police testimony,
and testimonial privileges are analyzed.
Prerequisite: Criminal Law and Procedures:
Crime and the Courtroom (except for students
enrolled in the Cyber Security Program)
J326 Criminal Behavior: Profiling
Violent Offenders
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine serial behavior by
crime type and criminal profile. Crimes such
as stalking, arson, murder, and sexual assault
will be examined through case files to enhance
investigative methods. Students will analyze
psychological profiles and behavior patterns.
Prerequisite: Criminology: Motives for
Criminal Deviance (except for students
enrolled in the Cyber Security Program)
J330 Organized Criminal Syndicates
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines organized criminal activity
in the 21st century, from street gangs to terrorist
organizations. Students will examine the cause of
organized crime, in addition to the investigation,
prosecution, and sentencing of syndicates.
Prerequisites: Criminology: Motives for
Criminal Deviance; Juvenile Justice:
Delinquency, Dependency, and Diversion
J331 Constitutional Law
40 hours, 4 credits
This course challenges students to examine
the complexities of the Bill of Rights and the
application of those rights to the criminal justice
system. The analysis of case studies will allow
students to apply criminal law and procedure to
fieldwork examination of criminal-justice issues.
Prerequisite: Criminal Law and Procedures:
Crime and the Courtroom (except for students
enrolled in the Cyber Security Program)
J332 Homeland Security Policy
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will receive an overview of homeland
security policy at the federal, state, and local
levels. They will examine four key security
components: risk education, preparedness,
public warning, and protective actions. They
will also explore the coordination of structure
and policy across national and homeland
security disciplines, including law enforcement,
public education, medical, public health,
emergency management (including FEMA),
information operations, defense, diplomacy,
commerce, transportation, and intelligence.
Prerequisite: Terrorism
J335 Risk Analysis
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the importance of risk
management through analysis and evaluation
as a means of ensuring the protection of
communities, facilities, and personnel. They will
gain an understanding of the identification and
assessment of hazards, vulnerabilities, and risks,
which is critical to comprehensive management
of security operations. They will learn skills
to aid in planning for natural or man-made
disaster recovery, and for crisis management.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Homeland
Security; Security Challenges
40
J340 Women and Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines the role of women as
offenders, victims, and professionals in criminal
justice. Theories and research that have
differentiated women in the criminal-justice
system will be explored. The rise of female
criminality and criminal-justice professionals
will be examined and will be analyzed.
Prerequisite: Domestic Violence
J345 Diversion and Rehabilitation
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine counseling and
intervention methods used for adult and
juvenile, and male and female offenders.
They will explore theories proven by research
and applied to treatment. They will critically
evaluate evidence-based policy, best practices,
program evaluations, and “what works” in both
social service and criminal justice systems.
Prerequisites: Juvenile Justice: Delinquency,
Dependency, and Diversion; Domestic Violence
J350 Cultural Diversity and Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine the true picture and
statistics of minority representation at every
point in the criminal justice process, from point
of contact with the police to incarceration
and the death penalty. The course includes
a comprehensive examination of unbiased
racial and ethnic theories, and research
and practice of behavior and victimization
affecting the criminal justice system.
Prerequisite: Ethics Around the Globe
J352 Victims in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course explores the importance of the victim
in the criminal-justice system’s process. The
victim’s role in the criminal-justice process, and
movements and legislation regarding victims’
impact on judicial proceedings are examined. A
variety of crimes and types of victims is explored.
Prerequisite: none
J355 Realities of Crime and Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will analyze and
critique media portrayals of crime and justice.
Public perceptions of crime and realities of
crime are evaluated. The mass media and
“spectacular” cases are used to exemplify
the media’s influence on crime and justice.
Prerequisite: Ethics Around the Globe
J360 Statistics in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn to interpret research
data on issues in criminal justice. They will
explore fundamentals of statistical analysis
through statistical tools typically used in
criminal justice. They will apply statistical
analysis using UCR and NCVS data sets.
Prerequisite: Ethics Around the Globe
J365 Research Methods in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will explore the basic steps of
conducting research. Students will explore the
nature of research and the research techniques
specific to the criminal-justice field. Students
will become familiar with research terminology
and the ethics involved in various research
designs. To complete the course, students will
design and simulate their own research project.
Prerequisite: Statistics in Criminal Justice
J405 Emergency Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine the role of private and
public managers in planning for response to
natural or man-made emergencies. Response
plans will be detailed and developed with the
essential elements and participants. Types of
hazards and risks of all involved with managing
the response and the public will be explored.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Homeland
Security; Security Challenges
J410 Criminal Justice
Leadership and Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will familiarize students with
common management theory and practice in
criminal-justice organizations. The application
of management techniques to all areas of
criminal justice will be explored, along with
leadership and administration techniques
and issues particular to criminal justice.
Organizational philosophy, visioning, planning,
and goal development will be examined.
Prerequisite: Ethics Around the Globe
J415 Crime Prevention
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will explore the goals and types of
various crime-prevention strategies. Physical
environments and crime, neighborhood
crime prevention, the media, and crime
displacement will be explored. The course
will examine persons and conditions
associated with high rates of deviance.
Prerequisites: Introduction to
Corrections; Policing in America;
Research Methods in Criminal Justice
J420 Crimes Across Borders
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will explore the global economy of
crime. Various types of transnational crime,
and the investigation and prosecution of
global crimes, are examined. Current issues
in global crime will be examined via rotating
articles, books, and other publications.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Criminal Justice;
Research Methods in Criminal Justice
J425 Community Corrections
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine the role and function
of corrections supervisors in the field. The
practical considerations of managing offenders
in the community will be examined. Case studies
on probation and parole will be explored.
Prerequisites: Criminal Behavior: Profiling
Violent Offenders; Introduction to Corrections
J430 Forensic Psychology
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine the role and function of
psychology as it applies to the criminal-justice
system. Students will examine the responsibilities
and tasks of forensic psychologists when
working with law enforcement, courts, and
corrections. A psychological approach to
person-to-person crimes will be explored.
Prerequisites: Criminal Behavior: Profiling
Violent Offenders; General Psychology
J435 Special Populations in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the special populations
of offenders in the criminal justice system. The
experience of women, minorities, the physically
and mentally challenged, the elderly, and the
socioeconomically deprived in all parts of
the criminal justice system will be explored.
Students will analyze programs, policies, and
case studies relating to special populations.
Prerequisite: Criminal Behavior:
Profiling Violent Offenders
J440 Special Offenders: Sex Offenders
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine the causes of sexual
offenses and treatment of offenders. Laws
and policy pertaining to sex offenders will
be analyzed. Research on sex offenders,
including recidivism, treatment, and re-entry
into the community, will be examined.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Criminal
Justice (except for students enrolled
in the Cyber Security Program)
J445 Special Offenders: Serial Killers
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will explore issues and controversies
involved in serial killer cases or mass murder
investigations. They will cover topics including
maintaining justice, victim’s rights, interrogation
techniques, media coverage of crimes, and grief.
Prerequisites: Criminology: Motives for
Criminal Deviance; Criminal Behavior:
Profiling Violent Offenders
J453 Criminal Justice Seminar
50 hours, 5 credits
This course provides students with the
opportunity to explore an area of criminal justice
that is of specific interest for their career or
an area of relevant interest in the field. Topics
may include any area of justice studies, with
the approval of the instructor. Students will
conduct a thorough review of their topic and
present their work in the form of a final project.
Prerequisites: Research Methods in Criminal
Justice; Statistics in Criminal Justice
J457 Criminal Justice Senior Thesis
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will apply their knowledge of
criminal justice issues and social research
methodology by completing a research project
on an approved thesis proposal. Students will
design and carry out a research study, collect
and analyze resulting data, and integrate their
research and findings into a formal thesis.
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice Seminar. Students
should be in their last or second-to-last quarter
J480 Criminal Justice Internship
250 hours, 9 credits
This course provides students with an opportunity
to apply their learning through an internship
experience involving participant observation
in a professional criminal justice setting.
During the internship experience, students
will concurrently participate in discussions,
journaling, and related coursework to integrate
their academic and internship experiences.
Prerequisites: Contemporary Issues
in Criminal Justice Capstone; Student
in last or second-to-last quarter
J490 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will examine trends, policies,
processes, and programs in criminal
justice. Careful analysis of criminal-justice
successes and failures is the focus of
this course. Students will theorize future
initiatives in policing, courts, corrections,
juvenile justice, and homeland security.
Prerequisite: Contemporary Issues
in Criminal Justice Capstone
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
M202 Introduction to Medical Transcription
40 hours, 4 credits
An introduction to the profession of medical
transcription and medical editing. Topics covered
will be the medical transcription process and the
skills needed as well as technology and equipment
used, work scenarios and work stations, employer
expectations, salary methods, the job search,
and professional associations. The student will
explore the lifecycle of the patient record and how
electronic health records impact the profession.
Speech recognition and other technology will be
presented along with resources that a medical
transcriptionist will need to use on the job.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
Pre or Co-requisite: Medical
Writing, Style and Grammar
M205 Medical Transcription I
40 hours, 3 credits
The student will transcribe medical histories,
physical examination and other medical
reports from transcription tapes and will apply
knowledge of medical terminology, anatomy, and
physiology to the transcription process. Emphasis
is on correct use of medical terminology
and accurate spelling of medical terms.
Prerequisites: Medical Terminology; Keyboarding I
M206 Medical Transcription II
40 hours, 3 credits
A continuation of Medical Transcription
I, this course will build transcription skill
while introducing students to additional
medical formats and specialties, including
cardiology, gastrointestinal, orthopedics,
general pathology, and selected specialty
options. The course includes transcription
from tapes of healthcare professionals
who are non-native speakers of English.
Prerequisite: Medical Transcription I
M208 Introduction to Health
Information Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces the student to the history
of the profession of the health information
technician and the management of health
information. Students learn about the organization
of healthcare facilities, the members of the
healthcare team who contribute to and use health
information, and trends in the management of
healthcare records. Students will learn about
the format and content of medical records,
and develop a beginning knowledge of the
organization and storage of health information.
Prerequisite: none
M209 Medical Insurance and Billing
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course students will receive an introduction
to common 3rd party payers, insurance
terminology, and medical billing. They will learn
skills including claim forms preparation and
processing, and electronic claim submission,
and will review introductory medical coding.
They will also examine plan options, payer
requirements, state and federal regulations,
and abstracting of source documents.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
M211 Quality Analysis and Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers quality improvement
methodologies used in acute and long-term
care, and the quality issues of health information
services. This course includes data collection
and compilation of healthcare statistics.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Health
Information Management; Computer
Applications and Business Systems Concepts
M214 Medical Transcription
60 hours, 3 credits
The student will transcribe medical reports
of medical specialties from CD-ROM, edit
medical reports generated by speech
recognition from various specialties, and apply
knowledge of medical terminology, anatomy,
and physiology to the transcription and editing
process. Emphasis is on correct use of medical
terminology and accurate spelling of medical
terms, as well as proper report format.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Medical
Transcription; Medical Terminology; Keyboarding
M218 Management of
Health Information Services
40 hours, 4 credits
The study of management, supervision, and
human resource principles with application
to health information service departments in
various healthcare settings. Students will learn
how to measure and manage productivity of
HIM staff and explore the HIM management
role in relation to other hospital departments.
Pre or Co-requisite: Introduction to
Health Information Management
M223 Pathology I
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn basic concepts and
terminology related to diseases and disorders
of the human body. Focus is on the structure,
nature, causes, diagnostic procedures,
pharmacology and treatment of common
diseases of selected human body systems.
Prerequisite: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
or Structure and Function of the Human Body
M224 Pathology II
40 hours, 4 credits
Continuation of studies of the basic concepts
and terminology related to diseases and
disorders of the human body. Focus is on
the structure, nature, causes, diagnostic
procedures, pharmacology, and treatment
and prevention of common diseases
of selected human body systems.
Prerequisite: Pathology I
M229 Healthcare Information Technologies
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the elements of the
electronic health record planning and
implementation process as well as the
ongoing management of systems. It provides
a solid background about EHR history,
trends, and common challenges. Students
will also explore technology and software
applications in various healthcare disciplines.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Health
Information Management, Computer
Applications and Business Systems Concepts
M230 Medical Law and Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
A study of the United States legal system and
court process with emphasis on legal and ethical
issues within the healthcare environment. Fraud
and abuse, patient privacy and confidentiality,
and professional practice law and ethics will be
covered. The course will include a project that
is specific to the student’s program of study.
Prerequisite: none
M232 Pathophysiology
50 hours, 5 credits
Students will learn basic concepts and
terminology related to diseases and disorders
of the human body. Focus is on the structure,
nature, causes, diagnostic procedures,
pharmacology and treatment of common
diseases of selected human body systems.
Prerequisite: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
or Structure and Function of the Human Body
COURSE
M131 ICD-CM Coding
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides in-depth study of the
International Classification of Diseases-Clinical
Modification (ICD-CM) using sample exercises
and health records to develop skill and accuracy
in assigning codes in various health care settings.
Students will apply ICD-CM coding guidelines
appropriate to the coding situation and will cover
diagnostic coding of all body systems. Use of
coding and grouper software will be introduced
as well as the use of registries and indices.
Prerequisite: Anatomy and Pharmacology
for Coders; Pathophysiology
M132 ICD-PCS Coding
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides in-depth study of the
International Classification of DiseasesProcedure Coding System (ICD-PCS) using sample
exercises and health records to develop skill and
accuracy in assigning codes in various health
care settings. Students will apply ICD-PCS coding
guidelines appropriate to the coding situation and
will cover procedural coding of all body systems.
Use of coding and grouper software will be used
as well as the use of registries and indices.
Prerequisite: ICD-CM Coding
M133 ICD Coding
30 hours, 3 credits
This course provides a thorough overview of
the International Classification of Diseases
(ICD) using sample exercises and medical
records to develop skill and accuracy in coding
in various health care settings. Students
will apply ICD-9-CM coding guidelines
appropriate to the coding situation and
will cover coding of all body systems.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Pathophysiology
M140 Basic ICD-9-CM Coding
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides in-depth study of the
International Classification of Diseases
(ICD- 9-CM) using sample exercises and
medical records to develop skill and accuracy
in coding in various healthcare settings.
Students will apply ICD-9-CM coding guidelines
appropriate to the coding situation and
will cover coding of all body systems.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
Pre or Co-requisite: Pathology
I or Pathophysiology
M140A Intermediate ICD-9-CM Coding
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is a continuation of Basic ICD9-CM Coding with developmental practice to
increase proficiency in coding with ICD-9-CM
using patient records. Students will apply
official coding guidelines and knowledge of
commonly accepted payment methodologies
to medical record coding. Use of coding
and grouper software will be introduced as
well as the use of registries and indices.
Prerequisite: Basic ICD-9-CM Coding
M141 Ambulatory Care Coding
40 hours, 3 credits
The emphasis in this course is medical
coding in an ambulatory care setting.
Students will develop an understanding of
HCPCS coding with an emphasis on CPT.
Prerequisite: ICD-PCS Coding or ICD Coding
DESCRIPTIONS
M100 Customer Service in Healthcare
10 hours, 1 credit
This will prepare students to deliver outstanding
customer service in a healthcare setting by
providing them with an understanding of the
factors that influence the perceptions of external
and internal customers. Topics covered in this
course include; the psychology of patients,
customer service in a diverse world, listening
skills and effective communication techniques.
Prerequisite: none
M105 Introduction to Electronic Health Records
30 hours, 3 credits
In this course, student will focus on the basics
of Electronic Health Record (EHR) keeping of
patient health information in a medical care
delivery setting. An emphasis on emerging
technologies in EHR, and their potential
application in evidence-based practice will be
studied. The scope of the course is designed
to familiarize students with the clinical patient
encounter, as well as electronically supporting
other care-related, and outcomes reporting.
Prerequisite: none
M120 Medical Terminology
40 hours, 4 credits
This is a basic medical vocabulary-building
course. An emphasis will be placed on the most
common medical terms based on prefixes and
suffixes, Latin and Greek origins, and anatomic
roots denoting body structures. All body systems
will be covered with a focus on word parts, terms
built from word parts, abbreviations, and basic
disease and surgical terms. Students will be
expected to focus on spelling and pronunciation.
Prerequisite: none
M121 Anatomy and Pharmacology for Coders
30 hours, 3 credits
This course provides an in-depth exploration
of human anatomy and physiology as well
as pharmacology to prepare students for
coding. This course also provides a systematic
approach to hospital inpatient and ambulatory
care coding, emphasizing specific and correct
coding procedures and techniques. Topics
covered include: study of human cells and
tissues; the integumentary, musculoskeletal,
nervous, respiratory, genitourinary, circulatory,
digestive, reproductive, sensory, cardiovascular,
lymphatic, immune, and endocrine systems of
the body; most commonly prescribed drugs;
and laboratory tests. The student will learn
how to abstract key information from the
health record to assist in improving physician
documentation and to ensure all valid and accurate
coding. Students will complete laboratory
exercises coordinated with course content.
Prerequisites: Structure and Function of
the Human Body; Medical Terminology
M130 Medical Writing, Style and Grammar
30 hours, 3 credits
A focused look at English Grammar, punctuation
and sentence structure that will lend to
accurate and appropriate medical documents
being transcribed or edited. Common English
language needs in medical transcription are
explored, as well as correct use of number
formatting, capitalization and abbreviations.
Alike words will be studied and practiced and a
medical terminology review will be mandatory.
Prerequisite: none
41
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
M243 Health Information Law and Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
A study of the impact of the United States legal
system and various healthcare regulations and
ethics on the health information management
environment.В Fraud and abuse, patient privacy
and confidentiality, protected health information,
release of information, and professional
practice law and ethics will be explored.
Prerequisite: none
M250 ICD-10 Coding Practicum
30 hours, 1 credit
This course offers a simulated practical
experience utilizing medical records and
coding software in an online setting under
the direction of a Coding instructor.
Pre or Co-requisite: Ambulatory Care Coding
M251 Medical Coding Practicum 30 hours, 1 credit
This course offers a simulated practical
experience utilizing medical records and
coding software in an online setting under
the direction of a Coding instructor.
Pre or Co-requisite: Ambulatory Care Coding
M252 Health Information Practicum
60 hours, 2 credits
A simulated practical experience exploring a
virtual hospital and clinic and using software
and practical simulation assignments to
experience real-world situations within HIM
departments and other hospital departments.
The practicum allows students to gain
experience as a health information technician
in a simulated healthcare work setting, and
is essential to training and certification.
Prerequisites: Health Information Law and
Ethics; Healthcare Information Technologies;
Quality Analysis and Management
M253 Health Information Professional Practicum
60 hours, 2 credits
A simulated practical experience exploring a
virtual hospital and clinic and using software
and practical simulation assignments to
experience real-world situations within
HIM and other hospital departments. The
practicum allows students to gain experience
as a health information technician in a
simulated healthcare work setting, and is
essential to training and certification.
Prerequisites: Quality Analysis and Management;
Healthcare Information Technologies;
Health Information Law and Ethics
M270 Electronic Health Records
and Medical Office Procedures
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide students with
an understanding of the administrative duties
performed in the medical office. Concepts
covered include: preparing, filing and maintaining
medical records; knowledge of the various
types of health insurance coverage, coding and
reimbursement; confidentiality and guidelines
for releasing health information; and effective
oral and written communication skills.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
M290 Medical Administration Capstone
10 hours, 1 credit
This capstone class is designed to allow students
to integrate the information and skills learned in
the Medical Administration program. Students will
complete a capstone project that incorporates
coding, transcription, administrative, and
medical office management skills.
Prerequisite: Medical Administration
student in last or second-to-last quarter
42
MA102 Introduction to Medical Assisting
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to provide students with a
thorough understanding of the Medical Assisting
profession and the skills necessary to be
successful both in the Medical Assisting program
and profession. During this course, students
will complete a Programmatic Orientation and
be exposed to basic Medical Assisting skills
such as professionalism, vital signs and CPR/
First Aid. This course must be completed
during the first full quarter of enrollment.
Prerequisite: none
MA110 Clinical Skills I
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will begin their study
of the essential and basic core of front-office
and back-office medical-assisting skills. They
will learn the basics of the medical-assisting
profession, and will master knowledge and skills
including communication and technology, patient
centered care, safety and emergency plans,
patient assessments and encounters, medical
documentation, medication administration,
asepsis and infection control, vital signs,
and diagnostic procedures. They will follow
applied-learning approaches to all skilldevelopment and performance objectives.
Prerequisite: Medical Terminology
Pre or Co-requisites: Introduction
to Medical Assisting ; Structure and
Function of the Human Body
MA135 Pharmacology for the
Allied Health Professional
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed for a variety of allied
health programs requiring an understanding of
pharmacology. It attempts to present a basic
rationale for understanding current drug therapy.
This course presents drugs according to their
therapeutic applications. Pertinent physiology
and related diseases are reviewed before the
pharmacology of the drug is discussed. The
approach by body system in this course serves to
provide the necessary background information
and to refresh the student’s memory of previously
learned material through which the therapeutic
action of the drugs can be clearly understood.
Prerequisites: Medical Terminology; Human
Anatomy and Physiology I, or Structure
and Function of the Human Body
MA145 Clinical Skills II
60 hours, 4 credits
Students will continue their study of the
essential and basic core of back-office medical
assisting skills. They will master knowledge
and skills including patient examination and
assessment, performing electrocardiography,
performing venipuncture, performing medication
administration, minor surgical procedures,
procedures for medical emergencies, first aid
and CPR, and behaviors influencing health. They
will also learn basic steps for finding employment
and advancing in their careers. Students will
follow applied-learning approaches to all skill
development and performance objectives.
Prerequisites: Laboratory Skills for
Medical Assisting; Pathophysiology
MA225 Laboratory Skills for Medical Assisting
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will study medical
laboratory procedures and techniques that are
significant to medical and laboratory assistants
and other healthcare professionals. They will
learn about laboratory equipment and safety, and
issues of patient confidentiality. They will learn
to collect specimen samples by venipuncture
and patient instruction and perform laboratory
procedures including urinalysis and hematology,
chemistry, immunology, and microbiology testing.
Prerequisite: Clinical Skills I
MA250 Radiography Skills
40 hours, 3 credits
A comprehensive study for limited scope of
practice in radiography. Skills and processes
covered will be: radiation protection, equipment
operation and quality control, image production
and evaluation, and patient care and education,
along with radiographic procedure modules that
will cover each anatomic region. The course is
designed to prepare students for the examination
for Limited Scope of Practice in Radiography
and possible employment as an X-ray operator.
Prerequisite: Structure and
Function of the Human Body
MA265 Medical Assistant Externship
240 hours, 8 credits
In conjunction with a Medical Assisting Capstone,
students will complete 240 hours of a Medical
Assisting training experience in a physician’s
office/clinic or medical center. While on the
clinical site, the extern will perform medicalassisting job duties in both the front-office
administrative and the back-office clinical areas,
in order to develop on-the-job learning skills.
Under no circumstances will the student extern
receive pay for the externship hours worked.
Prerequisites: Completed series of Hepatitis B
immunizations; Completion of a 2-Step Mantoux
screening test within 6 months of starting
externship; Completion of all immunizations
or verifications of immunity required by
program and site; Successful completion of
background check (clear background check
obtained); Attendance at Rasmussen College
Externship meeting held by Program Coordinator;
Attendance at externship site orientation (if
required by site); Successful completion of all
Medical Assisting core courses except Career
Development and Seminar courses; Approval
of Medical Assisting Program Coordinator.
MA278 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
60 hours, 5 credits
MA278 Lecture (40 hours, 4 credits)
MA278 Lab (20 hours, 1 credit)
In this course students will begin their study
of the structure and function of the human
body. They will examine topics including basic
chemistry and cell biology, tissues, and the
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous,
sensory, and endocrine systems of the body,
and will learn medical terminology. Students
will complete laboratory exercises coordinated
with course content and including microscopic
observation, experimentation, study of
anatomical models, and dissection activities.
Prerequisite: none
MA279 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
60 hours, 5 credits
MA279 Lecture (40 hours, 4 credits)
MA279L Lab (20 hours, 1 credit)
In this course, students will continue their
study of human anatomy and physiology begun
in Human Anatomy and Physiology I. They will
examine the circulatory, lymphatic and immune,
respiratory, urinary, digestive, and reproductive
systems, as well as fluid and electrolyte balance,
acid-base balance, and nutrition and metabolism.
Students will complete laboratory exercises
coordinated with course content and including
microscopic observation, experimentation, study
of anatomical models, and dissection activities.
Prerequisite: Human Anatomy and Physiology I
MA281 Medical Assisting Clinical Externship
240 hours, 8 credits
In conjunction with a Medical Assisting Capstone,
students will complete 240 hours of a Medical
Assisting training experience in a physician’s
office/clinic or medical center. While on the
clinical site, the extern will perform medicalassisting job duties in both the front-office
administrative and the back-office clinical areas,
in order to develop on-the-job learning skills.
Under no circumstances will the student extern
receive pay for the externship hours worked.
Prerequisites: Completed series of Hepatitis B
immunizations; Completion of a 2-Step Mantoux
screening test within 6 months of starting
externship; Completion of all immunizations
or verifications of immunity required by
program and site; Successful completion of
background check (clear background check
obtained); Attendance at Rasmussen College
Externship meeting held by Program Coordinator;
Attendance at externship site orientation (if
required by site); Successful completion of all
Medical Assisting core courses except Career
Development and Seminar courses; Approval
of Medical Assisting Program Coordinator
MA285 Medical Assisting Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
In conjunction with the Medical Assisting
Externship (MA265), students will complete an
online Medical Assisting Capstone course. In this
course, students will learn job-search techniques
and skills for entry-level medical assistants as
well as share and learn from their externship
experiences with the class. Students will also
prepare to sit for a Medical Assisting credential
examination during this course (either the CMA or
RMA depending on campus accreditation status).
Prerequisite: none
Co-requisite: Medical Assisting Externship
MH100 Pre-calculus
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course, students will understand the
application of function theory including the
properties and behavior of various function types
including polynomial, exponential, rational, polar,
and parametric functions. The course emphasizes
the comprehension of function behavior through
graph plotting, both manual and through the use
of graphing calculators. Students will develop
solution sets for equations and inequalities.
Prerequisite: Advanced Algebra
MH200 Calculus I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course takes students into a deeper
exploration of functions within the framework of
the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Topics
including limits, derivatives, and methods of
integration will be discussed. Students will cover
numeric, graphical, and symbolic approaches
to problem-solving for real-world scenarios.
Technology including graphing calculators and
computer applications will be used to solve
problems and properly interpret results.
Prerequisite: Pre-calculus
MH210 Calculus II
40 hours, 4 credits
In this continuation of the topics investigated
in Calculus I, students will further explore the
methods of integrations and the applications of
integrals as well as power series and methods
of differentiation. This course will cover the
topics of convergence and divergence, and
students will understand whether improper
integrals are convergent or divergent.
Prerequisite: Calculus I
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N145 Fundamentals of PC
Hardware and Software
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students are introduced to the
installation, configuration, maintenance, and
troubleshooting of personal computer hardware
and the software used to support the hardware.
Additional topics covered include the relationship
between computer hardware and software,
computer networks and peripherals, virus
protection, disaster recovery and maintenance
planning. Finally, the student will learn about and
conduct the responsibilities of a professional
PC technician. To reinforce the materials in
this course, the instructor will assign direct
hands-on projects to be performed in a physical
or remote lab setting. This course helps prepare
students to take both parts of the A+ certification
exam. Each student will assemble a computer
using prescribed parts and materials.
Prerequisite: Logic and Troubleshooting
N146 Fundamentals of Hardware and Software I
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will introduce students to the
installation, configuration, maintenance, and
troubleshooting of end-user personal computer
hardware (including laptops and mobile devices)
and the software used to support the hardware.
Additional topics covered include the relationship
between computer hardware and software,
computer networks and peripherals, virus
protection, disaster recovery and maintenance
planning. Finally, the student will learn about and
conduct the responsibilities of a professional
PC technician. To reinforce the materials in
this course, the instructor will assign direct
hands-on projects to be performed in a physical
or remote lab setting. This course helps prepare
students to take both parts of the A+ certification
exams. Each student will assemble a computer
using prescribed parts and materials.
Prerequisite: none
N147 Fundamentals of Hardware and Software II
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is a continuation of Fundamentals
of Hardware and Software I, which prepared
students for the CompTIA A+ 801 exam. This
course will prepare students for the CompTIA A+
220-802 exam, focusing on operating systems,
security, mobile devices, and troubleshooting.
Using the Windows operating system, students
will learn how to set up networking, printers,
tablets, file sharing, and troubleshoot problems
related to the same. Operating system security
and methods to prevent intrusion will be
discussed. Concepts of virtualization, desktop
imaging,and deployment will be introduced.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Hardware and Software I
N149 Helpdesk Support
50 hours, 3 credits
This course covers material used by helpdesk
engineers to troubleshoot and solve user
problems. Dealing with the user, identifying
the problem, and fixing the problem will be
discussed. Software concerning trouble tickets
and tracking progress will be discussed.
Prerequisite:Communicating in Your Profession
N150 Technology’s Role in the 21st Century
20 hours, 2 credits
This course provides a broad overview of
major technology trends and developments
in the late 20th and 21st centuries along
with their cultural, economic, and societal
impact. Topics include the uses of technology
tools in science, industry, education, and the
arts. Categories such as communications,
commerce, and quality of life will be explored as
students review the scope of and application of
technology within the context of everyday life.
Prerequisite: none
N156 Mac Integration
40 hours, 3 credits
The purpose of the Mac Integration course is
to give students an entry-level perspective to
supporting and configuring the Mac OSX operating
system. Students will learn how to integrate a
Mac client into a Windows network and connect
a Mac Client to services such as Active Directory
and Microsoft Exchange. Also covered is basic
user configuration. This course maps to the
Mac Integration Basics Certification Exam.
Prerequisite: Microsoft Windows Server
N165 Fundamentals of Game Development I
50 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces the non-technical study of
games, the game development process, and the
game industry. The course establishes a lexicon
for discussing games and introduces tools for
analyzing and understanding games and game
design. The course will also present an overview of
core concepts including game mechanics, game
theory, the experience of playing games, and the
cultural, technical, and social aspects of games.
Prerequisite: none
N171 Introduction to Networks
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces the foundation to
understanding computer networks, including
structure and function, components, and
models of Local Area Networks (LAN), Wide Area
Networks (WAN), and the Internet. Students will
learn the fundamentals of Ethernet concepts
like IP addressing, protocols, hardware, and
network topologies. Students will learn basic
configuration of network devices and apply basic
troubleshooting techniques. A variety of hands-on
activities and simulations will be used. This course
introduces some of the concepts covered in the
Cisco Certified Entry Network Technician (CCENT)
certification exam. CCENT education continues
in the Cisco Routing and Switching course.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Hardware and Software I
N180 Math for Game and Simulation Production I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course has been designed to teach concepts
in linear algebra. The course covers linear
equations and matrices, and how these can be
applied in various situations. In addition, topics
will include determinants, vectors in the plane,
and how to calculate cross determinants.
Prerequisite: Advanced Algebra
N200 Systems Analysis
40 hours, 3 credits
This course covers analysis of information
systems including networks, server
environments, business solutions, and
databases. Students will be exposed to
different projects that have complex systems
and be asked to create analysis documents
and diagrams. Improving the efficiency of the
systems will be a primary goal of this course.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N201 Cisco Network Routing and Switching
40 hours, 3 credits
This course prepares students to work with
routers and switches in a Local Area Network.
Students will learn how to configure and
troubleshoot Cisco switches and routers.
Concepts in the course will include routing
protocols like RIPv1, RIPv2, OSPF, VLANs and
VLAN routing in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks,
as well as DHCP, DNS, and NAT. This course will
help prepare students to take the Cisco Certified
Entry Network Technician (CCENT) Exam by using
a variety of hands-on labs and simulations to
understand router and switch configuration by
emphasizing practical, real-world principles.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Networks;
Microsoft Windows Server
COURSE
N137 Programming I
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach the student
C++ programming utilizing object oriented
terminology. C++ expressions, decisions, and
loops within the C++ realm are explored and
practiced. This first course in a two course
sequence ends with an analysis of functions
and classes and how these elements are
used in different programming projects.
Prerequisite: Object-Oriented Programming
N138 Game Preproduction
40 hours, 4 credits
This course has been designed to teach you the
fundamental philosophies of game design and
apply them in a hands-on manner using a stepby-step process that develops problem solving
strategies. The techniques taught in this course
exist to provide the practical resources needed to
build a firm understanding of game development
from a production standpoint. In addition, the
information this course provides is a grounded
study for any real life application where inspiration
must combine with practical knowledge and
application to create a marketable product.
Prerequisite: Game Design Theory I
N139 Game Design Theory I
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces the non-technical study
of games, the game development process, and
the game industry. The course establishes a
lexicon for discussing games and introduces
tools for analyzing and understanding
games and game design. The course will
also present an overview of core concepts
including game mechanics, game theory, the
experience of playing games, and the cultural,
technical, and social aspects of games.
Prerequisite: none
N140 Logic and Troubleshooting
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides students a strong base
of Critical Thinking and troubleshooting
methodologies for assessing situations
and applying logical reasoning to various
scenarios. The materials contained within
this course will assist in building the students
ability to form reasonable hypotheses for
solving problems of a technical nature.
Prerequisite: none
N141 Networking Security
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces students to general
security concepts including authentication
methods, cryptography basics, and common
network attacks and how to safeguard against
them. Students will learn to create secure
communications for remote access, e-mail, the
Web, directory and file transfer, and wireless
data. They will understand the concepts
of physical security and disaster recovery.
This course uses a combination of lectures,
demonstrations, discussions, online assignments,
and hands-on labs to reinforce the course
materials. Further, this course helps prepare
students to take the CompTIA Security+ exam.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N142 Foundations of Software Design
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces students to fundamental
aspects of programming as it is related to proper
software design concepts. Students will gain an
understanding of how computational techniques
are applied in solving a variety of problems. Topics
will include variables, procedural abstraction
utilizing handlers, conditionals, and loops,
and data types. The course will also provide
students with an understanding of software
engineering by having them write small but
useful computer programs using pseudo-code
as well as a highlevel programming language.
Prerequisite: none
DESCRIPTIONS
MH300 Applied Discrete Mathematics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course builds on the foundation established in
Introduction to Discrete Mathematics with further
exploration in logic and mathematical reasoning.
Topics include combinatorics and graph theory,
Boolean algebra, digital logic circuits, ordered sets,
functional programming, models of computation,
and computational complexity. Students will gain
experience formulating mathematical proofs.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Discrete
Mathematics; Calculus II
MH310 Probability and Statistics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course explores the concepts of conditional
probability, random variables, expectations
and distributions, sample spaces, momentgenerating functions, and the central-limit
theorem. Further topics include an introduction to
estimation, confidence intervals, and hypothesis
testing. Students will be able to generate
random variables through experimentation, and
they will understand how to apply statistical
concepts to computational applications.
Prerequisite: Introduction to
Discrete Mathematics
N127 Microsoft Windows Workstations
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides students with the
knowledge and skills necessary to install
and configure a Windows Workstation. The
course gives the student the ability to provide
technical support to a Windows Workstation.
This course uses a combination of lectures,
demonstrations, discussions, online assignments,
and hands-on labs to reinforce the course
materials. Further, the course helps prepare
students to take the Microsoft Windows
Configuring (70-680) Certification Exam, which
counts towards Microsoft Certified Solutions
Associate (MCSA) Windows 7 certification.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Hardware & Software II
N133 Networking Fundamentals
40 hours, 3 credits
This course has been designed to teach the
foundations of networking. The course covers
Local Area Networks and Wide Area Networks and
how communications are accomplished in those
environments. Students will learn the different
Protocols used in networking. The course will cover
the designing networks both cabled and wireless.
Students will learn basic troubleshooting of a
network and how to maintain it. To reinforce the
material in this course the instructor will assign
direct hands-on projects to be performed in a lab
setting. Further, this course helps prepare students
to take the CompTIA Network+ certification exam.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of PC
Hardware and Software
N136 Operating Systems Fundamentals
60 hours, 4 credits
Students are introduced to the principles of
various types of microcomputer operating
systems. Topics include system resources,
memory management, processor management,
user interface and operating system
functions especially related to database
resource management. Emphasis is placed
on how the user, hardware, and software
interface with the operating system.
Prerequisite: none
43
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N204 Human-Computer Interaction
and Interface Design
50 hours, 4 credits
How a person interacts with a game is one of
the more crucial aspects in determining the
success of the game among consumers. This
course will emphasize the details and planning
process that must be followed to ensure a
successful interface for the game that is to be
played. Various techniques of creating buttons,
menus, and other types of interfaces will be
explored to give the student a wide exposure
to this important element in creating games.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N205 Platform Design and
Human-Computer Interaction
60 hours, 4 credits
How a person interacts with a game is one of
the more crucial aspects in determining the
success of the game among consumers. This
course will emphasize the details and planning
process that must be followed to ensure a
successful interface for the game that is to be
played. Various techniques of creating buttons,
menus, and other types of interfaces will be
explored to give the student a wide exposure
to this important element in creating games.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N206 Data Structures
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to be an introduction to
data structures using C++. Topics to be covered
include lists, stacks, and queues. In addition,
additional time is spent on templates and
algorithmic analysis as it relates to recursion.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N207 Programming II
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is a continuation of Programming
I. Topics that will be covered in this course
include design analysis, inheritance, and
the use of templates in programming. A look
at input/output issues is done along with a
look at advanced topics in C++ programming
and a brief look at how C++ can start to be
utilized in game programs is covered.
Prerequisite: Programming I
N208 Linux Administration
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to introduce the Linux
operating system. The students will learn
to install, configure, maintain, administer,
and use programming features of the Linux
operating system. Students will learn how to
download and install source application from
the Internet, run Windows emulation, and apply
Linux in the enterprise network environment.
This course uses a combination of reading,
lecture, Internet-based research, and lab work
to reinforce the course materials. Further,
this course helps prepare students to take an
industry accepted Linux+ certification exam.
Prerequisite: Microsoft Windows Server
N209 PHP/MySQL Administration
60 hours, 4 credits
Students learn the fundamental areas of
two widely used Web application database
tools, PHP and MySQL for implementing and
managing database-driven websites. Topics
will include PHP scripting and advanced
administration of MySQL database applications
to be utilized through the Internet.
Prerequisite: SQL Server Administration
44
N210 Introduction to Computer Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to the study of
software control over the various hardware
components of a computer’s architecture – the
CPU, RAM, and system bus. Topics include
development of C language programs with
a pseudo-code foundation, CPU operation
at the bus level, comparison of procedural
languages to machine language, and the
development of machine and assembly
language programs using multiple addressing
modes, branching, and subroutine calls.
Prerequisite: Foundations of Software Design
N211 Windows Scripting
50 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to teach students basic
scripting skills that can be used to automate
administrative tasks and reporting. Topics
will include an introduction to programming
structures like variables, decisions, loops,
arguments, and functions. Students will
create Microsoft Windows-based scripts using
technologies such as VBScript, PowerShell
and take advantage of additional features in
windows components such as WMI and ADSI.
Prerequisite: Windows Active Directory
N212 Fundamentals of Game Development II
60 hours, 4 credits
This course builds on the Fundamentals of
Game Development I and introduces students
to the different game platforms currently on
the market. This includes game consoles as
well as mobile platforms. In addition, students
will be exposed to the various approaches used
for creating games for these platforms as well
as for creating platform agnostic games.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Game Development I
N221 Mobile and Mac OS Security
40 hours, 3 credits
This course gives students an alternative
perspective on securing multiple mobile
operating systems. Students will learn how to
apply security principles to Android, iOS, and
Mac operating systems. They will learn how
hackers penetrate these systems and how to
properly secure each environment. Students will
learn about aspects of BYOD (Bring Your Own
Device) and understand what additional security
measures need to be implemented to secure
devices that are utilizing public networks.
Prerequisite: Networking Security
N222 Physics for Game and
Simulation Production
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides a broad overview of the
fundamental principles of physics as they
apply to game and simulation programming
and prepares students in the use of physics
engines within a game development
environment. Topics include introductions
to classical mechanics and dynamics,
gravity, magnetism, optics and acoustics.
Prerequisite: Math for Game and
Simulation Production II
N225 Interactive Storytelling
40 hours, 3 credits
This course explores the integration of storytelling
and interactivity. From the fundamentals of
creating stories to the integration of game
technology, students will write and build worlds
where story interacts with game structure.
Subjects will include linear narrative, myths
and the hero’s journey, chatterbots and
MUDs, exposition and dialogue trees, spatial
narratives and storylines, and a range of
interactive storytelling methodologies from
campfires to LARPs and text adventures.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Game Development II
N226 Windows Active Directory
40 hours, 3 credits
The course will teach the concepts of utilizing
Microsoft Windows Active Directory. Students
will learn to install, set up, configure, utilize,
maintain and trouble shoot Windows Active
Directory. To reinforce the material in this
course the instructor will assign direct hands on
projects to be performed in a lab setting. Further,
this course helps prepare students to take the
Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist exam.
Prerequisite: Microsoft Windows Server
N228 Microsoft Windows Server
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides students with the knowledge
and skills necessary to install and configure
Windows Servers and perform post-installation
and day-to-day administrative tasks. The course
gives the student the background needed
to provide technical support for Windows
Servers. This course uses a combination of
lectures, demonstrations, discussions, online
assignments, and hands-on labs to reinforce
the material covered. Further, the course
helps prepare students to take the Microsoft
Certified Technology Specialist exam.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of PC
Hardware and Software II
N230 Fundamentals of Ethical Hacking
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will show students the opposing
side to network security. Students will gain
insight into the hacking mindset as well as
learn how to directly apply ethical principles
to the work they perform on a day-to-day
basis. Students of this course will learn how to
utilize various tools commonly used in network
security as well as hacking. The end result of
this course is to give the student a stronger
perspective on how to utilize tools to better
test and secure networks against threats.
Prerequisite: Networking Security
N231 Web Application Development
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to provide students
with an introduction to current web application
development techniques. Topics include
HTML5 and CSS3 as well as an introduction in
scripting using PHP as well as Javascript. In
addition, the core principles of social media
application development are covered.
Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals
N233 Software Packaging and Deployment
50 hours, 3 credits
The goal of this course is to provide students
an understanding of how to rapidly deploy
applications and operating environments.
Students will utilize various methods of
application deployment through creating
automated installs and application and
operating systems images. Students will
successfully package and deploy applications
and operating systems via these methods in
a virtual and stand-alone environment.
Prerequisite: Microsoft Windows Server
N234 Microsoft Exchange Server 40 hours, 3 credits
In this course students will learn a wide range
of information about Exchange Server, from
installation, configuration, administration,
troubleshooting, and maintenance. It introduces a
variety of concepts, such as client configuration.
In addition to explaining concepts, the course
uses a multitude of real-world examples of
networking and messaging issues. This course
uses a combination of reading, lecture, and lab
work to reinforce student learning. Further,
this course helps prepare students to take the
Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist exam.
Prerequisite: Windows Active Directory
N235 Cisco Networking
Fundamentals and Routing
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course students will learn the skills
necessary to deploy a new Cisco network or
manage an existing network. The course provides
a wide range of information, starting with a
review of the basic building blocks of networks
through advanced Cisco networking topics such
as access control list, WAN connectivity, and
virtual LANs. The lab assignments included in
this course give students adequate hands-on
experience with Cisco equipment, allowing
them to gain confidence in working with live
networks. This course uses a combination of
reading, lecture, and lab work to reinforce
student learning. Further, this course helps
prepare students to take the Cisco CCENT exam.
Prerequisites: Networking Fundamentals;
Microsoft Windows Server
N236 Database Security
60 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the basic principles of
database security and auditing as well as
implementation considerations for business
databases. It covers security architecture
and operating system security fundamentals.
In addition, the design of profiles, password
policies, privileges and roles are explored.
Other topics include virtual private databases,
auditing models, application and data
auditing, and auditing database activities.
Prerequisite: SQL Server Administration
N237 C#
50 hours, 3 credits
Students will work with the C# programming
language and gain an understanding of how it
can be used to handle important computing
tasks. Concepts such as Graphical User
Interfaces, multimedia development, and
web programming will be explored.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N259 Mobile Support Principles
40 hours, 3 credits
The Mobile Support Principles course covers
the challenge of supporting mobile devices
within a business. Topics covered are how to
install custom software applications on various
mobile operating systems as well as deploying
standard operating images across multiple
mobile devices. Additional time is spent on
configuration of various mail clients, network
configuration and general device troubleshooting.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N253 Managing Information Security
30 hours, 3 credits
Information security is not only an IT,
but a management issue. Therefore, this
course introduces students to a detailed
examination of the systems-wide perspective
of information security. They begin with
the strategic planning process for security,
which includes an examination of the
policies, procedures and staffing functions
necessary to organize and administrate
ongoing security functions in an organization.
Course subjects include security practices,
security architecture and models, continuity
planning and disaster recovery planning.
Prerequisite: Networking Security
N266 Console Development
60 hours, 4 credits
One aspect of creating games is determining how
they will work with different consoles from various
manufacturers. This course guides the student
through the various parts of a console that will
have an impact on the game (memory, processing,
storage, and debugging to name a few). This
systematic approach will allow the game
programmer to determine what modifications
and changes need to be made as games become
part of the game libraries for different vendors.
Prerequisite: Programming II
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N310 The Study of Animation
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is intended for students with an
animation/multimedia background, who want
to understand how animation works, from
basic theory to execution. The students will
develop a sense of observation and timing
as it relates to animation, and they will study
motion through watching actual animation
pieces as well as taking part in exercises that
demonstrate animation in action. This course
also emphasizes artistic and aesthetic creativity
through the study of storytelling, acting,
character development, and dramatic structure.
Prerequisite: Digital Media Assembly
N311 Game and Simulation Lighting Techniques
60 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an introduction to 3D
programming, with an emphasis on using
real-time shaders. The fundamentals of game
and simulation lighting are covered along
with how to do the shader programming to
achieve more realistic “looks” in games.
3D lighting, texturing, alpha blending, and
stenciling are covered in detail in this course.
Prerequisite: Graphics Development with OpenGL
N312 Advanced Networking
50 hours, 4 credits
This course offers an in-depth study of current
networking technologies. Topics include OSI
model, communication protocols, routing
protocols, WAN architecture (ATM, VPN,
MPLS, and hybrid networks), Wireless and
QoS. Additionally, students will learn about
implementing a defined network architecture
with basic network security. This course
will cover how to configure, maintain, and
troubleshoot network devices using appropriate
network tools and understand the features and
purpose of network technologies. The course
includes basic solution recommendations,
analyzing network traffic, and becoming familiar
with common protocols and media types.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N313 Introduction to Information
Systems Security
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides an overview of security
challenges and strategies of countermeasure
in the information systems environment.
Topics include definition of terms, concepts,
elements, and goals incorporating industry
standards and practices with a focus on
availability, vulnerability, integrity, and
confidentiality aspects of information systems.
Prerequisites: Microsoft Windows
Server; Networking Security
N314 Advanced Cisco Network Security
60 hours, 4 credits
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) is a
first-level certification program for Information
Technology professionals. (CCNA exams are
offered after completion of the entry-level
CCENT certification.) The CCNA Security
Certification helps maximize your investment
in foundational network security knowledge
and increases confidence in the integrity of
your employer’s network. CCNA Security is
for Network Security Specialists, Security
Administrators, and Network Security Support
Engineers. This course will help students
prepare for the CCNA Security certification
by using hands-on labs and simulations to
understand network security principles by
emphasizing practical, real-world principles.
Prerequisite: Cisco Network
Routing and Switching
N315 Flash Animation
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to Macromedia’s
Flash. The course will cover the basics of Flash:
importing, creating & editing vector graphics
and creating simple animations, creating
interactive elements and incorporating sound and
video and testing Flash movies. Also, students
explore the steps in creating Flash productions
from start-to-finish, including site map and
navigation building, button making and output.
Prerequisite: Multimedia Technologies
N316 Principles of Shader Programming
50 hours, 4 credits
This course provides an introduction to 3D
programming, with an emphasis on using
real-time shaders. The fundamentals of game
and simulation lighting are covered along
with how to do the shader programming to
achieve more realistic “looks” in games.
3D lighting, texturing, alpha blending, and
stenciling are covered in detail in this course.
Prerequisite: Principles of Computer Graphics
N320 Polygon Modeling
60 hours, 4 credits
This course demonstrates the techniques
of modeling objects in a three-dimensional
environment. Students will manipulate primitive
objects such as cubes, spheres, pyramids, and
cylinders to build more complex polygons, and
students will utilize techniques to approximate
curved surfaces with multiple polygons.
Industry standard software such as 3D Studio
Max, Zbrush, and MudBox will be discussed,
and students will have the opportunity within
an actual software modeling environment
to create a variety of polygon objects.
Prerequisite: The Study of Animation
N322 Web Application Architecture and Design
50 hours, 4 credits
This course presents key concepts in distributed
designs for network enabled software systems
and applications. Distributed designs allow
applications to span multiple machines and
require deliberately planned design approaches.
Students will learn to build systems that are
scalable, reliable, and secure when implemented
within network infrastructures. Topics include
object-oriented programming to networked
web services, including database applications
deployed on very large-scale websites.
Prerequisite: Java I
N323 Asset Management
30 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to teach students
best practices in inventory management.
Topics include hardware and software audits,
asset tracking systems, software licensing,
and service contracts management.
Prerequisite: Project Management for IT
N324 Portfolio, Package and Publish
40 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on the process and tasks
necessary for game and simulation-specific
employment including research and resumes,
contacts and connections, and the important
demos and elevator pitch. Students will learn how
to develop an industry-specific resume, how to
best present their skills in a portfolio, and how
to package themselves as a top candidate for a
position. Students will create a polished resume
and cover letter and learn networking skills for their
area of interest in game or simulation production.
Prerequisites: Game Production Project
I; Simulation Production Project I
COURSE
N303 Software Systems Principles
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides a historical perspective of
programming languages and their development.
Students will study techniques of language
translation including lexical analysis,
grammar, syntax, and parsers. Topics include
the structure and functionality of modern
operating system software with an emphasis
on concurrent process execution, process
scheduling, communication, and API services.
The design and development of programs using
dedicated OS features is also considered.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computer Systems
N304 Operating Systems Design
50 hours, 4 credits
In the course, students learn how operating
systems such as Windows, Linux, and the Mac OS
X are a fundamental component of all computing
systems. This course explores how operating
systems are responsible for managing the running
processes as well as the sharing of system
resources such as the printers and storage over
network infrastructures. The course provides
an in-depth exploration of the design and
implementation of modern operating systems.
Topics include the evolution of operating systems,
scheduling, paging, input/output devices, virtual
memory, files, synchronization, and security.
Prerequisite: Software Systems Principles
N305 Figure Drawing
60 hours, 4 credits
Figure Drawing will emphasize the traditional
and realistic approaches used to draw the human
figure accurately. There will be an emphasis
on gesture, proportions and form development
using the human figure in studio and in public
settings. The basic structural and anatomical
concepts will be covered along with an in depth
study of motion and gesture drawing skills.
Prerequisite: Color Theory and Techniques
N306 Advanced Network Security
50 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a detailed examination
of techniques and concepts surrounding the
topic of network defense. Students will learn
how to implement strategies for information
asset security, utilizing industry tools and
techniques. Both hardware and software issues
within the field of Information Security will
be explored. Students will examine a range of
network security topics including virtual private
networks, intrusion detection, cloud data
security, and incident response strategies.
Prerequisites: Cisco Networking Fundamentals
and Routing; Principles of Network Security
N307 Principles of Network Security
40 hours, 3 credits
This course brings to light the concepts needed
for network defense techniques. Students will
examine the tools, techniques, and technologies
used in the securing of information assets. This
course is designed to provide in-depth information
on the software and hardware components of
Information Security. Topics covered include:
intrusion detection, virtual private networks
(VPN), and incident response strategies
and planning, wireless network security.
Prerequisite: Networking Fundamentals
N309 Principles of Computer Graphics
60 hours, 4 credits
The goal of the course is to teach fundamental
principles of computer graphic algorithms in
relation to video game and simulations. The focus
is on graphics methods used to render realistic
images of scenes applied to the OpenGL system.
Much of this involves solutions to problems such
as how we represent 3D models, describe their
position and motion in 3D, project them into
2D images, and render these 2D projections
with pixels. We will also consider photometric
problems, such as how we represent light, model
the way objects reflect light, and the path that
light takes as it refracts through the scene.
Prerequisite: Programming II
DESCRIPTIONS
N273 Business Intelligence Reporting
40 hours, 3 credits
The goal of this course is to allow students to
understand what business intelligence is and how
it affects the success or failure of organizations.
In particular, this course will focus on business
intelligence using industry-standard reporting
tools as the basis for deriving this information.
Prerequisite: SQL Server Administration
N274 SQL Server Administration
40 hours, 3 credits
The goal of this course is to prepare individuals
to work with and administer SQL Server
2008. Students will learn how to install and
maintain SQL Server 2008 and also how to
use various tools helpful in creating backups,
promoting security, and to enhance availability
and performance of the database.
Prerequisites: Microsoft Windows Server
N276 Applied Game and Simulation Theory
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the applications for and the
development of simulations from game-like
“Sims” to educational and military simulations.
This course combines reading and critical
thinking skills with hands on development of
simulations with a 3D game engine. Students
will study the theory behind the production of
different types of simulations as they learn to
apply software to create short simulations.
Prerequisite: Platform Design and
Human-Computer Interaction
N286 Math for Game and
Simulation Production II
40 hours, 4 credits
This course builds on topics introduced in Math
for Game and Simulation Production I. These
topics include graphing and solving equations;
polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential
functions; analytic geometry; and determining
equations from the shape of a graph.
Prerequisite: Math for Game and
Simulation Production I
N290 Information Technology Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
This course summarizes key learning throughout
the student’s program. Students apply
what they’ve learned by solving a real-world
programming problem. This problem-solving
exercise encompasses timelines, deadlines,
team-building, and communication issues.
Prerequisite: This course is intended to be
completed in last quarter of diploma
N301 The Business of Digital Media
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to prepare students
for multiple levels of project completion across
the broad spectrum of digital media such as:
concept development, production, project
management, and content delivery. Important
workforce assets of individual drive and
assessment, success within creative teams,
management of timelines and deadlines, and
effective leadership are explored as they pertain
to the multimedia development pipeline.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Business
N302 Graphics Development with OpenGL
60 hours, 4 credits
The goal of the course is to teach fundamental
principles of computer graphic algorithms in
relation to video game and simulations. The focus
is on graphics methods used to render realistic
images of scenes applied to the OpenGL system.
Much of this involves solutions to problems such
as how we represent 3D models, describe their
position and motion in 3D, project them into
2D images, and render these 2D projections
with pixels. We will also consider photometric
problems, such as how we represent light, model
the way objects reflect light, and the path that
light takes as it refracts through the scene.
Prerequisite: Programming II
45
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N325 Advanced Methods of Computer Graphics
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is for photographers and artists, who
wish to go well beyond the basics of Photoshop.
In addition to covering more sophisticated
methods of color correction, image manipulation
and printing, students will learn scanning, digital
camera usage, the mechanics of calibration
and other more advanced sets of controls in
Photoshop, all within a framework of artistically
professional sensibility which will allow the
student to develop their own professional work.
Prerequisite: Digital Photography
N326 Legal and Security Issues
40 hours, 4 credits
This course offers an overview of the legal
processes involved in implementing and
maintaining an E-commerce website. In
addition, this course examines the security
issues involved in maintaining a web or intranet/
internet site and potentials for misuse.
Prerequisite: none
N327 SSCP Certification Preparation
60 hours, 4 credits
The SSCP credential ensures that candidates
continuously monitor systems to safeguard
against security threats. From the course, the
student will be competent in access control,
cryptography, malicious code and activity,
monitoring and analysis, networks and
communication, risk, response and recovery,
and security operations and administration.
Prerequisite: Network Security and Cryptography
N328 Quality Assurance in Game
and Simulation Production
50 hours, 4 credits
Quality assurance is one of the most important
elements in game production. This course
focuses on the management aspect of quality
assurance methods. Topics include strategies
for playtesting and including playtesting
feedback in the iterative design loop.
Prerequisite: Software Engineering for
Game and Simulation Production
N331 Infrastructure Hardware
50 hours, 4 credits
This course covers hardware design and
planning for medium to large scale data center
operations. Topics include data center design
(power, cooling, space planning), server racks,
storage array systems, fiber channel, iSCSI,
SAS, and SATA. Students will be able to design
a data center for both operational efficiency
(Green IT), and to provide adequate fault
tolerance and capacity for anticipated growth.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N332 Managing Risk for Information Systems
40 hours, 4 credits
This course addresses the broad topic of
risk management and how risk, threats, and
vulnerabilities impact information systems. Areas
of instruction include how to assess and manage
risk based on defining an acceptable level of risk
for information systems. Elements of a business
impact analysis, business continuity plan, and
disaster recovery plan will be discussed.
Prerequisite: none
N333 Wireless, Mobile and Cloud Security
50 hours, 3 credits
Wireless, mobile and cloud computing are
some of the hottest technologies on the market
today. Securing these emerging platforms are
often an afterthought, leaving many systems
vulnerable to attacks. This course will cover
techniques necessary to ensure operational
integrity and customer data protection.
Prerequisite: Networking Security
46
N334 Game Engines and Integrated Game
Development Environments
60 hours, 4 credits
The goal of this course is to introduce students
to the use of game engines and integrated game
development environments for game production.
Topics will include a general overview of the
available game engines as well as an in depth
introduction to the use of Unity. Students
will learn how to use Javascript and C# within
Unity and how to utilize external game assets
within the Unity development environment.
Prerequisite: C#
N335 Digital Photography
60 hours, 4 credits
This course shows students how to evaluate
images for communicative effectiveness and
aesthetic appeal. They will also digitize images,
adjust and manipulate them in the computer,
and output them for on-screen and printed use.
Through the course students will gain a firm
foundation on the fundamental differences
between digital photography and traditional
manual film including lighting and print.
Prerequisite: Audio/Video Editing
N341 Software Systems Engineering
50 hours, 4 credits
This course exposes students to the
implementation of software systems at a high
level with an emphasis on rigorous algorithm
development and test suites. The course
introduces the systems aspect of development
and tradeoffs related to resource management,
system architecture capabilities, and
hardware and software efficiencies. Students
are also exposed to requirements analysis
and the techniques to develop a functional
system from specified requirements.
Prerequisite: Algorithm Analysis
N342 Scripting
50 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach students basic
scripting skills that can be used to automate
administration tasks and reporting. Topics
will include an introduction to programming
structures like variables, decisions, loops,
arguments, and functions. Students will work
with examples of Shell, VB, Perl and TCL scripts
and examine cases involving Linux, Windows
and Cisco IOS automation through scripting.
Prerequisites: Cisco Networking
Fundamentals and Routing; Linux
Administration; Windows Active Directory
N343 Security Policies and Implementation
40 hours, 4 credits
This course includes a discussion on
security policies that can be used to help
protect and maintain a network, such as
password policy, e-mail policy, and internet
policy. The issues include organizational
behavior and crisis management.
Prerequisite: none
N344 IT Security for Managers
40 hours, 3 credits
This course offers the perspective of how to
manage security within a business environment
from the IT Manager’s point of view. Students
will gain the overarching idea of securing not only
the network but also implementation of physical
security and change management. Topics covered
include security solution requisition, deployment
strategies, bug reporting and penetration testing.
Prerequisite: Network Security
N345 Advanced HTML Coding with CSS
60 hours, 4 credits
This class covers advanced elements of webpage
creation using a text editor and HTML and XML
standard tags. This class will focus on web
terminology, advanced HTML coding to include
hyperlinks, anchors, tables, forms, CSS, frames,
design principles and accessibility issues.
Emphasis will be placed on understanding values
and creation of CSS for business environments.
We will also explore the availability of tools for site
management, validation and accessibility checks.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Web Authorizing and Design
N346 Practical Game Development
60 hours, 4 credits
This course approaches the study of computer
games from different viewpoints. First is an
example of media that can be analyzed and
critiqued for their thematic elements, formal
structure, plot and interactive appreciation. The
next step is a study of complex software subjects
to technology constraints and the product of a
professional design and implementation process.
The last is a study of behaviors and associations
comparable to other popular art forms. Students
will study the principle of game design and
use them both to analyze existing games and
to develop their own original game ideas.
Prerequisite: Artificial Intelligence
N347 Mobile Game Development
60 hours, 4 credits
The goal of this course is to use mobile
application development methods for mobile
game development. Students will learn how to
utilize HTML5, CSS3, Javascript and PHP to
create device independent mobile games.
Prerequisite: Web Application Development
N350 Concept Development for Digital Media
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is concerned with problemsolving, research, and presentation skills for
multimedia projects. Brainstorming, narrative,
storyboarding, animatics, pre-visualization,
and transitions are all explored. Sketches,
source imagery, and audio are developed to
effectively communicate ideas for time-based
media. Documentation techniques are employed
to chart progress with character and scene
design, as well as cameras and lighting.
Prerequisite: Storyboard
Development for Digital Media
N355 Game Planning and
Development Strategies
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course students will cover the planning
of the game and simulation development
process from high-level design to low-level
implementation. The course touches on topics
covered in previous courses, including graphics,
development of assets and the asset pipeline,
interface design, and artificial intelligence
to better understand the different game
development methodologies. The process of
developing a game or simulation will be covered
from the essential design and development
documents through quality assurance testing,
including the risks and benefits of different
types of iterative development cycles.
Prerequisite: Game Audio Assets
N358 Database Systems Design
50 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will learn how to
develop and deploy a relational database
management system (RDBMS) as a software
application. Students will explore relations and
tables as well as how to modify the relations
with commands such as insert, update, and
delete. Students will also understand the role
and importance of primary and foreign keys
in creating relational database structures.
Prerequisite: Relational Databases
N359 Support Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to introduce students to
the Information Technology Infrastructure Library
(ITIL) public framework of best practices in IT
support management. Topics include incident and
problem management, configuration and change
management, and help desk management.
Students will design a knowledge base for
tracking, and trending problems so that solutions
can be implemented proactively to prevent
problems and increase customer satisfaction.
Prerequisite: Customer Service
N360 Mobile Platform Development
60 hours, 4 credits
As more devices become smaller and more
mobile, the need to have games to entertain
users in downtime increases. This course looks at
how to create games for mobile platforms using
a systematic approach. The Java programming
language is utilized in creating these games.
How to weave in audio and video is also
addressed along with considering factors such
as user inputs involved in playing the game.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N361 Algorithm Analysis
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a detailed exploration
of algorithm design and analysis, including
greedy algorithms, divide and conquer, dynamic
programming, and backtracking. Students
will gain experience with searching and
sorting techniques in practical applications.
The course will emphasize the verification
and analysis of time space complexity
within a software design framework.
Prerequisites: Programming II;
Probability and Statistics
N362 Technical Writing
20 hours, 2 credits
This course is designed to teach students
best practices in authoring technical
documentation. Topics include targeting
your audience, organization, glossaries,
appropriate use of graphics, tables, lists, wikis,
and cross referencing. Students will be able
to determine when and how to write a white
paper, and will understand the pros and cons
of wikis and other documentation portals.
Prerequisite: English Composition
N363 Security Strategies for Web Apps
and Social Networking
40 hours, 3 credits
This course addresses how the internet and
web-based applications have transformed
the way businesses, organizations, and
people communicate. With this information
came new risks, threats, and vulnerabilities
for web-based applications and the people
who use them. This course presents security
strategies to mitigate the risk associated with
web applications and social networking.
Prerequisite: none
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N411 Disaster Recovery
50 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach students how to
perform a risk assessment and develop a disaster
recovery strategy that aligns with business needs
and priorities. Topics include disaster prevention,
systems backup and recovery strategies, hot/
warm/cold site strategies, and documentation
and testing of recovery procedures.
Prerequisite: Service Management
N412 Risk Management and Business Continuity
50 hours, 4 credits
This course covers how to properly analyze
risks within an IT department. Topics covered
are Disaster Recovery Planning, Business
Continuity Planning, and how to create Risk
Analysis documents for all applications
assessing their long-term viability and
backup solutions. Students will also perform
business impact analysis to analyze key
areas that are most vulnerable when a riskbased situation has occurred. Students
will develop a disaster recovery plan and
learn how to process and implement each
phase of the plan they have developed.
Prerequisites in the Information Technology
Management BS Degree program: IT Operations
Management; Storage Management
Prerequisite in the Information Security
BS Degree program: Cloud Computing
N413 Asset Development I
60 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a brief introduction to
the development of 2D and audio assets for
game and simulation development. Students
learn the production process involved in 2D
and audio asset creation and develop the skill
necessary to create 2D and audio assets for
the games developed within this program.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Game Development I
N415 Digital Effects Creation
60 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on the use and application
of effects in film and video at an advanced, postproduction level. Learn professional methods
of controlling digital and video representation,
and 3D effects. Master the digital workflow by
compositing footage, digital imagery and CG.
Topics include virtual cinematography, morphing,
lighting, rendering, particle effects, dynamics,
camera properties, motion tracking, and filters.
Prerequisite: Digital Media Production
N416 Access Controls, Authentication, and PKI
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces the concept of access
control to information systems and applications.
Access, authentication, and accounting for
end-users and system administrators will be
covered. In addition, security controls for access
control including tokens, biometrics, and use of
public key infrastructures (PKI) will be covered.
Prerequisite: none
N420 Network Security and Cryptography
40 hours, 3 credits
This course examines threats to computer
networks, network vulnerabilities, techniques
for strengthening passive defenses, tools for
establishing an active network defense, and
policies for enhancing forensic analysis of crimes
and attacks on computer networks. Topics
include private and public key cryptography,
digital signatures, secret sharing, security
protocols, formal methods for analyzing
network security, electronic mail security,
firewalls, intrusion detection, Internet
privacy and public key infrastructures.
Prerequisites: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts;
Introduction to Networks
N421 Software Engineering for Game
and Simulation Production
60 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on the software engineering
principles and strategies necessary to develop
a game or simulation, including an in-depth
look at object-oriented architecture and
design patterns used in game development.
UML, risk analysis, constraint management,
problem solving, process improvement,
and handling crunch times are some of the
topics that will be tackled in this class.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N422 Enterprise Application Support
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces students to the challenges
of supporting complex enterprise applications
like E-commerce and ERP systems. Topics
include application architecture concepts (frontend, middleware, backend, and client/server),
working with application specialists, application
performance monitoring (end-to-end), security,
support and maintenance, and disaster recovery.
Prerequisite: Risk Management
and Business Continuity
N423 Windows Security Strategies
40 hours, 4 credits
This course discusses security implementations
for various Windows platforms and
applications. Areas of study involve identifying
and examining security risks, security
solutions, and tools available for various
Windows platforms and applications.
Prerequisite: none
N424 Storage Management
40 hours, 3 credits
The goal of this course is to cover various
methods of data management. Students will
learn about Storage Area Networks, Disk Arrays,
and data backup. Students will cover topics
such as data de-duplication, cloud backup
and managing both physical and virtual data
backup environments. Topics also covered are
how to maintain both onsite and offsite data
backups and creating a backup rotation policy.
Prerequisites: Advanced Networking;
Infrastructure Hardware; Cloud Computing
N425 Storyboard Development for Digital Media
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will introduce the student to utilizing
storyboards to visually represent staging and
camera movement. Specific attention will be
paid to utilizing storyboards for shot types,
angles, cuts, and transitions. Students will
analyze existing storyboard samples as a guide
to creating their own storyboard project. During
the course the students will also examine
cinematic visual techniques and terminology.
Prerequisite: Digital Media Production
N426 Asset Development II
60 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a brief introduction to
development of 3D assets, including the use
of 3D modeling, rigging and animation tools.
Students learn the production process involved
in 3D asset creation and develop the skill
necessary to create 3D assets for the games
and simulations developed within this program.
Prerequisite: Asset Development I
N430 Computer Forensics
40 hours, 3 credits
This course examines computer literacy and
criminal investigation legal issues regarding
seizure and chain of custody, and technical
issues in acquiring computer evidence.
Popular file systems are examined. Reporting
issues in the legal system are discussed.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
COURSE
N404 Cloud Computing
40 hours, 4 credits
This course offers an in-depth study of current
cloud computing technologies and services.
Topics include cloud networking, cloud
bridging, virtualization of application delivery
controllers (ADC’s) and WAN optimization
controllers (WOC’s), data center network design
considerations, and emerging technologies
like Edge Virtual Bridging (EVB). Students
will be required to conduct research, read
case studies, and develop and propose a
strategy for implementing cloud computing
to address specific business needs.
Prerequisite: Virtualization
N405 Advanced Applications of
Digital and Experimental Art
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will combine their
knowledge of art techniques with the psychology
of art reception to develop art projects aimed
at producing specific reactions. Students will
experiment with different elements of art, including
shape, form, light, color, and movement, and
use techniques including digital photography
and imaging. In addition, students will learn to
analyze mainstream graphic-design projects in
terms of their intended effects, and to use their
analyses to produce experimental art projects.
The course builds upon traditional and digital
visual-art skills learned in previous courses to
create imaginative solutions to digital problems.
Prerequisite: Advanced Methods
of Computer Graphics
N406 IT Operations Management
40 hours, 4 credits
The purpose of the IT Operations Management
course is to give students a numeric perspective
on the IT department. Students will learn how
to develop standard operating procedures,
create support metrics, and apply these to the
proper operation of the IT department. This
course will also cover how to properly read
and analyze network utilization reports and
properly staff various IT departments based
on proposed call volume and support needs
Utilization of helpdesk tracking tools and
implementation of a tracking system will also
be covered to ensure an IT department has the
proper foundation to start metrics reporting.
Prerequisites: Project Management
for IT; IT Security for Managers
N407 Networking and
Multiplayer Game Development
60 hours, 4 credits
Students are introduced to the foundations of
management information systems. This includes
current trends, fundamental MIS technology
concepts, applications for business functions,
and management practice. Students will gain
exposure to analyzing, utilizing, and supervising
integrated management information systems.
Prerequisite: Game Engines and Integrated
Game Development Environment
N409 Auditing Information
Technology Infrastructure
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the principles, the
approaches, and the methodology in auditing
information systems to ensure the processes and
the procedures are in compliance with pertinent
laws and regulatory provisions especially in the
context of information systems security (ISS).
Prerequisite: none
DESCRIPTIONS
N370 Virtualization
50 hours, 4 credits
This course offers an in-depth study of current
virtualization technologies and discusses
strategies and approaches for virtualization of
servers, clients and applications. Topics include
vSwitch, distributed virtual switching (DVS),
server-side vs. client-side desktop virtualization
(SBC & VDI) and virtual appliances. Students will
gain hands-on experience with deploying and
managing virtual systems and applications.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Networks
N380 Project Management for IT
40 hours, 4 credits
This course covers the project management
aspects of the IT department. Students will
learn how to properly apply project management
principles within the IT department to properly
deploy network and software solutions. Students
will utilize project management software for
tracking purposes as well as develop their own
method of project tracking. Topics such as ITIL
principles on Project Management will also
be infused into the content of the course.
Prerequisite: Support Management
N385 Scripting – Shell Scripting / Python / Perl
50 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach students basic
scripting skills that can be used to automate
administration tasks and reporting. Topics
will include an introduction to programming
structures like variables, decisions, loops,
arguments, and functions. Students will work
with examples of Shell, VB, Perl and TCL scripts
and examine use cases involving Linux, Windows
and Cisco IOS automation through scripting.
Prerequisite: Linux Security Strategies
N401 Artificial Intelligence
60 hours, 4 credits
Students will learn how techniques in Artificial
Intelligence (AI) can be utilized to allow software
applications to mimic human or intelligent
behavior in a variety of contexts ranging from
expert systems to computer-controlled game
opponents. Students will be exposed to topics
such as natural language processing and parsers,
problem solving algorithms, and knowledge
representations. The implications of the
intelligent agent paradigm as it relates to common
sense and creativity will also be explored.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N402 Network Systems Design
50 hours, 4 credits
This course offers the study of the technology,
network architecture and topologies, and
software used by systems of network-connected
computers. Topics include data transmission,
local area network architectures, network
protocols, distributed systems, security, and
network applications such as email, various
transfer protocols, and services of the Internet
such as the World Wide Web. Students will
develop programs that run concurrently running
computers within various network configurations.
Prerequisite: Operating Systems Design
N403 Advanced Mobile Application Development
40 hours, 3 credits
Building upon the topics covered in Mobile
Application Development, this course provides
students with instruction in the creation of more
complex applications and programs. Students
will learn how to use the Dalvik virtual machine
as a platform to develop Android applications.
Additionally, students will understand the
differences in developing applications in a
wide range of vertical industries including
healthcare, science, and entertainment.
Prerequisite: Mobile Application Development
47
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
N431 Multiplayer Game Programming
60 hours, 4 credits
The trend in games is to have many people
simultaneously playing a game utilizing
the Internet or some other network. Topics
included in this course include scripting, server
cluster architecture, data transfer, and how
to prevent cheating in MMOG situations.
Prerequisite: Practical Game Development
N432 Information Technology
Management Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
This course summarizes key learning
throughout the student’s program. Students
apply what they’ve learned by completing
a network operations plan. The plan will
include details of hardware, software,
infrastructure design, security, disaster
recovery and support/service management.
Prerequisite: Advanced Networking; must be
completed in the student’s final quarter
N433 Operating Systems Design
40 hours, 3 credits
In the course, students learn how operating
systems such as Windows, Linux, and the Mac OS
X are a fundamental component of all computing
systems. This course explores how operating
systems are responsible for managing the running
processes as well as the sharing of system
resources such as the printers and storage over
network infrastructures. The course provides
an in-depth exploration of the design and
implementation of modern operating systems.
Topics include the evolution of operating systems,
scheduling, paging, input/output devices, virtual
memory, files, synchronization, and security.
Prerequisite: Enterprise Application Support
N434 Simulation Production Project I
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed around a final project
in Industrial Simulation. We will focus on
design and research issues pertinent to
design exploration and presentation through
simulations. Throughout the course we will
explore concepts in modeling, simulation, and
design common to many domains, and investigate
specific applications from a variety of fields
ranging from weather to ecology to traffic
management and architectural interactivity.
Prerequisite: Software Engineering for
Game and Simulation Production
N435 Digital Video/Audio Project
60 hours, 4 credits
This advanced course in Audio/Video production
is for students to create a final product that
exemplifies the aesthetic and technical aspects of
digital video recording, non-linear editing, special
effect generation, and production of video (and
associated audio) using After Effects, Premiere,
Sound Forge and Director. Also considered will
be the preparation of digital video for use in
interactive media such as CD, DVD and Web casts.
Students will produce a final project on DVD.
Students may work as a team on this project.
Prerequisite: Digital Media Production
N436 Simulation Analysis and Design
50 hours, 4 credits
This course offers students an in-depth
exploration of the use of probability theory
and statistical methods in the development
of computer simulations used to study and
model real-world phenomena. Students
will build application frameworks to
model events and activities within several
environments including medical, industrial,
military, and scientific simulation.
Prerequisite: Algorithm Analysis
48
N437 Linux Security Strategies
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to the securing
of Linux platforms and applications. Areas
of study include identifying and examining
methods of securing Linux platforms and
applications and implementing those methods.
Prerequisite: Linux Administration
N440 Web Design Project
60 hours, 4 credits
The purpose of this course is the advanced
application of knowledge gained by students
in the process of developing websites. This
course will take a user-centered approach
to designing websites and will focus on the
entire lifecycle of a website, from the idea
of creating a website, through requirements
gathering, conceptual design, physical
design, testing, and implementation.
Prerequisite: Advanced HTML coding with CSS
N441 3D Game Character Creation
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to equip digital media
students with skills in 3D character creation
and effects in a game environment. During
this course students will explore advanced 3D
modeling and animation theory and principles
which focus on character animation as it applies
to the gaming environment. Specifically, these
principles and theories are applied to the context
of interactive narratives and games. Advanced
modeling will also be explored. Student will
engage in the study of character posing and
rigging for games, advanced animation, creative
character animation as well as morphing and
blending to create expressive characters.
Prerequisite: Polygon Modeling
N442 Hacker Techniques, Tools, and Applications
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is an introduction to hacking tools and
incident handling. Areas of instruction include
various tools and vulnerabilities of operating
systems, software, and networks used by hackers
to access unauthorized information. This course
also addresses incident handling methods used
when information security is compromised.
Prerequisites: none
N443 Service Management
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a more in-depth
examination of the Information Technology
Infrastructure Library (ITIL) public framework
of best practices in IT service management.
Topics include incident and service level
agreements (SLAs), availability and capacity
management. Students will write SLAs
covering incident response times, availability,
and capacity/infrastructure performance.
Prerequisite: Support Management
N444 Simulation Production Project II
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is a continuation of the
Simulation Production Project I course.
Students will continue on their project from
the prototype to the final release stage.
Prerequisite: Simulation Production Project I
N445 Animation Graphics Project
60 hours, 4 credits
This course combines the accumulated
knowledge of students in the design and
creation in 3D environments. The culmination
of this knowledge will be a final 3D animation
project using modeling, texturing and animation
techniques. Students are expected to explore
various theories and techniques to complete a
professional summative 3D animation project.
Prerequisite: 3D Game Character Creation
N450 Game Assets
60 hours, 4 credits
This course focuses on the development of
visual elements and programming used in the
development of a video game. It covers areas such
as performance tuning, debugging, designing
for test, pipeline management and distribution,
study of software architecture design between
platforms, object oriented practices for game
play, asset management and coding best
practices. It also covers areas like crossplatform porting and multi-lingual techniques.
Prerequisite: Applied Game
and Simulation Theory
N455 Game Audio Assets
60 hours, 4 credits
In this course, we will cover the fundamentals of
audio programming for games. Topics covered
include basics such as audio formats and common
hardware configurations and loading sounds in
ADPCM format. Students will explore play back
“one shot” and looping sounds; and stream audio
from an external device. They will then use these
building blocks to write a low-level sound engine
that will be implemented into a game engine.
Prerequisite: Game Assets
N458 Systems Monitoring
50 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach students
to identify performance bottlenecks,
benchmark performance and implement
monitoring techniques to proactively identify
and react to changes in the environment.
Topics include network infrastructure
monitoring, security monitoring, performance
tuning, and metrics and reporting.
Prerequisite: Advanced Networking
N459 ISS Capstone
40 hours, 3 credits
This course encompasses all the
accumulated knowledge obtained from
the entire ISS curriculum and requires
the student to respond to a RFP for
information systems security consulting.
Prerequisite: This course is designed to
be taken at the end of the program
N460 Application of Physics for
Game and Simulation Production
60 hours, 4 credits
An important aspect in a game or simulation is
to be able to render what is happening in the
game in realistic terms based on standard real
physics principles. This course is designed to
allow the game or simulation programmer to be
able to translate the ideas and sequences of a
game into realistic actions. Key components
in this class will be the opportunity for
students to develop tools, demos, and working
games that utilize and follow real physics.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N461 Computer Graphics Programming
50 hours, 4 credits
This course offers a survey of computer industrystandard graphic hardware, foundation graphic
operations and implementations, two-dimensional
and three-dimensional transformations utilizing
matrix calculations, hidden lines and surface
removal, illumination and shading models,
curves and surface textures, object modeling,
and three-dimensional animation. Students will
learn how to convert complex mathematical
formulae into operational program code.
Prerequisite: Programming II
N462 Game Production Project I
60 hours, 4 credits
This course demonstrates advanced techniques
for computer game design and programming.
Techniques used in game engines, such as:
animation synthesis, autonomous character
behaviors, building structures for interactive
system, solving multiplayer interface and
social issues are covered in the course.
Students utilize these skills to produce
a game prototype as a final project.
Prerequisite: Software Engineering for
Game and Simulation Production
N463 Game Production Project II
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is a continuation of the Game
Production Project I course. Students
will continue on their project from the
prototype to the final release stage.
Prerequisite: Game Production Project I
N465 Industrial Simulation Project
60 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed around a final project in
Industrial Simulation. We will focus on design and
research issues pertinent to design exploration
and presentation through simulations. Throughout
the course we will explore concepts in modeling,
simulation, and design common to many domains,
and investigate specific applications from a variety
of fields ranging from weather to ecology to traffic
management and architectural interactivity.
Prerequisite: Multiplayer Game Programming
N466 Unified Communications
and Mobile Computing
50 hours, 4 credits
This course teaches students about the trends
in telecommunications, the convergence of
voice and data communications systems, and
how mobile computing is an integral part of
business today. Topics include simplifying
communications architecture, video
conferencing, IM, securing and managing
mobile devices, and collaboration tools.
Prerequisite: Advanced Networking
N470 Video Game Production Project
70 hours, 4 credits
This course demonstrates advanced techniques
for computer game design and programming.
Techniques used in game engines, such as:
animation synthesis, autonomous character
behaviors, building structures for interactive
system, solving multiplayer interface and
social issues are covered in the course.
Students utilize these skills to produce a final
project, demonstrating comprehension of
the process of professional game creation.
Prerequisite: Multiplayer Game Programming
N471 Engineering Virtual Worlds
50 hours, 4 credits
In this course, students will learn how to create
multi-user virtual worlds. Virtual worlds allow
network-connected users to interact in real
time within shared two-dimensional and threedimensional environments. Students will gain
an understanding of how virtual worlds change
the concept of “interface” to one of “location.”
The course will explore several types of worlds,
the technologies and methodologies for building
worlds, and ways in which communities are
hosted in local and remote configurations.
Prerequisite: Game & Simulation Programming
BS Degree program; Network and Multiplayer
Game Development; Programming II
Prerequisite: Computer Science BS
Degree program; Programming II
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NM250 Dynamic Content Management
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces students to the standards
for designing relational databases. The course
focuses on record creation, modification,
and deletion as well as report generation
and database design. In addition, Structured
Query Language is utilized to obtain dynamic
information for multimedia authoring.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of
Web Authoring and Design
NM252 Fundamentals of
Web Authoring and Design
40 hours, 3 credits
This course focuses on the students’ basic
authoring skills by focusing on the demands,
details, and subtleties of creating web pages.
HTML and supplemental client side scripting
are the primary focus of the course. In addition,
processes of graphic and multimedia creation –
adding interactivity, color use, file management
and formats, testing, publishing, and publicizing
are addressed. Students use interactivity and
multimedia elements to enhance their site design.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Multimedia Design
NM260 Server Side Scripting
40 hours, 3 credits
This course focuses on dynamic interactive
websites from a multimedia perspective. Emphasis
is on data driven pages, interactivity through
client side scripting, dynamic web content and
database access through server side scripting.
Prerequisites: Dynamic Content Management;
Fundamentals of Web Authoring and Design
NM262 Digital Media Assembly
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course, students will develop and
apply scripts to control sprites, video, sound,
and interactivity for informational and
entertainment animations using authoring
software. The project produced in this class
will be available for use on CD-ROM. This
course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Multimedia Technologies
NM272 Multimedia Technologies
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course students will learn aspects
of advanced programming languages that
allow for scripting of complex interactive
applications for Internet delivery. Students
will also explore the newest technologies and
their impact on multimedia and visual design.
This course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Multimedia Design
NM280 Multimedia Portfolio Development
20 hours, 2 credits
In this course, students select a primary and
secondary track to create an industry-quality
portfolio consisting of enhanced and updated
projects from previous classes as well as
newly created projects. Students will create
a final portfolio/demo reel using a consistent
theme related to their identity package. This
course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Digital Media Assembly
NU140 Nursing Pharmacology
30 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to develop the student’s
knowledge of the basic pharmacologic concepts
and principles of medications and their use by
nurse as therapeutic agents for clients of all ages.
Mechanism of drug actions, pharmacokinetics,
and adverse reactions are discussed. Students
will learn major drug classifications, selected
prototypes, along with nursing considerations
and medication management. Legal and ethical
responsibilities are also addressed. Integration
of problem solving skills and mathematical
calculations related to safe medication
administration is a critical part of the course.
Prerequisites: Admission to the Nursing
Program; English Composition; English
Composition 2; Advanced Algebra; Anatomy &
Physiology I; Introduction to Sociology; General
Psychology; Human Growth and Development
NU145 Fundamentals of Nursing
180 hours, 10 credits
NU145 Lecture (50 hours, 5 credits)
NU145L Lab (40 hours, 2 credits)
NU145LL Clinical (90 hours, 3 credits)
This course provides the foundation for the nursing
program. Emphasis on Rasmussen’s Mission
and Philosophy, Core values, and curricular
framework is included. Students are introduced to
the history and professional standards of nursing
practice and the nursing process. Emphasis is
on core concepts in nursing such as: nutrition,
oxygenation, communication, caring, critical
thinking, teaching and learning, as well as legal
and ethical principles. Pain, infection control,
health assessment, diversity, safety, and life
span considerations are also discussed.
Prerequisite: Nursing Pharmacology
NU155 Adult Nursing I
160 hours, 9 credits
NU155 Lecture (50 hours, 5 credits)
NU155L Lab (20 hours, 1 credit)
NU155LL Clinical (90 hours, 3 credits)
In this course, students will be introduced to
the physiologic response of the human body
to diseases affecting various body systems.
Pathophysiology mechanisms of specific diseases
are covered with emphasis on client assessment
and the development of an individualized plan
of care to manage the manifestations of the
disease. Special emphasis is placed on cultural
responses and differences if they exist. This
course also includes a section introducing
mental health nursing, mental health diseases
and the pathophysiology mechanisms of specific
diseases according to the DSM-IV. Integration
of client-patient relationships, therapeutic
communication, and current treatment as well
as pharmacology interventions to manage
mental health disorders is also included.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Nursing
NU215 Adult Nursing II
170 hours, 9 credits
NU215 Lecture (50 hours, 5 credits)
NU215LL Clinical (120 hours, 4 credits)
This course is designed to address pathophysiology
mechanisms of specific, more complex
medical surgical diseases. Emphasis is on
client assessment and the development of
an individualized plan of care to manage the
manifestations of the diseases. Special emphasis
is placed on cultural responses and differences
if they exist. Pharmacologic principles are
discussed as it relates to the management of
specific diseases. This course also includes
a section introducing mental health nursing,
mental health diseases and the pathophysiology
mechanisms of specific diseases according to the
DSM-IV. Integration of nurse-client relationships,
therapeutic communication, and current treatment
as well as pharmacology interventions to manage
mental health disorders is also included.
Prerequisites: Adult Nursing I
COURSE
NM122 Digital Publishing
40 hours, 3 credits
This course utilizes techniques associated
with designing computer graphics and page
make-up for desktop publishing. Emphasis is on
the exploration of illustration, photo retouching
and manipulation, and working toward finished
results primarily in printed form as well as web.
This course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Typography
NM124 Color Theory and Techniques
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces basic compositional
principles of harmony and contrast through
the practice of color applications, digital
input devices and graphic software packages.
Basic exercises are introduced and practiced
to learn how to achieve different visual
effects and create visual effectiveness. The
use of color in printing is also explored. This
course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computer Graphics
NM130 Audio/Video Editing
40 hours, 3 credits
Students learn the theory and processes of
audio/video editing using non-linear editing
software on the desktop. Exercises in
production and post-production techniques
will be applied for various delivery media.
Students produce and edit a series of short
videos for video, disk and Internet applications.
This course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Multimedia Design
NM131 Introduction to 3D Arts and Animation
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces students to the
fundamentals of 3-dimensional computer
modeling and how it applies to a multimedia
project. Using basic modeling techniques and
utilizing texture, lighting, and environmental
effects, students model and render 3-dimensional
forms to create surreal and realistic images.
This course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Autodesk 3D design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Multimedia Design
NM141 Digital Media Production
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is a study of the integration of
components used in multimedia applications
using authoring software. Students use
industry-standard software as tools for
producing interactive projects. Topics
include basic animation techniques, special
effects, transitions, and user interactivity.
This course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Audio/Video Editing
NM240 3-Dimensional Animation
40 hours, 3 credits
Once students have learned the basics of
3D modeling and rendering, they will explore
the fundamentals of animation and the more
advanced methods of modeling and texturing.
Students will create photo-realistic products
and environments utilizing complex technical
techniques and through creative design.
Emphasis will be placed on detailed modeling and
texture mapping complementing elementary 3D
animation and story development. This course
will provide training in a variety of industryaccepted Autodesk 3D design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to
3D Arts and Animation
DESCRIPTIONS
N480 Senior Computer Science Capstone
30 hours, 3 credits
The Senior Computer Science Capstone course
provides a culminating and integrative educational
experience. While participating in a team
environment, students will design and implement
a large-scale software project utilizing the skills
and techniques they have mastered throughout
their program of study. Class and small group
meetings will be used for teams to demonstrate
the progress of their projects as well as for the
teams to meet and work. Team meetings outside of
regularly scheduled class sessions will be required.
Prerequisite: Must fall in last quarter of study
NM110 Drawing Design and Art Theory
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces the fundamentals of
drawing through five elements of art (line,
space, value, form and texture). A series of
exercises and assignments focuses on various
applications involving form, lighting, perspective,
figure drawing and historical studies.
Prerequisite: none
NM111 Introduction to Computer Graphics
40 hours, 3 credits
This course gives students an overview of
desktop publishing and other graphic software
that enables them to use the computer as
a graphic design tool. Additional topics
include file management, the Internet, basic
keyboarding, and basic troubleshooting. This
course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: none
NM113 Introduction to Multimedia Design
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to provide the student an
overview and exposure to the basic multimedia
concepts and software. Students examine
introductory theory and concepts of four tracks
in multimedia: Web, Interactive, Video, and 3D.
Preproduction of all multimedia elements are
stressed throughout the class with an emphasis
on trouble shooting and problem solving. This
course will provide training in a variety of
industry-accepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computer Graphics
NM115 Networking and Internet Technologies
40 hours, 3 credits
This course provides students with a practical
understanding of the structure and operation of
the Internet, including various communications
and data-transfer protocols, an overview
of programming for the Internet, how to
manage Internet security and e-commerce.
Further, students will explore in-depth a
variety of technologies and methodologies
such as network models and topologies as
well as a range of security considerations.
Students will be able to demonstrate
proficiency in working with the Internet as a
useful repository of desired information.
Prerequisite: none
NM121 Typography
40 hours, 3 credits
This course focuses on the fundamentals of
typography and introduces the students to
aspects of type for display and text design.
Students become familiar with the categories
of type and a variety of font families. They
also become proficient at choosing fonts
to match a specific message. This course
will provide training in a variety of industryaccepted Adobe design software.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Computer Graphics
49
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NU224 Adult Nursing III
140 hours, 8 credits
NU224 Lecture (50 hours, 5 credits)
NU224LL Clinical (90 hours, 3 credits)
In this course, students will learn to apply the
holistic nursing process in the care of diverse,
multicultural patients who have complex
medical conditions. The course includes the
recognition of appropriate pharmacologic
management of symptoms, with a focus on
palliative and end of life care. Professional nursing
practice is emphasized as students enhance
critical thinking skills and practice clinical
decision making which include the principles of
delegation, prioritization, and management.
Prerequisites: Adult Nursing II and
Maternal Child Nursing
NU233 Maternal Child Nursing
160 hours, 9 credits
NU233 Lecture (50 hours, 5 credits)
NU233L Lab (20 hours, 1 credit)
NU233LL Clinical (90 hours, 3 credits)
This course is designed to introduce the student
to the nurses’ role in providing care to the
childbearing family population. Emphasis is placed
on the development of knowledge and skills related
to the child bearing family, labor and delivery, and
the pediatric population. Students will formulate
a plan of care to address the childbearing family
population. Students will learn to apply the nursing
process in the care of diverse and multicultural
women, newborns, children, and their families.
Emphasis is placed on the integration of theory
from nursing and related fields including: genetics,
growth and development, standards of clinical
practice, evidence based care, communication,
family systems, pharmacologic use, and critical
thinking in planning and providing care.
Prerequisite: Adult Nursing II
NU232 Nursing Role and Scope
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to assist the graduating
student in the transition to the role of the
registered nurse. Client care management
and delegation concepts are stressed. The
legal, ethical and professional responsibilities
of the registered nurse are also emphasized.
Students will be required to successfully
complete an exit exam and demonstrate
readiness to sit for the NCLEX-RN exam.
Prerequisite: Adult Nursing II
Co-requisite: Adult Nursing III
PL100 Introduction to Law and the Legal System
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the American legal
system from a variety of perspectives. They
will survey topics including essential history,
the working structure of government, issues of
court procedure, and specific legal concepts.
In addition, they will investigate the role of the
paralegal in the legal system, and the impact
of legal ethics on the paralegal. Paralegal
students will gain a foundation for further
paralegal study, and students from other
disciplines will gain an appreciation of the legal
system’s impact on their disciplines. Students
will prepare a resume as part of this course.
Prerequisite: none
PL121 Civil Litigation and Procedure I
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will examine the lawyers and paralegals’
roles in handling civil cases and the means by
which the objectives of litigation may be achieved.
Strategy and mechanics of civil procedure will be
explored in depth, and students will be required
to prepare complaints, motions, and answers.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law
and the Legal System
50
PL122 Civil Litigation and Procedure II
40 hours, 4 credits
Students will continue to develop and refine
litigation skills. The course will focus on discovery,
pre-trial procedure, trial procedure, post-trial
procedure, and initial appellate documents.
Prerequisite: Civil Litigation and Procedure I
PL142 Contracts: Managing Legal Relationships
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide students with a practical
approach to the law of contracts. The class
discussions and assignments will include
analyzing contracts, breach of contracts, and
the remedies provided for a breach of contract.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law and the Legal
System or enrolled in Certificate
PL145 Paralegal Ethics
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides a strong theoretical and
practical foundation for solving ethical dilemmas.
Students will gain a realistic picture not only
of what ethical questions arise in paralegal
studies, but also how to resolve these issues with
sound moral decisions and proper responses.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law and the
Legal System or enrolled in Certificate
PL215 Real Estate Law
40 hours, 4 credits
This course provides the basic concepts of the law
of real property enabling the student to perform
connected duties in a law office, title company,
or financial institution. Upon completion of
the course, the student will be able to prepare
purchase and sales agreements, deeds,
mortgages, closing statements with perorations
and other real estate related documents.
The student will have a working knowledge of
title searches and a thorough understanding
of closing procedures. The student will also
become familiar with mortgage foreclosures,
landlord/tenant law, and zoning regulations.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law
and the Legal System
PL216 Corporate Law
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide students an overview
of the formation, operation, and dissolution
of the corporate entity. Stockholders rights
and remedies as corporate owners will
be examined. Corporate documents and
corporate formalities will be discussed.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law and
the Legal System
PL226 Law Office Technology: Cyberspace
and the Paralegal Profession
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces students to the
fundamentals of how to use computer technology
to accomplish tasks performed by paralegals in
a law office. Students will be introduced to and
given the opportunity to utilize law-oriented
computer software applications. Students will
be exposed to exercises designed to provide the
skills utilized by paralegals in file management,
time, and docket management and computerbased legal research and document movement.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law
and the Legal System
PL228 Torts: Auto Accidents and
Other Legal Injuries
40 hours, 4 credits
This course examines the fundamentals of
tort law and provides a basic understanding
of the principles of tort litigation. Through
classroom discussions, projects and
supervised library research, students will
develop an overview of causes of actions in
torts and their relevancy to the paralegal.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law
and the Legal System
PL230 Family Law
40 hours, 4 credits
This course is designed to teach the student
to handle client interviews, to draft necessary
pleadings and supporting documents, and to
perform research relative to the practice of
family law and domestic relations matters. The
student will develop an understanding of the
law relating to marriage, cohabitation, divorce,
annulment, custody and support, adoption,
guardianship and paternity. Students will draft
pleadings and documents including antenuptial
and property settlement agreements.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law
and the Legal System
PL235 Legal Research
40 hours, 4 credits
This course introduces the Legal Research
process for paralegals. An overview of legal
source materials and how and when they are
incorporated in the legal research process will
be examined. Students will develop information
literacy skills specific to the Paralegal field by
working with primary sources, like state and
federal enacted law and secondary sources,
like legal encyclopedias, treatises, and state
specific practice books. Students will develop
skills such as legal application, analysis, and
synthesis skills by identifying and classifying
the best sources that apply to legal problems.
Students will evaluate the relevance of sources
for specific problems and critically evaluate
the level of authority of various legal sources.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Law and the
Legal System or enrolled in Certificate
PL240 Legal Writing
40 hours, 4 credits
After examining the sources of law and the
structure of the federal and state court systems,
students will be introduced to case and statutory
analysis and to an understanding of the role of
the paralegal in performing substantive legal
analysis and writing tasks. They will learn how
to analyze and synthesize written opinions.
Students will use the results of their research
from the Legal Research course in connection
with at least three (3) significant writing
projects, including memoranda of law. High
level communication skills will be developed to
effectively communicate in writing to different
potential readers, including clients, attorneys
in an office, trial court judges, and appellate
panel judges. Analysis and preparation of high
level legal content as well as formatting, citation
rules, and other items needed for writing in this
field will be developed. Students will organize
an appellate brief which requires specific, rule
based, formatting and structural content. This
content includes items such as tables of cases
and other authorities, a table of contents,
statement of the case, argument, and conclusion.
Prerequisites: Legal Research;
English Composition
PL280 Paralegal Capstone
50 hours, 5 credits
This course will provide students with an
opportunity to integrate learning, skills, and
theoretical knowledge from the Paralegal program
in the form of real-world paralegal activities
simulated in the online environment. Interview
videos will be reviewed and analyzed, paralegal
files completed, and “electronic office” and
“paperless office” methods will be practiced.
Pre or Co-requisite: Law Office
Technology: Cyberspace and the Paralegal
Profession; Students must be in their
last or second-to-last quarter
PL290 Paralegal Internship
130 hours, 5 credits
This course provides the student with the
opportunity to gain practical work experience
under the supervision of an attorney. The
student must periodically submit written reports
to the supervising instructor describing his/
her experiences during the internship. The
student is evaluated by his/her supervisor
at the conclusion of the internship.
Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled
in their last or second-to-last quarter
PT105 Introduction to Pharmacy
40 hours, 4 credits
An introduction to the technician’s role in
pharmacy practice. The student will gain a
basic knowledge of chemistry and become
knowledgeable in correct use of CPR. Emphasis
will be on patient profiles, receiving and
interpreting drug orders, routes of administration,
dosage forms, and brand versus generic drugs.
The importance of accuracy will be addressed
along with methods of avoiding medication errors.
Prerequisite: none
PT120 Pharmacy Math and Dosages
40 hours, 4 credits
This course will provide the student with the
necessary math skills to effectively work
within a pharmacy setting. In addition to
ratios and proportions, dosage calculations,
and conversions, the student will develop
knowledge and skills to perform business math
functions related to retail pharmacy practice.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Pharmacy
PT125 Pharmacy Software/
Automation/Insurance Billing
40 hours, 3 credits
Hands-on experience using pharmacy software
will be gained via entering patient profiles
and prescriptions. The student will learn
how to process prescriptions, understand
common insurance rejection codes, and
gain knowledge of how to solve rejections.
Automated ordering, receiving, and maintenance
of inventory will be addressed. Students will
gain understanding of the various payment
methods received by retail pharmacies.
The student will explore various automation
machines used within pharmacy settings.
Prerequisite: Pharmacy Math and Dosages
PT230 Unit Dose/IV Lab
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course, the student will apply knowledge
of medication charts and pharmacy math
to correctly dispense and chart delivery of
patient medications within an institutional
setting. Emphasis is on correctly filling orders
with correct drug, dosage, and frequency.
The IV lab will stress aseptic techniques and
the maintenance of sterile conditions. The
student will learn to read an IV label, select
appropriate additives and base solutions, and
properly prepare the prescribed IV compound.
Prerequisites: Introduction to Pharmacy;
Pharmacy Math and Dosages
PT235 Pharmacy Technician
Practicum I – Outpatient/Retail
90 hours, 3 credits
This course offers supervised practical
experience in outpatient settings with a minimum
of 90 hours of externship experience in the
unit-dose area of a pharmacy. The practicum
will be under the direction of practicing
pharmacists and pharmacy technicians.
This practicum will allow the student to gain
experience as a pharmacy technician in an actual
pharmacy setting and is essential to training.
Prerequisites: Pharmacology; Pharmacy
Software/Automation/Insurance Billing
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
W201 Advanced Visual Basic
40 hours, 3 credits
The students who take this course will
learn to create applications using Visual
Basic .NET. This course incorporates the
basic concepts of programming, problem
solving, and programming logic, as well as
the design techniques of an object-oriented
language. Topics in the course include graphic
interface design and development, control
properties, DBMS, SQL, and ASP.NET.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Visual Basic
W210 Java I
40 hours, 3 credits
Students will work with the Java programming
language to learn about Java bytecode programs
and how they are executed within a Java virtual
machine. Students will study class libraries
and gain an understanding of how they perform
important computing tasks, how they interact
with computer hardware and operating systems,
and how they handle deficiencies encountered on
computing platforms. Concepts such as Graphical
User Interfaces, multimedia development,
and web programming will be explored as
well as the use of Java programming in the
development of applications for mobile devices.
Prerequisite: Object-Oriented Programming
W215 PERL/CGI
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will cover the PERL scripting
language, the development of PERL code
for web applications, and client/server
socket programming using PERL.
Prerequisite: JavaScript
W216 PHP/MySQL
40 hours, 3 credits
This course covers the use of PHP scripting
language and the MySQL database to create
dynamic webpages. Topics include PHP
scripting fundamentals; creating, accessing,
and manipulating data with the MySQL
database within a PHP program; creating HTML
forms; and writing secure PHP programs.
Prerequisite: Java I
W290 Web Programming Capstone
20 hours, 2 credits
This course summarizes key learning throughout
the student’s program. Students apply what
they have learned by solving a real-world
programming problem. This problem-solving
exercise encompasses timelines, deadlines,
team-building, and communication issues.
Prerequisites: Java I; PERL/CGI. This
course is intended to be completed
in the student’s last quarter
COURSE
W107 Programming Fundamentals
40 hours, 3 credits
Students will work with the Java programming
language to learn about Java bytecode programs
and how they are executed within a Java virtual
machine. Students will study class libraries
and gain an understanding of how they perform
important computing tasks, how they interact
with computer hardware and operating systems,
and how they handle deficiencies encountered on
computing platforms. Concepts such as Graphical
User Interfaces, multimedia development,
and web programming will be explored as
well as the use of Java programming in the
development of applications for mobile devices.
Prerequisite: none
W108 Introduction to Website Design
40 hours, 3 credits
Intended for beginning- to intermediate-level web
authors, this course provides an overview of the
World Wide Web and an introduction to HTML,
JavaScript, and webpage design principles. The
course also introduces students to web-authoring
tools that facilitate and enhance page creation.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
W109 Relational Databases
40 hours, 3 credits
This course covers relational databases and
their efficient design. The course will include
the definition of tables and indexes, logical
and physical design, the E-R model, and
transaction management. The use of Structured
Query Language (SQL) will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals
W110 JavaScript
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course students learn how to effectively
create web pages using the JavaScript
programming language. Students will gain
exposure to programming, debugging, and
testing web pages created with this language.
This course builds upon HTML principles.
Prerequisites: Introduction to HTML;
Programming Fundamentals
W116 Introduction to Web Design Software
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will introduce beginners to the tools
and knowledge needed in creating interesting,
usable, and well-designed websites.
Prerequisite: none
W118 Introduction to HTML
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will introduce students to the
basics of HTML. Students will learn the latest
in HTML, conforming to XML and XHTML
coding standards. The course is a step-by-step
approach for learning how to create, format,
and enhance a webpage using HTML.
Prerequisite: none
W125 Introduction to Visual Basic
40 hours, 3 credits
The students who take this course will learn to
create basic applications using Visual Basic .NET.
It covers language basics and program structure.
Topics include graphical interface design and
development, control properties, event-driven
procedures, variables, scope, expressions,
operators, functions, decision-making structures,
looping structures, and database access files.
Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals
DESCRIPTIONS
PT236 Pharmacy Technician
Practicum II – Unit Dosage/IV
90 hours, 3 credits
This course offers supervised practical
experience in pharmacy settings with a
minimum of 90 hours of internship experience
in the particular area of pharmacy designated
by the practicum. The internships will be
under the direction of practicing pharmacists
and pharmacy technicians. The practicum
course allows the student to gain experience
as a pharmacy technician in actual pharmacy
settings and is essential to training.
Prerequisite: Unit Dose/IV Lab
PT285 Pharmacy Technician Capstone
30 hours, 3 credits
This course is an overview of all pharmacy
technician program courses and concepts, with
an emphasis on the reviewing and preparation
of materials which comprise the Pharmacy
Technician Certification Board examination.
Prerequisite: Pharmacy Technician student
in last or second-to-last quarter
S115 Keyboarding I
40 hours, 3 credits
This course introduces students to the keyboard
and basic formatting for business documents. An
objective of 25 wpm on five-minute timed writings
with five or fewer errors is the course goal.
Prerequisite: none
S120 Word for Windows
40 hours, 3 credits
This course is designed to investigate the advanced
applications and concepts available in Microsoft
Office Word. Students will be introduced to word
processing features ranging from the creation of
new documents to mail merge and web pages. This
course is designed to help prepare students for
the Word portion of the MOS certification exam.
Prerequisite: Computer Applications
and Business Systems Concepts
SD110 Discrete Structures for Computer Science
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will provide a basic understanding
of discrete mathematical topics that form the
basis of computer science. Topics to be covered
include truth tables, logical propositions,
elements of set theory, as well as basic notions
of functions and mathematical induction.
Students will explore the logical constructs that
are the underlying model of discrete systems.
Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals
SD140 Mobile Application Development
40 hours, 3 credits
In this course, students will understand the
development cycle of programs and applications
for mobile devices. Utilizing the Java language,
students will create both standalone programs
as well as program suites for mobile marketplace
commerce systems where applications can
be deployed. Instruction will focus on mobile
development best practices for ease and
efficiency of program development.
Prerequisite in the Software Application
Development AAS Degree program: Java I
Prerequisite in the Game and Simulation BS
Degree program: Web Application Development
SD225 Object-Oriented Programming
40 hours, 3 credits
This course will provide students with an
understanding of the basic concepts of objectoriented programming including encapsulation,
inheritance, and polymorphism. Students
will explore the uses of class templates
as well as their attributes, behaviors, and
the methods that can be applied to them.
Programs will be developed and implemented
utilizing the Java programming language.
Prerequisite: Programming Fundamentals
51
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
ADMISSIONS AND ENROLLMENT PROCEDURES
Congratulations on taking the first steps toward
earning your degree and achieving your professional
goals. If you haven’t already done so, schedule
a time to discuss your educational and career
objectives with a member of our admissions team.
Contact information is at the end of this document
and on our website at rasmussen.edu. Our staff
is knowledgeable in helping you select the right
major to prepare you for your desired career.
Whether you are looking at a campus-based,
online, or a blended learning model, our staff
will assist you in planning your course schedule
and connect you with our student financial
services team to get you started on your
journey toward earning a college degree.
When you’ve chosen the program that best
meets your needs, apply for admission by
submitting or completing the following:
• Application Form
• Attestation of high school
graduation or equivalency
• Enrollment Agreement
• Rasmussen College entrance
placement exam(s)
• Rasmussen College Experience
Course (if applicable)
• All financial arrangements are
complete, submitted, and verified
• Criminal background check, some programs
require applicants to complete a criminal
background check. Please see College
Acceptance or Rejection of Application
for Admission for more details.
• Individuals applying for admission to the
Computer Science, Law Enforcement, Medical
Laboratory Technician, Software Application
Development, Surgical Technologist, or
School of Nursing programs must meet
program-specific admissions requirements,
in addition to all general Rasmussen
College admissions requirements. See the
admissions policies for these programs under
Academic Information and College Policies.
• International Students are required to submit
the following in addition to that above in order
to apply for admission to Rasmussen College:
– TOEFL test score of 500 paper-based or 173
computer-based or 61 for Internet-based.
– Graduates of high schools outside of the
United States need to provide an official
transcript or high school diploma along with
their standard attestation. Additionally,
if the transcript/diploma is not in English,
it needs to be evaluated by an academic
credential evaluation agency to indicate
the student’s education level equivalent
to U.S. secondary education standards.
– Rasmussen College is an approved Student
52
rasmussen.edu
and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) School.
All international students seeking an F-1 Visa
will need to provide evidence that all of the
qualifications of the Form I-20 have been met
before Rasmussen College will issue an I-20.
Rasmussen College will notify you in writing of
your acceptance or rejection. All money paid to the
College will be refunded if you are not accepted
except any non-refundable test fees required
for the Medical Laboratory Technician, Surgical
Technologist, or School of Nursing programs.
All new students will complete an orientation
program prior to beginning classes which includes
an experiential course and an informational
session covering college policies and services.
This required orientation program provides
students with valuable tools and knowledge
necessary for success at Rasmussen College.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,
THE POLICIES IN THIS CATALOG
REPLACE ALL PREVIOUSLY
ISSUED VERSIONS.
Rasmussen College Admissions
Nondiscrimination Policy
Rasmussen College is committed to the principle
of equal opportunity in education. Rasmussen
College admits students without regard to their race,
color, sex, age, national or ethnic origin, religion,
sexual orientation, ancestry, disability, veteran
status, marital status, parental status, or any
other protected status to all the rights, privileges,
programs, and other activities generally accorded or
made available to students at Rasmussen College.
Rasmussen College does not discriminate against
individuals on the basis of race, color, sex, age,
national or ethnic origin, religion, sexual orientation,
ancestry, disability, veteran status, marital status,
parental status, or any other protected status, in the
administration of its educational policies, admissions
policies, scholarship and loan programs, and other
Rasmussen College administered programs and
activities. Otherwise qualified persons are not
subject to discrimination on the basis of disability.
Student Definition
The word “student” means the student himself
or herself if he/she is the party to the contract,
or his/her parents or guardian or another person,
if the parent, guardian, or other person is party
to the contract on behalf of the student.
College Acceptance or Rejection
of Application for Admission
The College will notify each applicant in
writing of acceptance or rejection based on
fulfillment of the following requirements:
• Completed application form and
enrollment agreement
• An attestation of high school graduation
or equivalency. If any information provided
on the attestation is found to be false, the
student will be subject to immediate dismissal
from the College, all credits will be invalidated
and any financial aid will have to be repaid.
• A pplicants providing a college transcript
indicating a grade of C or higher or a
grade of Pass in college-level English
and/or mathematics are not required to
complete College entrance placement
examinations in the corresponding subject
area and will not require developmental
coursework in areas in which they have
previously proven this proficiency.
Applicants without a conferred associate’s
degree or higher and who have not completed
a college-level English course are required
to complete the Reading & Writing sections
of the placement examination. Students who
have not completed a college-level math
course are required to complete the math
portion of the placement examination.
Applicants providing a transcript with a
conferred associate’s degree or higher
are not required to complete the College
entrance placement examination in Reading
and Writing and will not require remedial
coursework in this area. Students providing
a transcript with a conferred Associate’s
degree or higher indicating a passing grade in
college-level mathematics are not required
to complete the College entrance placement
examination in mathematics and will not
require remedial coursework in this area.
• S uccessful completion of Rasmussen College
Experience Course. All prospective students,
except as noted below, of Rasmussen College
must successfully complete the College
Experience Course with a cumulative score
of 80% or higher in order to continue the
enrollment process. Students who do not
successfully pass the College Experience
Course with a score of 80% or higher on the
first attempt will be allowed an additional
opportunity to re-take the course three
months after the start of the first attempt. The
student may be allowed to retake earlier than
the three months upon a granted appeal. A
third and final attempt may be granted based
on two conditions: 1) one year has passed
since the original first attempt; 2) written
request is submitted by the student. The
following students are exempt from the College
Experience Course requirement: graduates of
Rasmussen College within the last two years,
students who successfully completed the Child
Development Associate preparation program
(CDA) within six months of enrolling into a
program; students accepted into Surgical
Technologist, Medical Laboratory Technician,
Law Enforcement Skills, Law Enforcement
Academic and Law Enforcement AAS, Nursing,
Flex Choice or AcceleratED programs, Early
Honors program and Individual Progress
and Audit students as well as reentering
students who have already successfully
completed the College Experience Course.
Students accepted into Surgical Technologist,
Medical Laboratory Technician, Law
Enforcement Skills, Law Enforcement
Academic and Law Enforcement AAS, Nursing,
Early Honors program and Individual Progress
and Audit students as well as reentering
students who have already successfully
completed the College Experience Course
will be required to successfully complete
the Online College Readiness Course.
• All financial arrangements are
complete, submitted and verified
• For selected programs, applicants
must also pass a criminal background
check. See additional information.
• Individuals applying for admission to the
Computer Science, Law Enforcement, Medical
Laboratory Technician, Software Application
Development, Surgical Technologist, or
School of Nursing programs must meet
program-specific admissions requirements,
in addition to all general Rasmussen
College admissions requirements. See the
admissions policies for these programs under
Academic Information and College Policies.
• International Students are required to submit
the following in addition to that above in order
to apply for admission to Rasmussen College:
– Graduates of high schools outside of the
United States need to provide an official
transcript or high school diploma along with
their standard attestation. Additionally,
if the transcript/diploma is not in English,
it needs to be evaluated by an academic
credential evaluation agency to indicate
the student’s education level equivalent
to U.S. secondary education standards.
– TOEFL test score of 500 paper-based or 173
computer-based or 61 for Internet-based.
– Rasmussen College is an approved
Student and Exchange Visitor Program
(SEVP) School. All international students
seeking an F-1 Visa will need to provide
evidence that all of the qualifications
of the Form I-20 have been met before
Rasmussen College will issue an I-20.
Form I-20 is a government form that tells
the U.S. government that you are eligible
for F-1 Student Status. It certifies that:
1) you are or expect to be a fulltime student pursuing a degree
at Rasmussen College;
2) you meet our admissions requirements;
3) you proved to us that you have
enough financial resources to study
and live in the U.S. without working
illegally or suffering from poverty.
• In addition to all other admissions
requirements, students must be at least 16
years old to enroll at Rasmussen College.
The College reserves the right to reject any
applicant on the good faith belief that the
applicant is seeking to enroll for any reason
other than to obtain an educational degree or
credential, or if the College determines that
admission of the applicant would create a
potential danger or disruption to the College
or its existing students, staff and faculty.
In the event of rejection, any monies paid will
be refunded in full. The date of acceptance
by the College shall be presumed to be the
date of delivery of the notice of acceptance;
and if delivered by mail, the postmarked
date of the letter of acceptance.
*O
fficial and unofficial transcripts and grade
reports for courses completed at regionally
or nationally accredited institutions of higher
learning as recognized by the Department of
Education and the Council on Higher Education
Accreditation (CHEA) will be accepted.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Entrance Assessment
The STEP (Student Testing for Educational Placement) exam is used for entrance assessment. Based
on the outcomes in the areas of English and Math, students are placed in the following courses:
Subject
Score
Course Placement
• Writing
0-16
Not eligible for admission
• Writing
17-24
B080 Reading & Writing Strategies
• Writing
25-35
G124 English Composition
• Math
0-21
B095 Combined Basic & Intermediate Algebra
• Math
22-35
G161 Quantitative Literacy, or G180 General
Education Mathematics, or G195 College Statistics
Re-Enter Policy
Students may re-enroll in certificate or diploma
programs one time, Associate’s degree programs
two times, and Bachelor’s degree programs up to
four times, unless the Dean or Campus Director
determines that mitigating circumstances exist.
Any student who withdraws from classes after
the first week of the initial quarter of attendance
and then elects to return in a subsequent quarter
is defined as a re-enter. Re-entering students are
treated as new students for the purposes of tuition,
academic program requirements, and graduation
standards. For the calculation of Satisfactory
Academic Progress, re-entering students are treated
as continuing students and must meet progress
requirements. All reentering students, regardless
of time away from the College, must successfully
complete the College Experience Course or have
a record of successfully completing the College
Experience Course as part of the acceptance process
for returning to the College. All re-entering students
must comply with all other college acceptance
criteria as outlined in the current catalog before
being accepted into the College as a re-enter.
Determination of whether a student is eligible to
re-enroll is based on the criteria below. A student
will be allowed to start the enrollment process and
re-enter if the student meets the following criteria:
all other enrollment qualifications are met at the
time of reentry: the student is in good academic
standing as defined in the Standards of Satisfactory
Academic Progress guidelines in this catalog at the
time of the most recent withdrawal; the student
has no outstanding balance owed to the College;
and the student has successfully completed any
required Foundations writing courses or placed into
Reading and Writing Strategies previously or through
re-test, and has a previous clear background check.
A re-entry process will be initiated for a student who
is not meeting Satisfactory Academic Progress as
defined in the Standards of Satisfactory Academic
Progress guidelines in this catalog at the time of
previous withdrawal from the College or re-entry
request and/or re-entry request and/ or has an
outstanding balance with the College or has not met
the foundations course requirements at the time
of the request. As part of the re-entry process the
student will be required to participate in Project
Rally following the Re-entry Process Guidelines. The
re-entry request will either be approved or denied
based on a review of the student’s current academic
standing at the time of withdrawal, financial status and
completion of online learning tools within Project Rally.
A complete description and the requirements
of the re-entry application process are
available through the Program Managers.
Students in Health Sciences programs who wish to reenter into select School of Health Sciences programs
must complete a programmatic assessment in order to
determine an appropriate level of re-entry. These students
will be allowed to re-enter at the appropriate level in a
current program if a space in the program is available.
Students who wish to re-enter into a Nursing program
must complete a programmatic assessment in order to
determine an appropriate level of re-entry. Nursing students
will have their previously completed Nursing core courses
as designated by course prefix (NU, NUR, PN, PRN, HUN)
assessed against the current program to determine which
will be applied to the program into which they are enrolling,
all previously completed general education courses will
be applied as required in the program. Rasmussen College
will allow the student to re-enter at the appropriate
level in a current program if a space in the program is
available and all other re-entry requirements are met.
Background Checks
For some programs, Rasmussen College
requires applicants to pass a background
check before admission. Note that “passing”
a criminal background check is determined
by Rasmussen College, in its sole discretion.
The background check is designed to alert
students to issues that may impair their ability
to complete clinical, externship or practicum
activities, obtain employment upon graduation,
or accumulate unnecessary student loan debt.
The following programs require a general
background check for admission in all states:
• Criminal Justice
• Early Childhood Education
• Fire Science
• Health Information Management
• Health Information Technician
• Healthcare Management
• Human Services
• Law Enforcement
• Law Enforcement Academic
• Law Enforcement Skills
• Medical Billing and Coding
• Paralegal
• Pharmacy Technician
The following programs require a general
background check for admission in all states
except Minnesota. In Minnesota, these programs
require a Minnesota Department of Human
Services background check for admission:
• Health Sciences
• Medical Assisting
• Medical Laboratory Technician
• Practical Nursing
• Professional Nursing
• Surgical Technologist
In Minnesota, the following programs require
a Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension
background check in addition to the general
background check for admission:
• Law Enforcement
• Law Enforcement Academic
• Law Enforcement Skills
In Florida, the following programs require
a Florida Department of Law Enforcement
(FDLE) background check in addition to the
general background check for admission:
• Practical Nursing
• Professional Nursing
Programs listed here may not be available
in each state. See program pages in this
catalog or program listings on rasmussen.edu
for program availability.
General Criminal and FDLE
Background Check Process:
A student enrolling in any of the general criminal
or FDLE background check designated programs
must complete a Background Release Form,
as well as a Background Check Attestation.
Campuses will be notified directly of applicants
whose background check results are clear. If the
background check reveals a potential problem,
Rasmussen College will review the applicant’s
background to determine whether the applicant
is eligible to start the program. If a student is
not eligible for a program, he/she is also not
eligible for financial aid while attending school
for that program, and any financial aid funds
disbursed must be returned to the lender. This
also applies to a student whose appeals are
denied. If a student is determined ineligible for
admission, the following must be completed:
• All Title IV, state and grant aid (Grants,
Scholarships, and VA) must be returned.
•The student must return all course resources.
•If the student is taking transferable general
education courses, the student may elect
to finish those courses for that quarter, if
the student pays for the course resources.
• If a student chooses to appeal his/
her termination from the school, all
appeals must be completed by the end
of the first quarter, or the student may
not continue to the next quarter.
A student enrolling in a program that requires
a background check will not have his/her aid
submitted until the student is determined to be
eligible either through a clear or possible letter or
successfully going through the appeals process.
This process may delay a student’s funding until
the background check process is complete.
The College will send either a possible issue
letter or a pre-adverse action letter to all
applicants whose background check reveals
a potential problem. A possible issue letter
informs applicants that a potential problem
revealed in their background check may
prevent the student from completing practicum
activities, field trip experiences, and/or
finding employment in-field after graduation.
Applicants who receive a possible issue letter
may acknowledge the issue and make an
informed decision to continue with the program,
or they may choose to change programs.
A pre-adverse action letter informs the student
that the College is about to take adverse action
by either not allowing the applicant to enroll in
a certain program, or removing a student from
a certain program, based on the background
check. After receiving a pre-adverse letter the
student may contact the background check firm
directly to dispute the information contained
in the background check. Within seven days
of sending the pre-adverse action letter the
College will send the student an adverse
action letter indicating the action to be taken.
The Director of Admissions will contact the
applicant to explain the options available.
If the applicant wishes to appeal the decision,
a written appeal should be submitted to
the Director of Admissions. The College will
review the appeal and issue a final decision.
A student whose appeal has been denied
has the right to request to file one request
for reconsideration of their appeal, but must
provide supplemental or additional information
to support such a request for reconsideration.
Minnesota Department of Human Services
Background Check Process
A student enrolling in any of the MDHS designated
programs must complete a Background Release
Form, as well as a Background Check Attestation.
If a student is not eligible for a program, he/she is
also not eligible for financial aid while attending
school for that program, and any financial aid
funds disbursed must be returned to the lender.
A student enrolling in a program that requires a
MDHS background check will not have his/her
aid submitted until the student is determined
to be eligible either through a MDHS blue
clearance letter or set aside letter. This
process may delay a student’s funding until
the background check process is complete.
A student who receives a MDHS yellow letter
may attend class for one quarter while the
MDHS finalizes its decision. If the MDHS has
not finalized its decision by the end of the
student’s first quarter of enrollment, the
student will be withdrawn from the College
and not allowed to continue into a second
quarter. If the MDHS finalizes its decision with
a blue clearance letter after the withdrawal,
the student will be eligible for re-entry/reenrollment for the next subsequent start date.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
Assessment
Rasmussen College has developed an institutional
culture wherein assessment is at the heart of the
College’s daily functions. The Rasmussen College
Comprehensive Assessment Plan (CAP) is the
primary measurement for the Institution’s mission.
The CAP is organized around the Mission Statement
and the six purposes that support the mission. For
each purpose, supporting objectives have been
developed, and assessment tools are used to
collect data and assess each objective. In this way,
the College systematically assesses the purposes
and, ultimately, the mission of the institution.
In the spirit of this learning-focused approach
to assessment, academic assessment at
Rasmussen College follows a pattern of
incoming, ongoing, and outcome assessment.
The College has an academic assessment
plan that it uses to evaluate and improve the
quality of learning and teaching. The academic
assessments used measure incoming student
skills through a placement test to determine
students’ reading, writing, and numeracy skills;
ongoing skills in a formative fashion in individual
courses; and end of program skills through
various program outcomes assessments.
At designated points in their programs of study
students are required to complete with a passing
grade a seminar course. Students who have
completed E242 Career Development prior to
summer quarter of 2011 will not be required to
take the seminar course. Following is the most
common method by which students will complete
the various seminar courses, but there may be
some variation from this depending on course
sequencing or other scheduled courses that are
required for a student’s program completion.
• Students must complete the freshman
seminar as part of certificate course
requirements the quarter they are scheduled
for the E242 Career Development course.
• Students must complete the sophomore
seminar the quarter in which they finish
the diploma course requirements.
• Students must complete the junior seminar
the quarter in which they finish the
Associate’s degree requirements to graduate
from an Associate’s degree program.
• Students must complete the senior
seminar the quarter in which they finish the
Bachelor’s degree requirements to graduate
from a Bachelor’s degree program.
The purpose of the non-credit, pass/fail
graduation requirement seminar course is to
challenge students at the end of their program
of study to reflect on concepts and skills learned
in courses across the curriculum. Summative
assessments included in the seminar course
focus on general education skills that provide
the basis for lifelong learning. Among the
required assessments compiled in the seminar
courses are the components of the Graduate
Achievement Portfolio (GAP), which may include
communication, critical thinking, information
literacy, and diversity awareness, depending
on the course. Other external assessments
may also be included in the seminar courses.
For programs which require a conferred
Associate’s degree from an accredited institution
as recognized by the Department of Education in
order to be considered for admission, students
are not required to complete the Junior Seminar.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
53
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
A student who receives a MDHS disqualification
is determined ineligible for admission
and must complete the following:
•All Title IV, state and grant aid (Grants,
Scholarships and VA) must be returned.
•The student must return all course resources.
•If the student is taking transferable general
education courses, the student may elect
to finish those courses for that quarter, if
the student pays for the course resources.
A student who receives a MDHS disqualification
may choose to apply for a Commissioner’s
Reconsideration with the MDHS. If the
Commissioner sets aside the disqualification,
Rasmussen College will allow the student
to apply for re-entry/re-enrollment for
the next subsequent start date.
Immunization Requirements
Minnesota law (M.S. 135A.14) requires proof
that all students born after 1956 are vaccinated
against diphtheria, tetanus, measles, mumps,
and rubella, allowing for certain specified
exemptions. Non-exempt students must
submit the required vaccination information
within 45 days after their first enrollment, or
they cannot remain enrolled. Please see the
campus for a list of possible exceptions.
In addition to other entrance requirements,
Health Sciences and Nursing programs may
require specific immunizations upon enrollment.
Please see your campus for details.
Applying For Admission into the School of
Nursing Practical Nursing or Professional
Nursing Programs
Applicants pursuing admittance into a
Practical Nursing or Professional Nursing
Program must complete the following steps in
order to be deemed eligible for admission:
1.Applicants must achieve a score on the
College entrance placement examination
acceptable for admission into the College
at a level that does not require remedial
coursework. Alternatively the applicant
must provide a college transcript indicating
a grade of C or higher in college-level English
and/or Mathematics. Former or current
students who have either achieved Entrance
Placement score above that requiring a
Foundation course or have provided a college
transcript indicating a grade of C or higher in
college-level English and Mathematics are not
required to repeat the Entrance Placement
test. Once applicants have met the Entrance
Placement requirements above, the School of
Nursing Entrance Exam may be scheduled.
2.Applicants must achieve a score on the
Entrance Exam for Nursing which is
acceptable for admission to the School of
Nursing per the School of Nursing and School
of Health Sciences Entrance Exam policy.
3.Applicants successful in completing
the College entrance placement exam
requirements and the School of Nursing
Entrance Exam must complete the
following prior to being deemed eligible
for consideration for admission:
• Rasmussen College Application 
• Health
Physical and proof of vaccinations
• The student will be required to have
current Basic Life Saving & Cardio
Pulmonary Resuscitation Certification
with Defibrillator (BLS - CPR with
Defibrillator). The certificate
must have been issued by either
the American Heart Association
Healthcare Professionals or American
Red Cross Professional Rescuers.
54
rasmussen.edu
• Criminal Background Screening
• Any additional program specific
requirements as specified at
the time of enrollment.
• Applicants with prior college credits
will receive a transcript evaluation
during the admissions process.
Applicants will receive a letter from the
College in the mail confirming acceptance
once all admissions requirements
have been met, including attendance
at programmatic orientation.
Accepted applicants must attend the
Rasmussen College General Orientation and
the School of Nursing Orientation. Failure
to attend both orientation sessions will
result in dismissal from the program.
Former nursing students in good standing
with the School of Nursing who have not
been enrolled for more than 12 months must
successfully repeat the School of Nursing
Entrance Exam to be deemed eligible for
reenrollment into the nursing program through
a consultation with the Dean of Nursing.
School of Nursing and the School of Health
Science Entrance Exam
Applicants who have successfully completed
College entrance placement requirements for
the College will be given access by admissions
to the online registration process for the School
of Health Sciences and School of Nursing
Entrance Exam. Here the applicant may register
and pay associated fees for the study materials
and exam. Based on exam scores, applicants
may apply for a School of Health Science or
School of Nursing program of study for which
they qualify. Applicants not successful after
the second attempt must wait 12 months
before reapplying to the School of Nursing or
to the Medical Laboratory Technician (MLT) or
Surgical Technologist (ST) program. Applicants
who have previously taken the entrance exam
within the past twelve months for admission to
another institution may, at their own expense,
have the results transferred to Rasmussen
College. Transferred scores will be verified by
the Dean of Nursing and/or Academic Dean and
will count as one of the two attempts allowed in
a 12 month period. Any entrance exam results
dated more than 12 months prior to application
to Rasmussen College will not be considered.
Current students in other programs wishing
to transfer into a course of study requiring the
admissions standards outlined above will be
required to take or retake the Entrance Exam
according to test/re-test limitations and must
meet the following composite score threshold(s).
• TEAS Score for admissions eligibility
for Associate Degree Nursing (ADN)
program and Mobility Bridge Entrance
Option: 65% or higher composite score
• TEAS Score for admissions eligibility for
Practical Nursing Diploma program:
55% or higher composite score
• TEAS Score for admissions eligibility
for MLT or ST programs: 55% or
higher composite score
Applying for Admission to the School of Health
Sciences Associate’s Phlebotomy Specialization
Degree or Certificate
In addition to the College entrance
requirements, applicants pursuing admittance
into the Phlebotomy Certificate or Health
Sciences Associate’s degree programs
must complete the following prior to
being deemed eligible for admission:
•The applicant will be required to have current
Basic Life Saving & Cardio Pulmonary
Resuscitation Certification with Defibrillator
(BLS - CPR with Defibrillator). The certificate
must have been issued by either the American
Heart Association Healthcare Professionals or
American Red Cross Professional Rescuers.
•Minnesota campus applicants to this
program must successfully complete
and pass a Minnesota Department of
Human Services background check.
•Prior to the student beginning their
externship, the full three injection
series of the Hepatitis B immunization
and all other program required
immunizations must be completed.
Applying for Admission to the School of
Health Sciences Associate’s General
Specialization Degree
In addition to the College entrance
requirements, applicants pursuing
admittance into the Health Sciences
Associate’s degree General specialization
programs must complete the following prior
to being deemed eligible for admission:
•Minnesota campus applicants to this
program must successfully complete
and pass a Minnesota Department of
Human Services background check.
Applying for Admission to the Medical Laboratory
Technician and Surgical Technologist Programs
Applicants pursuing admittance into the
Medical Laboratory Technician (MLT) and
Surgical Technologist (ST) Programs must
complete the following steps in order to
be deemed eligible for admission:
1.Applicants must achieve a score on the
College entrance placement exam acceptable
for admission into the College at a level
that does not require remedial coursework.
Alternatively the applicant must provide
a college transcript indicating a grade of
C or higher in college-level English and/or
Mathematics. Former or current students
who have either achieved Entrance
Placement score above that requiring a
Foundation course or have provided a college
transcript indicating a grade of C or higher
in college-level English and Mathematics
are not required to repeat the Entrance
Placement test. Once applicants have
met the Entrance Placement requirements
above, the School of Health Science
Entrance Exam may be scheduled.
2.Applicants must achieve a score on the
School of Health Sciences Entrance
Exam which is acceptable for admission
per the School of Nursing and School of
Health Sciences Entrance Exam policy.
3.Applicants successful in completing
the College entrance placement exam
requirements and the School of Health
Sciences Entrance Exam must complete
the following prior to being deemed
eligible for consideration for admission:
•Application
• Background screening
• Any additional program-specific
requirements as specified at the time of
enrollment. A Health Physical may be
required and completed within the six
months prior to Internship/Practicum
as specified by the clinical facility.
Current students in other programs wishing
to transfer into a course of study requiring
the admissions standards outlined above
will be required to take or retake School
of Health Sciences Entrance Exam.
Once the applicant file is complete, the
College will schedule an interview between the
applicant and Program Coordinator/Director.
Students accepted into their program will
receive a letter from the College in the mail.
The College may choose two additional
applicants as alternates to join the program
if another applicant is deemed ineligible or
decides not to begin class. These two alternates
must complete all the necessary steps for
admission. Alternates will be guaranteed the
opportunity for enrollment into the next cohort
provided they remain eligible for admission.
Students must attend programmatic
orientation as well as general orientation
or risk being dismissed from the cohort.
Applying for Admission into
Law Enforcement Programs
Applicants must achieve a score on the College
entrance placement examination acceptable for
admission into the College at a level that does
not require remedial coursework. Alternatively
the applicant may be exempt from all or portions
of the College entrance placement exam per the
terms of the College Acceptance or Rejection
of Application for Admission College Entrance
Placement Exam requirements. Applicants
should understand that admission to the
program is based on several factors with College
entrance placement examination scores being
the most significant. Therefore it must not be
assumed or implied that successful completion
of an English Composition and/or Math course
will guarantee admission into the program.
Former or current students who have taken
the STEP and scored above that requiring a
Foundation course are not required to repeat
the College entrance placement examination.
Applicants who achieve the required minimum
scores or who have proven a grade of C or higher
or a grade of Pass in college-level English and/
or Mathematics will be contacted by their
Program Manager to complete the following:
• Information session
• Certified driving record documentation
• Criminal history record documentation
• Two-page written autobiography
• Health physical
• Psychological evaluation
Once the applicant file is complete, the
Program Manager will schedule a face- toface interview between the applicant
and Program Coordinator/Director.
Following this interview, applicants
can continue with the necessary
steps to proceed, which include
• Application
• Provide official high school
and college transcripts
• Rasmussen College background check
• Any additional program-specific requirements
as specified at the time of enrollment
Upon completing the application process,
the completed files will be reviewed
by the acceptance committee.
Students accepted into their program will
receive a letter from the College in the mail.
Applicants must also attend programmatic
orientation as well as general orientation
or risk being dismissed as an applicant.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
• Applicants must score at least a 25 on
the writing portion of the Rasmussen
College entrance placement exam to be
accepted to the Early Honors Program.
• The Early Honors Program Application
deadline is four weeks prior to the start
of the intended quarter of enrollment.
• Enrollment in the Program is limited to
20 students per quarter, per campus.
• Early Honors students may enter
the Early Honors Program in the
fall quarter of their junior year.
• The Early Honors program ends with
the completion of spring quarter
of the student’s senior year.
• A maximum of 24 credits per student can
be taken in the Early Honors Program.
• Early Honors students may take up to 8
credits per quarter without a tuition charge.
• To continue enrollment in the Early Honors
Program, students must maintain a
minimum Rasmussen College cumulative
grade point average of 2.00.
• Early Honors students may take one course
in their first quarter of enrollment. Upon
receiving a grade of B or higher in their
first course, students can request to be
scheduled for the second quarter.
• Students must maintain a cumulative
grade point average of 3.0 in order
to take two courses per quarter.
• Early Honors Applicants must meet with
the Director of Admissions and Dean
before being accepted to the Early Honors
Program to ensure they meet all criteria and
requirements, and to approve their schedule.
• Early Honors students will be
accepted on a space available basis
for each course selected.
• Early Honors students must meet all course
prerequisites as listed in the catalog.
• Nursing courses designated with a
“PN”, “PRN”, “NU” or “NUR” are not
available to Early Honors students.
• Early Honors students are responsible for the
course resources fee for each course taken.
Most technology courses require access to
specialized hardware and software, which
are available to students at all Rasmussen
campuses. Early Honors students electing to
complete courses online will need to secure
access to required hardware and software.
The College will provide specific technology
requirements information for each course.
• Students will receive college credit
towards a degree, diploma, or
certificate at Rasmussen College for
all successfully completed courses.
Early Honors students will be issued an
official transcript from Rasmussen College.
These credits may be transferable at the
discretion of the receiving institution.
• Early Honors students will receive high
school dual enrollment credit for successfully
completed Early Honors course at the
discretion of the student’s high school.
Approval for dual enrollment credit must be
confirmed on the High School Approval Form.
• Early Honors students may apply to a full
program offered by Rasmussen College by
completing the Application for Admission.
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
Applying for Admission into the Software
Application Development Certificate and
Associate’s, Computer Science Bachelor’s,
and Game and Simulation Programming
Bachelor’s Programs
Minimum scores of 22 on the Math portion
and 25 on the Writing portion of the STEP test
are required for entry into these programs.
Alternatively the applicant may be exempt from
all or portions of the College entrance placement
exam per the terms of the College Acceptance or
Rejection of Application for Admission College
Entrance Placement Exam requirements.
Applying for Admission into the
Paralegal Certificate Program
Admission into the Paralegal Certificate
program requires candidates to have earned
an Associate’s degree which includes generaleducation courses equivalent to those required
in Rasmussen College’s Paralegal Associate’s
Degree, or a Bachelor’s degree or higher.
Applying for Admission into the Health
Information Management Bachelor’s Program
Applicants pursuing admittance into the Health
Information Management BS Degree program
must possess an Associate’s Degree in Health
Information Technology/Management from a
CAHIIM accredited program earned within the
past five years or have an Associate’s Degree
degree and possess a current RHIT credential.
If the degree was obtained over five years ago,
the student needs to have work experience in the
health information industry within the last five
years and approval by the Program Coordinator.
Rasmussen College Early Honors Program
High school juniors and seniors who have
reached the minimum age of 16 have the
opportunity to earn college credit through
Rasmussen College’s Early Honors Program.
The Early Honors Program is a great way for
high school students to experience college
while still supported by high school staff and
mentors, try a course that may not be offered
at the high school, or explore a possible future
career by taking an introductory course.
Early Honors coursework is available both on
campus and online based on space available.
Rasmussen College Early Honors Program
Terms and Conditions
Students must meet the following criteria
and expectations to participate in the
Rasmussen College Early Honors Program:
• Applicants must complete an Early
Honors Program Application, which
includes a high school attestation
indicating expected graduation date.
• Applicants must have prior approval from
a parent/guardian to be admitted into the
program (requires a signed Early Honors
Parent/Guardian Approval Form).
• Applicants must submit a signed Early
Honors High School Approval Form.
• Applicants must be high school juniors or
seniors and have a minimum cumulative
high school grade point average of 2.25
out of a possible 4.00. Proof of GPA
must be validated by a High School
Counselor or Administrator on the Early
Honors High School Approval Form.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
55
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
PRIMARY SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID AND HOW TO APPLY
Each campus has a professionally staffed
Student Financial Services Office designed to
help you apply for federal, state, and private
assistance. The primary purpose of financial
aid is to help students who otherwise would not
be able to attend a post-secondary institution
to meet the cost of higher education. The basic
responsibility for financing your education lies
with you and your family. Aid is based upon
documented financial need — the difference
between the cost of college and your ability to
pay for it. Potential costs include books, tuition,
supplies, room and board, transportation,
living expenses, and child care costs.
There are three basic types
of aid available to Rasmussen students:
• Various state and federal student
loan programs.
• Gift aid, also known as grants, is assistance
you do not have to pay back and is
usually based upon financial need.
• Employment through work study programs
may provide relevant work experience
and decrease the necessity of borrowing
student loans for living expenses.
Program
Type of Award
Amount Per Year
Application
Federal Pell Grant
Program
Grant based on financial need.
$600 - $5,730
Free Application for
Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA)
Federal Supplemental
Educational
Opportunity
Grant (SEOG)
Grant based on financial need
awarded by the institution.
Notification is made by the
College regarding eligibility.
$100 - $4,000,
based on availability
Free Application for
Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) – Awarded by
the College
EMPLOYMENT
Federal Work Study
Part-time jobs on campus or at
local non-profit agencies. Based
on financial need and skill level for
positions available.
Varies
Free Application
for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) –Awarded by
the College
FEDERAL
LOAN
PROGRAMS
Federal Subsidized
Stafford Loan
Program
Payment deferred until six months
after student leaves college or
attends less than half time.
Need-based calculation.
1st Year - $3,500
Free Application
for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) and Promissory
Note processed through
College and Lender and
Entrance Counseling
Principal and interest may be
deferred until after student
leaves college or attends less
than half time.
Same as subsidized limits
with additional $2,000 for
Dependent. Independent:
GIFT AID
Tuition Rates
Please see the Tuition Structure section under
Academic Information and College Policies
for complete information on tuition rates.
Federal Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan Program
2nd Year - $4,500
3rd Year+ - $5,500
1st & 2nd Year $6,000
3rd Year & above $7,000
VETERANS’
BENEFITS
Free Application
for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) and Promissory
Note processed through
College and Lender and
Entrance Counseling
Federal Parent Loan
for Undergraduate
Students (PLUS)
For credit-worthy parents of
dependent undergraduates.
Up to college cost
of attendance.
PLUS application
and Promissory Note
processed through
College and Lender
Veterans’ Benefits
Veterans and dependents of
veterans, including Guard and
Reserve Component.
Monthly benefit based on
service contributions
Veterans
Administration
or Veterans
Service Officer
SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANT PROGRAMS
Rasmussen College offers the following
institutional scholarship and grant programs.
All scholarships are non-cash scholarships.
Some campuses have additional scholarships
available; please contact your Student Financial
Services Office for more information.
Achieve Scholarship
Rasmussen students may be eligible to receive an
Achieve Scholarship award based upon specific
enrollment criteria. Recipients can receive up to $8,000
(U.S.) in quarterly increments (of $500 per quarter)
while attending as a full time student (12 credits or
more). Students in the Nursing Programs (Practical
Nursing and Professional Nursing) and AcceleratED
programs are not eligible for the scholarship. For a
complete list of terms and conditions, visit rasmussen.
edu/achieve or talk to a Program Manager.
Real/Change Scholarship
New prospective students enrolling in select programs
at Rasmussen College may be eligible for the Real/
Change Scholarship. The scholarship awards recipients
up to $1,400 per year toward your tuition costs—up
to $2,800 in additional scholarship funding for an
Associate’s degree and $5,600 for a Bachelor’s degree.
This scholarship will be awarded quarterly while
attending Rasmussen College, and is calculated and
applied as a 10% reduction from the current tuition rate.
In order to be eligible for the scholarship, new students
must enroll at Rasmussen College in one of the select
programs for the designated start date. Students must
be continuously enrolled and maintain a minimum
CGPA of 2.5 for the duration of their enrollment to
receive their scholarship. For a complete list of terms
and conditions, including the list of eligible programs
and start dates, visit rasmussen.edu/realchange.
56
rasmussen.edu
Early Honors Program
Rasmussen College is proud to offer select
high school juniors and seniors who have
reached the minimum age of 16 the opportunity
to begin their professional career training
early. The Early Honors Program is designed
to reward those who have a strong academic
background and a desire to succeed.
Military Discount
All current and retired military personnel, as
well as veterans, enrolling in a degree, Diploma,
or Certificate program may be eligible for a
tuition discount on part-time tuition rates. In
addition, the College will extend the discount to
the spouse and dependents, age 18-21, of any
service member on active duty as outlined above.
Corporate Discount
Some companies receive a tuition discount
or grant from Rasmussen College for eligible
employees. Contact your campus for details.
Restrictions
Students are eligible for only one of the following
scholarship and grant programs at a time:
• Early Honors Program
• Military Discount
• Corporate Discount
• AcceleratED Partner Success Grant
• AcceleratED Scholarship
• Achieve Scholarship
Students can combine any of the above with the
Real/Change Scholarship, if they are eligible. The
Real/Change Scholarship will be applied after the
primary scholarship or grant has been applied.
Employer Tuition Reimbursement
Many employers today offer tuition
reimbursement to their employees earning
a degree. Whether it’s full reimbursement or
partial, we want to make using your tuition
reimbursement plan as seamless as possible
so you can reduce the cost of your education,
as well as potentially reduce the amount
of loans required to fund your degree.
To take advantage of tuition reimbursement,
check with your employer about what tuition
reimbursement options may be available to
you. Then, contact your Program Manager or
the Student Financial Services Department to
discuss your tuition reimbursement options.
High School Professional Program
Rasmussen College waives tuition for
High School Teachers and Counselors
who meet the required criteria.
This program is only available to teachers and
counselors who are employed at a high school
(grades 9-12) in Minnesota, North Dakota,
Florida, Illinois, Kansas and Wisconsin.Current
status as a high school professional will be
verified by Rasmussen College prior to the initial
start of any course. Attendance is required at an
orientation, which must be completed prior to
the start date of the professional’s first course.
Offer is limited to one course, per quarter, per
high school professional. A maximum of 50
seats in online courses will be made available
to high school teachers and counselors each
quarter. There is no maximum on cumulative
number of classes that may be taken. Tuition
free courses for high school professionals are
offered on a space-available basis, with priority
given to other enrolled Rasmussen students
who must complete the course as part of their
degree program at Rasmussen College.
High School Professional Program participants
are responsible for the course resources fee for
each course taken. Most technology courses
require access to specialized hardware and
software, which are available to students
at all Rasmussen campuses. High School
Professional Program participants electing to
complete courses online will need to secure
access to required hardware and software.
The College will provide specific technology
requirements information for each course.
Grades will be recorded as audit grades with
the student classified as an audit student.
Rasmussen College Academic Policies
apply to participants in the High
School Professional program.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Class Content
The College reserves the right at any time to
make changes to improve the quality or content
of the programs of study offered. The College
reserves the right to cancel any classes or
programs where enrollment is under 12 students.
Class Standing
Rasmussen College determines class standing
by the number of credit hours a student
has completed. The College assigns class
standings according to the following criteria:
Freshman 0-36 credits completed
Sophomore 37-72 credits completed
Junior
73-129 credits completed
Senior
130 or more credits completed
These Programs May Also Be Offered Online
Bachelor’s Degrees
• Accounting
• Public Accounting
• Business Management
• Computer Science
• Criminal Justice
• Graphic Design
• Game and Simulation Programming
• Health Information Management
• Healthcare Management
• Information Technology Management
• Information Security
• Nursing Bachelor of Science (RN to BSN)
Associate’s Degrees
• Accounting
• Business Management
• Criminal Justice
• Early Childhood Education
• Graphic Design
• Health Information Technician
• Human Resources and Organizational Leadership
• Human Services
• Information Technology Management
• Marketing
• Medical Administration
• Paralegal
• Pharmacy Technician
• Software Application Development
• Web Programming
Certificates
• Accounting
• Business
• Early Childhood Education
• Human Services
• Law Enforcement Academic
• Medical Billing and Coding
• Paralegal
• Pharmacy Technician
• Software Application Development
These credits are not counted toward graduation,
and each must be passed with a grade of �SX’
in order for the student to proceed to the next
course in the sequence. Students who transfer
from other colleges, and whose test scores fall
within the range of remediation, will be required
to complete the Foundation courses. Students
who test at remediation level, and who wish to
transfer courses that have Foundation courses as
prerequisites, must first successfully complete
the Foundation courses. Students enrolled in
Foundation courses are eligible for financial aid.
Foundation courses must be taken in conjunction
with courses contained in an eligible program.
Students who place below the level of B080
Reading and Writing Strategies are not eligible
for admission to Rasmussen College. Student
who place below the level of B080 Reading
and Writing Strategies and are not admitted to
Rasmussen College may, after three months,
have the option to re-take the assessment test.
The College entrance placement examination may
not be re-taken for initial placement purposes
after the start of a Foundation level course. On
occasion, however, a re-test may be allowed
prior to the start of a quarter. Such re-tests are
only granted if extenuating circumstances exist
that lead the College to determine a re-test is
needed to accurately determine the student’s
ability level. Only one such re-test may be allowed,
at the discretion of the Academic Dean.
* T hese include official and unofficial transcripts
and grade reports for courses completed at
regionally or nationally accredited institutions
of higher learning, as recognized by the
Department of Education and the Council on
Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA).
Foundation Courses Timeframe
To help ensure student success, students requiring
foundation coursework must attempt one such
course in their first quarter of enrollment. Students
requiring two foundation courses must attempt the
first course, Reading and Writing Strategies (B080),
in their first quarter of enrollment and the second
course, Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra
(B095) in Illinois and Practical Math (B087) in
other states, in their second quarter of enrollment.
If a student withdraws from or does not pass a
Foundation course, the student must successfully
complete that course in the subsequent full quarter
of enrollment or the student will be dismissed from
the College. As such, any required Foundations
courses must be completed no later than the end
of the Student’s third full quarter of enrollment, or
the student will be dismissed from the College.
Students requiring two foundation courses must
attempt Reading and Writing Strategies (B080) and
one additional course in their program of enrollment
prior to enrolling in the foundation math course.
Upon successful completion of the first foundation
course, Reading and Writing Strategies, and at
least three credits of coursework in their program
with a grade of C or higher, the student will be
allowed to take a full-time credit load, if desired.
Foundation Course Grading
All Foundation courses are satisfactory/
unsatisfactory (SX/UX) courses.
The following grading scale is then used to
determine if students have passed the courses:
Reading and Writing Strategies
SX 73% or higher
UX Below 73%
Combined Basic and Intermediate Algebra
SX 73% or higher
UX Below 73%
Seminar Course Grading
1. The E185, E270, E320, and E410
seminar courses are satisfactory/
unsatisfactory (SX/UX) courses.
2. Students are to complete and submit the
components of their Graduate Achievement
Portfolio (GAP), a general education skills
assessment, as assigned in the appropriate
seminar courses designated for each program.
3. If a student does not successfully submit an
assigned GAP general education assessment
piece in the appropriate seminar course,
then he or she will be unable to earn enough
points to pass that seminar course.
E185, E270, E320, and E410 Seminars
SX 73% or higher
UX Below 73%
Common Grading System Percentage Scale
Letter Grade
Percentage Range
A
100 to 93%
A-
92 to 90%
B+
89 to 87%
B
86 to 83%
B-
82 to 80%
C+
79 to 77%
C
76 to 73%
C-
72 to 70%
D+
69 to 67%
D
66 to 63%
D-
62 to 60%
F
Below 60%
Some General Education courses may contain
a lecture component with a co-requisite lab
component. If a grade is achieved at or above
the threshold of 60% in both components of
a course which consists of lecture and lab
components, each component will receive the
grade earned independently. Failure to earn
a grade at or above the threshold of 60% in
either the lecture or lab component will result
in failure of both components of the course.
Point Scale
Alphabetical Grading System
Grade
Grade Points Description
A4.00 Excellent
A-3.75
B+3.50
B
3.00
Very Good
B- 2.75
C+2.50
C
2.00 Average
C-1.75
D+1.50
D
1.00
Below Average
D-
0.75
F0.00 Failure
AUDIT
NA Audit
CW
NA
Course Waiver
FD
NA
Failure Dropped
INA Incomplete
PT
NA
Pending Transfer Credit
S/SXNA
Satisfactory
TONA
Test-Out
TR
NA
Official Transfer Credit
U/UXNA
Unsatisfactory
UXD/UD NA
Unsatisfactory Drop
WF/WXF NA
Withdrawal Fail
WP/WXP NA
Withdrawal Pass
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
Diplomas
• Accounting
• Business
• Early Childhood Education
• Graphic Design
• Human Resources and Organizational Leadership
• Human Services
• Information Technology Management
• Marketing
• Medical Administration
• Medical Billing and Coding
• Pharmacy Technician
• Web Programming
Individual Progress
Students may enroll in one or more courses at a
time, or in succeeding quarters, without enrolling
in a program of study. To be considered for
admission, individual progress students must
complete the application form and attestation of
high school graduation. The Rasmussen College
entrance placement exam is not required for
IP students. Individual progress coursework is
assessed at the full cost per credit for each course.
Individual progress students remain enrolled
at Rasmussen College as long as they continue
to select coursework and meet all additional
requirements. Upon successful completion of their
courses, individual progress students will receive
a letter grade and be awarded credits. To enroll in
a program at Rasmussen College, students must
complete all remaining programmatic application
requirements (including the entrance placement
test). Eligible individual progress courses will
be applied to their degree program, and count
as credits attempted and earned for purposes
of Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP).
Auditing a Course
A student who audits a course does so for the
purposes of self-enrichment and academic
exploration. Students not enrolled in an eligible
program who elect to take courses without earning
college credit are considered Audit students. This
non-credit option is NOT available for courses
beginning with a “CC” “N” “NM” “NU” “NUR”
“PN” “PT” “ST” “ML” and “W”. Students who elect
to complete courses on a non-credit basis are
not guaranteed full technology access; however,
every effort will be made to provide technology
resources. Transcripts denote a “ZP” or “Audit”
upon completion of the course. Students may
choose to convert the Audit grade to a letter
grade and earn credit for an additional fee. An
audit student is considered a learner and it is
expected that the student will participate with
reasonable regularity and do assigned work,
particularly if she/he expects to convert the
Audit grade to a letter grade at a future time.
Developmental Education and Rasmussen
College Entrance Placement Exam Re-test Policy
The goal of developmental education is to provide
students with a solid foundation of basic skills and
knowledge as they move on to college level classes.
Placement into Foundation courses reflects the
commitment Rasmussen College has to ensuring the
success of all students, and to providing educational
opportunities to those who enroll. All new students
who enroll in a Degree, Diploma, or Certificate
program are required to take the Rasmussen College
Entrance Placement Exam reading, writing, and
math placement tests. Applicants providing a college
transcript* indicating a grade of C or higher or a grade
of Pass in college-level English and/or Mathematics
are not required to complete College entrance
placement examinations in the corresponding subject
area and will not require remedial coursework in
areas in which they have previously proven this
proficiency. Students who have not completed a
college-level English course are required to complete
the reading and writing sections of the placement
examination. Students who have not completed a
college-level math course are required to complete
the math portion of the placement examination.
Returning students who did not take the STEP
or COMPASS test but who have successfully
completed the courses at Rasmussen College for
which Foundation courses are prerequisites, or their
equivalents, do not need to take the College entrance
placement examination. Returning students who
have not successfully completed the Foundation
courses, their equivalents, or the courses for which
Foundation courses are prerequisites must take
the College entrance placement examination.
Coursework in Math or English that is numbered
below 100 is considered to be developmental.
College entrance placement examination scores
are used to appropriately place students in English
and Math courses according to skill level. See
Entrance Assessment Table for placement scores.
57
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Competency Courses
Competency-based courses allow students to
progress by demonstrating their competence,
which means they prove that they have mastered
the knowledge and skills (called competencies)
required for a particular course. Rasmussen College
partners with multiple developers of competency
courses to provide offerings that align with the
course objectives of the College’s instructor-led
courses. Each objective is typically directed to
ensure that students have learned that competency.
Competency courses are groups of assessments
that allow students to prove their ability to perform
a specific task. Completing the competency
demonstrates that students have learned that
competency and are able to apply that knowledge
and skill. Each competency course contains a
selection of competencies called “Modules” where
similar competencies are grouped; these self-paced
modules allow students to demonstrate mastery of
different subjects and sections of the curriculum in
one convenient location. Demonstrated mastery in
a competency course may be converted to credits
that will transfer into Rasmussen College credits.
• Students may attempt a competency course
as long as they are concurrently enrolled in and
taking coursework in an eligible program.
• Enrolled students may elect to take a Rasmussen
competency course in lieu of an online, instructorled course for any course that has been identified
as having a competency course equivalent.
• Upon successful completion of a competency
course, Rasmussen College will issue a
Certificate of Successful Competency
Course Completion. The certificate will be
placed in the student’s academic file.
• If a student has already attempted an online,
instructor-led course, as indicated by a posted
W/WD or F/FA grade, the student will not be
allowed to attempt the equivalent competency
course. A student may attempt a competency
course and later enroll in an equivalent
instructor-led course as long as the competency
transfer credit has not been awarded.
• Competency courses will not count as
credits for financial aid eligibility.
• Students have 60 days from the date they
access a competency course to complete it.
Students may apply in writing for one additional
30-day extension to complete the competency
course; additional requirements may apply.
Students are allowed a maximum of one 30day extension per competency course.
• Students who do not successfully
complete a competency course within the
allotted time will be required to take the
course as an instructor-led course.
• Competency courses must be completed
prior to or concurrently with the final
instructor-led courses in the program.
Health Sciences Programs Grade Scale
The following grade scale applies to all BMS, CVT,
EK, HI, HIM, HSA, HSC, M, MA, MEA, ML, MLT,
MTS, OST, PB, PC, PT, PTN, and ST coursework
in School of Health Sciences programs.
Letter Grade
A
A- B+ B
B- C+ C
F
58
Percentage Range
100 to 93 %
92 to 90%
89 to 87%
86 to 83%
82 to 80%
79 to 77%
76 to 73%
Below 73%
rasmussen.edu
School of Health Sciences courses may contain a
co-requisite lab component, co-requisite externship
and/or practicum learning component, or both in
addition to the lecture component of a course.
Satisfactory performance (score of 73% or higher)
in the lecture, lab, externship and/or practicum
experience is required to earn a passing grade in the
course. Failure to earn a satisfactory grade in the
lab and externship and/or practicum component will
result in failure of all components of the course. If a
satisfactory grade is achieved in both components
of a course consisting of lecture and externship/
practicum components (no lab component), the
grade earned in the lecture component will will
appear on the transcript as the final grade for each
component of the course. If a satisfactory grade is
achieved in both components of a course consisting
of lecture and lab components (no externship
or practicum component), each component
will receive the grade earned independently.
Nursing Programs Grade Scale
Students are required to earn at least a “C” in their
Nursing courses. This applies to all NU, NUR, PN,
and PRN coursework level 000 through 4999.
Letter Grade Percentage Range
A
100% to 94%
B
93% to 85%
C
84% to 78%
F
Below 78%
Nursing core courses may contain a co-requisite
lab component, co-requisite clinical learning
component, or both in addition to the lecture
component of a course. Satisfactory performance
(score of 78% or higher) in each component of
the course whether lecture, lab, and/or clinical
experience is required to earn a passing grade in
the course. Failure to earn a satisfactory grade
in the laboratory and/or clinical component will
result in failure of all components of the course.
If a satisfactory grade is achieved in the lab and/
or clinical learning experience, the grade earned
in the lecture component will appear on the
transcript as the final grade in the course.
Repeating Courses Policy
Students who are meeting Satisfactory Academic
Progress may re-take courses up to three times,
but only at regular tuition rates. Students repeating
a course for a second or third time may count the
credits for that course in a financial aid award
calculation only if they earned an “F/FA” in all
previous attempts of that course. If a student
elects to repeat a course for which a grade above
“F/FA” was earned, the credits are included in the
financial aid award calculation only if the program
requires a higher grade to be considered “passing”
than what the student has previously earned. In
this case if the student fails the previously passed
course all future eligibility to receive financial
aid for that course is discontinued. The credits
for all repeated courses, along with the credits
from prior attempts, will be included in credits
attempted for the purposes of determining
Satisfactory Academic Progress. The highest grade
earned from a repeated course will be used in the
calculation of the student’s cumulative GPA. The
student’s GPA will be recalculated to reflect the
highest letter grade. If more than one attempt
results in the same letter grade, only the most
recent one will be used in the calculation of GPA.
Students who fail a required course three times
and have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or
greater may be able to switch to another program
that does not include the course as a required part
of the program curriculum without going through
the program appeal process. Students who fail
a course three times, and who cannot switch to
another program as determined by the program
change appeal process, will be terminated from the
College. Those students cannot return to the College
until they successfully complete an equivalent to
the course elsewhere by earning a grade of C or
higher or a grade of Pass and transferring it back
in to Rasmussen College, in accordance with the
transfer of credit requirements. In the case of credit
transfer, an “F/FA” grade will remain for purposes
of GPA calculation. However, all of the course
credits both failed and transferred, count in the
student’s Cumulative Completion Rate (CCR).
Foundation courses may only be repeated one time.
Students who fail a Foundation course a second time
will be terminated from the College. All attempts
of repeated courses, including the grades, remain
on academic records and transcripts even though
they may not be included in the GPA calculation.
Students should be aware that graduate schools
and other institutions to which they might wish to
transfer may not accept repeats and may include
all grades in calculating GPA for admission.
Nursing Repeating Courses Policy
The School of Nursing allows students to fail
one Nursing course within the core Nursing
curriculum (NU, NUR, PN, PRN, HUN coursework).
However, a second failure, whether it be the same
Nursing course or any other Nursing course, will
result in removal from the Nursing program.
School of Health Sciences
Repeating Courses Policy
Students are required to attend the Externship or
Practicum Orientation prior to their externship or
practicum. They receive an externship or practicum
manual that discusses the expectations, and
students are required to sign an acknowledgement
form that is submitted and included in their
programmatic file. The externship or practicum
manual discloses that students have two attempts to
complete their externship or practicum successfully,
or they will be dismissed from the program. If
a student fails both attempts, documentation
will be placed in the student’s file. If a student
is dismissed from an externship or practicum
site due to circumstances out of his/her control,
attempts will be made to secure an additional
site within the same quarter for the student to
complete his/her externship or practicum.
Late Assignment Submission Policy
Students may submit assigned work up to seven (7)
days after the stated deadline. A 10% grade penalty
is assessed for work up to twenty-four hours late;
an additional 10% penalty is assessed for each
additional day the work is late. In some cases (such
as late discussion postings) students may be asked
to complete an alternate assignment for equivalent
point value, minus any applicable penalty. Online
discussions conclude at the end of the current week/
module. Discussion posts made after the end of the
current week/module will not be accepted. Instructors
may waive the late penalty or timeframe in the case of
extenuating circumstances as determined by the faculty.
In some cases, certain activities, such as labs and
exams, must be completed at the designated time and
therefore cannot be made up. The instructor should
apprise students beforehand of any such activities. In
no circumstances may students submit work after the
last day of the academic term unless an incomplete
grade has been requested and granted beforehand.
Incomplete Grade Policy
An �I/IN’ indicates an incomplete grade, and is
a temporary grade for a course which a student
is unable to complete due to extenuating
circumstances. The student must request an
incomplete from the instructor prior to the last
day of the term. An incomplete may be granted to
a student at the end of a quarter at the discretion
of the instructor under the following conditions:
1.An incomplete form is completed by
the instructor which identifies:
a. The work to be completed,
b. Qualifications for acceptable work,
c. The deadline for completing the work
(within two weeks of the end of the term),
d. The grade to be entered should the
student not complete the work by the
deadline (the calculated grade).
e. Instructors will have one week for
grading, recalculation of grades and
processing of all documents required.
2.Incomplete records will be
maintained in the student’s file.
3.The student’s Dean must be informed
of all incompletes granted by instructor.
Incompletes will be granted rarely and
instructors will take the following into
consideration when granting an incomplete:
a. The work to be completed must be
regularly assigned work, identified
in the course syllabus,
b. The student can reasonably be expected
to complete the work by the deadline,
c. The student’s grade will be
substantially improved,
d. The student has demonstrated
a commitment to completing
work in a timely fashion,
e. Granting the incomplete is truly in
the best interest of the student,
f. By completing the work, one of
the following will apply:
i. The student will learn substantive
information by completing the work.
ii. The student will learn higher level
thinking skills or gain substantially
greater command of the subject matter.
4.Allowing the student extra time compensates
for events or conditions not within the student’s
control (i.e., illness, emergencies, etc.).
5.Incompletes may not be granted only for the
sake of improved cumulative grade point
average, nor will they be granted to allow
students to make up “extra credit” work.
6.Credits for all incomplete courses will be
counted as credits attempted but not earned
in the quarter of enrollment. Incomplete
grades must be completed within two weeks
of the last day of the term. An incomplete
grade not completed by the deadline will be
changed to the calculated alternate grade
designated by the instructor on the Incomplete
Form and will be included in the cumulative
grade point average. The final grade awarded
for the course is included in the calculation
of the cumulative grade point average.
Policy for Change of Grade
On occasion it is appropriate to change a final
grade submitted by an instructor at the end of a
quarter. Except for situations outlined below, only
the instructor who issued the original grade may
authorize its change. Instructors may change grades
at their discretion, with the following guidelines:
Circumstances that may warrant
a change of grade include:
• E mergency situations that prevent a
student from submitting a petition to
receive an incomplete grade. Examples
of such emergencies are hospitalization,
car accident, death of a close family
member, or mandatory military service.
• Miscalculation of the final
grade by the instructor.
• Situations involving miscommunications,
misplaced assignments, or technical
difficulties beyond the control of the student.
• Accommodation for special circumstances
such as short-term disability or family leave.
Grade changes must be consistent with course
policies as outlined on the syllabus. In particular,
stated policies regarding the acceptance of late work
and how points are apportioned must be followed.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
A complete description and requirements
of the program change appeal process is
available through the Campus Manager of
Student Records. A clear background check is
required for enrollment in certain programs as
determined in the background check section of
the catalog. Students who do not successfully
pass a background check will be terminated
from the College. All program change appeals
must be received no later than Friday of the first
week of break prior to the start of the quarter in
which the student wants to change programs.
If a student chooses to change his/her academic
program, the student defaults to the current catalog
curriculum requirements. On occasion, a student
may remain in his/her original catalog, assuming
the desired program is still offered. A student who
chooses to change programs must provide written
authorization in the form of a completed change
of status form and a new enrollment agreement.
Independent Study Policy
Independent study applies when a student contracts
to meet regularly with a qualified instructor to
fulfill the assignments, tests, projects, and other
tasks necessary to achieve the performance
objectives of a given course. Independent study
requires a student to be motivated and organized.
Because an independent study does not provide the
student with the classroom interaction normally expected
in higher education, it is to be offered only when there
is no alternative and as infrequently as possible.
Students may take, and the College may
offer, a course through independent study
under the following conditions:
1. T he course is not currently
offered on-site or online.
2. Completion of the course is necessary
for on-time graduation.
3. The need for the course in the quarter in question
does not arise from the student’s decision
to withdraw from the course in an earlier
quarter, the student’s failure to satisfactorily
complete the course in an earlier quarter, or
the student’s decision to change programs.
4. T he student will complete work of a similar
quantity and quality as required in a regularly
scheduled class and will meet the standard
performance objectives for the class.
5. T he Academic Dean approves the plan
for completing the course work.
6. T he student and instructor meet once a week
for a minimum of one hour with sufficient
learning activities planned to fulfill the
clock hour requirements of the course.
7. At least twice and at regular intervals during the
quarter, the Dean will evaluate the student’s
progress by reviewing work completed.
Independent studies must meet
the following guidelines:
Prior to the beginning of the independent
study, the student and instructor must
meet to define the following:
1. W
hen and where they will meet each week.
2. Weekly objectives for work to be completed
based upon the same weekly objectives
defined by the syllabus for an on-site class.
3. P rogress checks to be reviewed by the Dean.
4. S tandards of academic quality for
the work to be completed.
5. D
eadline for all work to be completed
at the end of the quarter.
Prerequisites
In order to take a course listing a
prerequisite, the student must have received
a passing grade in the prerequisite.
Equipment
Rasmussen College strives to maintain its role as an
educational leader by incorporating current technology.
Rasmussen College provides technology and computer
access, and internet access at each campus. Students
will also have access to printers, additional software
packages, electronic databases, and a helpdesk
lab as needed at a Rasmussen College Campus.
Graduation Requirements
Degrees, Diplomas, and Certificates are awarded
solely on the merit and completion of requirements
listed, and not on the basis of clock hours in
attendance. Students must complete 33% of their
program requirements at Rasmussen College, and
no more than 67% may be completed via transfer
credits, course waivers, credit by examination, or
other means. Students in the Medical Assisting,
Medical Laboratory Technician, and Surgical
Technologist programs must complete 50%
of their program requirements at Rasmussen
College, and no more than 50% may be completed
via transfer credits, course waivers, credit by
examination, or other means. Students in the
Professional Nursing Associate’s degree program
must complete at least 45% of their program
requirements at Rasmussen College, and no more
than 55% may be completed via transfer credits,
course waivers, credit by examination, or other
means. Students in the RN to Bachelor of Science
Nursing program may transfer a maximum of
75% of total program credits into the program.
Clock hours listed in the synopsis of subjects
are estimated hours of class work necessary
to complete the subject. Students must have
a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 to
receive a Degree, Diploma, or Certificate with
a passing grade in each area. Completion and
submission of the components of the Graduate
Achievement Portfolio (GAP), as assigned in
the appropriate seminar courses designated for
each program, is a graduation requirement.
Students in the Information Technology
Management, Information Security, Game and
Simulation Programming, and Graphic Design
programs must sit for designated, mandatory
industry certifications, and official scores must be
submitted as a condition of graduation. The College
will reimburse students to sit for the mandatory
certification, as well as up to two additional
recommended certifications per established
credentialing milestones. Reimbursements will
be made only once per certification. Students are
responsible for paying for any additional attempts.
Academic Overload Policy
An academic or credit overload occurs when a
student registers for more than 20 credits per quarter.
Students wishing to schedule an overload must obtain
the signature of the Student Advisor as well as the
approval and signature of the Academic Dean of the
campus in which they are enrolled. In order to apply
for an overload, the student must have completed
a minimum of 32 credits at Rasmussen College.
The student must also be meeting the Rasmussen
College Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
(SAP) and have a cumulative grade point average at
least 2.75 to apply for an overload. Students with a
cumulative grade point average of 2.75 or above will be
eligible to take up to 24 total credits in the approved
quarter. The student must apply for approval no later
than two weeks prior to the start date of the session in
which the overload is desired. The Academic Overload
Approval Form is available through a Student Advisor.
Academic Overload Policy
for Five and Six Week Courses
An academic or credit overload occurs when a student
registers for more than 10 credits per six week session.
Students wishing to schedule an overload must obtain
the signature of the Student Advisor as well as the
approval and signature of the Academic Dean of the
campus in which they are enrolled. In order to apply
for an overload, the student must have completed
a minimum of 32 credits at Rasmussen College.
The student must also be meeting the Rasmussen
College Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
(SAP) and have a cumulative grade point average at
least 2.75 to apply for an overload. Students with a
cumulative grade point average of 2.75 or above will be
eligible to take up to 12 total credits in the approved
quarter. For students who are newly transferring
to the College, a minimum of 24 credits must be
transferred to the College and the most recent GPA
on a transcript must be 2.75 or higher. The student
must apply for approval no later than two weeks prior
to the start date of the session in which the overload
is desired. Any future overload requests for transfer
students must follow the Academic Overload Policy
for the full term. The Academic Overload Approval
Form is available through a Student Advisor.
Drop/Add Class Policy
Course registration practices ensure
that the College is able to provide quality
instruction through obtaining a minimum
class size of 12 students per course.
Full-quarter drop/add period:
Students may add courses through
the first Friday of the quarter, which is
the close of the drop/add period.
When a student notifies the College
of withdrawal from a class:
1. On or before the close of the drop/add period, the
class will be dropped without being recorded on the
student’s transcript and tuition will not be charged.
2. F ollowing the first week of the quarter and on or
before the sixth Friday of the quarter, students
will receive a WF/WXF on their transcript. The
student’s grade point average will not be affected,
the credits will be counted as cumulative credits
attempted, and tuition will continue to reflect the
tuition billed at the close of the drop/add period.
3. F ollowing the sixth week of the quarter,
students will receive an FD/UXD/UD for any
classes dropped. The student’s grade point
average will be affected, the credits will be
counted as cumulative credits attempted,
and tuition will continue to reflect the tuition
billed at the close of the drop/add period.
Students who fail to notify the College that they
wish to withdraw from a class are still scheduled
in the class, the credits for all courses will be
counted as cumulative credits attempted,
and tuition will continue to reflect the tuition
billed at the close of the drop/add period.
Drop/add period for five and six week courses:
Students may add courses through the second
day of the five or six week term and may drop
a course through the first Friday of the term,
which is the close of the drop/add period.
When a student notifies the College
of withdrawal from a class:
1. On or before the close of the drop/add
period, the class will be dropped without
being recorded on the student’s transcript
and tuition will not be charged.
2. Following the first week of the five or six week
term and on or before the third Friday of the
term, students will receive a WF/WXF on
their transcript. The student’s grade point
average will not be affected, the credits will
be counted as cumulative credits attempted,
and tuition will continue to reflect the tuition
billed at the close of the drop/add period.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
Students must contact their instructors within
one week of the start of a subsequent term
regarding grade changes. Instructors will have
one week from the time they are contacted by
students to consider any requests for grade
changes. No grade changes may be made after
the end of the second week of the subsequent
quarter. Grade disputes which cannot be
resolved between instructors and students
should be directed to the appropriate Dean.
Circumstances where a grade change may
be authorized later or by someone other
than the original instructor include:
• Administrative errors regarding grades
will be corrected by administrative
staff as soon as they are identified.
• If the original instructor is no longer available
to submit a grade change (for example,
an adjunct instructor no longer employed
at the College), the Academic Dean may
determine if a grade change is appropriate.
• The Dean may authorize grade changes
in order to settle academic appeals.
School of Nursing Incomplete Grade Policy and
Policy for Change of Grade
The Incomplete Grade Policy and Policy for Change
of Grade, above, apply to students in the School
of Nursing, with the following exceptions:
In order for a student to complete and receive
a final passing grade in the programmatic
coursework delivering two proctored NCLEX
Comprehensive Prediction exams, the student
must earn a 95% or higher probability in the
Associate Degree in Nursing Program or a 92%
or higher probability in the Practical Nursing
Program on the ATI Comprehensive Predictor
Exam on their second attempt. A student failing
to receive a 95% (ADN) or 92% (PN) or higher
probability on their second attempt will receive
an incomplete grade for the course and be
scheduled for remediation through the campus
and/or ATI services during the subsequent
quarter. Upon completion of remediation, the
student will attempt a third ATI Comprehensive
Predictor Exam or its equivalent. Students who
achieve a score of 95% (ADN) or higher or 92%
(PN) or higher or an equivalent measurement
deemed by the College will receive a grade
change. Students who score below 95% (ADN)
or 92% (PN) on the ATI Comprehensive Predictor
Exam or its equivalent measurement, will fail the
course and be scheduled to repeat the course
required in the following academic quarter and
complete an academic success plan that includes
opportunities for individualized remediation.
Program Changes
A student in good academic standing at the end
of the current quarter will be allowed to change
programs at the start of the next quarter as
long as the request has been received prior to
Friday of the first week of a quarter break.
A student who is not meeting Satisfactory Academic
Progress as defined in the Standards of Satisfactory
Academic Progress guidelines in this catalog who
is changing to a lower credential within the same
program, or a student who is selecting a different
specialization within the same program, or a student
who is requesting to change catalogs within the same
program at the time of the request will be allowed to
make the change regardless of the number of prior
program changes. No appeal process is required. The
request for the program change must be received
prior to Friday of the first week of a quarter break.
A student who is not meeting Satisfactory Academic
Progress as defined in the Standards of Satisfactory
Academic Progress guidelines in this catalog at the
end of the current quarter and does not meet any
of the criteria above must file an appeal with the
campus Program Change Appeal Committee. As part
of the appeal process, the student will be required
to submit a letter following the appeal process
guidelines. The appeal will either be approved or
denied based on a review of academic standing
and progress to date with Rasmussen College and
the information provided in the appeal letter.
59
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
3. Following the third week of the five or six week
term, students will receive an FD/UXD/UD
for any classes dropped. The student’s grade
point average will be affected, the credits will
be counted as cumulative credits attempted,
and tuition will continue to reflect the tuition
billed at the close of the drop/add period.
Students who fail to notify the College that they
wish to withdraw from a class are still scheduled
in the class, the credits for all courses will be
counted as cumulative credits attempted, and
tuition will continue to reflect the tuition billed
at the close of the drop/add period.
Course Withdrawals
The credits for all courses in which the last date
of attendance was after the drop deadline will be
counted in the cumulative credits attempted.
Online Courses
Students may be required to take online
courses in order to complete a degree. All new
students will complete an orientation program
prior to beginning classes. Online course
activities and assignments at Rasmussen
College are conducted via chat, email,
message boards, and interactive websites.
Tuition and fees for online courses are assessed
at the same rate as for residential courses unless
otherwise indicated. Online instructors receive
training and support while operating in the online
environment. A list of computer hardware and
software requirements for online courses is
provided to students upon enrollment. Textbooks
and other resources required for online courses
are available at the Rasmussen College bookstore.
Academic Honors
Term Honors and Dean’s List Recognition
Each term, Rasmussen College recognizes
outstanding academic achievement by awarding
certificates of achievement. Enrolled, degreeseeking students who earn a term grade point
average of 3.25-3.749 will receive an Honor Roll
certificate. Enrolled, degree-seeking students
who earn a term grade point average of 3.754.00 will receive a Dean’s List certificate.
Graduation Honors
Rasmussen College recognizes outstanding
academic achievement by awarding honors to
graduates who meet minimum qualifications.
Students who earn an Associate’s or Bachelor’s
degree, complete all graduation requirements,
and earn a cumulative grade point average
of 3.50 or higher will graduate with honors
and will receive gold cords for the graduation
ceremony as a symbol of this achievement. An
honors designation will appear on the diploma
of an honors graduate who has completed
an Associate’s degree program. Additionally,
the following honors will be noted on the
diplomas of Bachelor’s degree students:
Cum Laude: Bachelor’s students who earn a
cumulative grade point average of 3.50-3.669
Magna Cum Laude: Bachelor’s students who earn
a cumulative grade point average of 3.67-3.749
Summa Cum Laude: Bachelor’s students who earn
a cumulative grade point average of 3.75-4.00
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE STANDARDS OF SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS (SAP)
Satisfactory Academic Progress, or SAP, is defined as the successful progression
through an academic program within a prescribed timeframe.
Cumulative grade point averages and successful completion of credits attempted are monitored quarterly,
and students not meeting the standards are notified. Students who do not meet the standard will be expected
to participate in Project Rally, which includes online learning tools and consultations with a member of the
College team. The student is expected to complete the online learning tool in Project Rally by the first Friday
of the quarter. Failure to complete this tool may result in an administrative withdrawal from the College.
SAP Components: All students must meet all three of the components that are
used to measure a student’s Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) towards the
completion of an academic program. The three components are as follows:
1. GPA. Rasmussen College students are required to achieve and maintain
a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 2.00.
2. Pace/Cumulative Completion Rate (CCR). This is the pace at which a student
progresses through a program. CCR is calculated by dividing cumulative credits
earned by cumulative credits attempted within a program (e.g., 6 credits earned Г· 12
credits attempted = 50%). Minimum standards are listed in the chart below.
Percentage of Credits Attempted Toward
Maximum Time Frame
Minimum Successful Completion of
Cumulative Credit Hours Attempted
Up to 25%
25%
Greater than 25%, up to 50%
50%
Greater than 50%
67%
3. Duration of Eligibility. This is the maximum time frame for program completion
and is equal to 150% of the number of total credits required for the program (e.g.,
maximum time frame for a 90-credit program = 90 X 150%, or 135 credits).
Total credits are indicated for each program listing in the catalog. A student who
exceeds 150% of the maximum time frame is no longer eligible for financial aid.
In calculating Pace/CCR and Duration of Eligibility, the following grades will be considered
attempted, but will not be considered as credits successfully completed or earned: F/FA/FD, U/
UD/UN, W/WD/WF/WP/WX, I/IN. In addition, Foundations courses are not included in the number
of credits attempted or successfully completed when assessing satisfactory progress.
60
rasmussen.edu
Financial Aid Warning: If a student’s CGPA falls below 2.00, or if Pace/CCR standards or
Duration of Eligibility requirements are not met, the student will be placed on Financial
Aid Warning for the subsequent quarter. A student is eligible for financial aid during the
Financial Aid Warning period. A student who fails to meet any one of the components of
SAP at the end of the Financial Aid Warning period is not eligible for financial aid.
Not Eligible for Financial Aid: A student who fails to meet the minimum Satisfactory Academic
Progress requirements at the end of either the Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Probation
period, and who does not successfully appeal, is not eligible for further financial aid funding.
Appeals: A student may appeal his/her assigned status of Not Eligible for Financial Aid to the
Academic Review Committee, which will determine whether mitigating circumstances exist, and, if
so, will forward the appeal to the Vice President of Compliance and Financial Services. All appeals
must be made in writing and must address the nature of the circumstances that the student believes
warrant exception to the policy stated above. All appeals will be reviewed and ruled on within ten
business days, and students will be notified in writing regarding the outcome of the appeal. The
ruling of the Vice President of Compliance and Financial Services is final and cannot be appealed.
Financial Aid Probation: If a student fails to make Satisfactory Academic Progress, but submits a
successful appeal and has his/her eligibility for aid reinstated, he/she will be placed on Financial Aid
Probation. A student is eligible for financial aid during the Financial Aid Probation period. At the end of
the Financial Aid Probation period, the student must meet minimum SAP requirements to be eligible
for further financial aid funding. A student who fails to meet either the CGPA, Pace/CCR, or Duration of
Eligibility requirements at the end of the Financial Aid Probation period is not eligible for financial aid.
Students must regain Satisfactory Academic Progress within two quarters
or they will be terminated from the College. The decision to terminate may
be appealed through the Academic Review Committee process.
Students who withdraw from the College and later re-enter are treated as continuing students
and must meet progress requirements. Re-entry does not negate previous academic status
or satisfactory progress requirements. Satisfactory Academic Progress calculations for a reentering student who changes programs will include only the grades and credits attempted and
earned for courses that are part of the student’s new program; standard CCR requirements
will be followed from the re-entry point and for each quarter thereafter. If other courses have
been taken at another institution and can be transferred in, the courses will be included in
SAP calculations as described elsewhere in this section. A student terminated due to SAP
may not re-enter the College unless he/she has completed coursework elsewhere that is
acceptable for transfer into the College and will bring the student back into good standing.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
TRANSFER OF CREDIT, PRIOR LEARNING AND WAIVERS
Transfer of Previously Earned College Credit
and Prior Learning Assessments
• Credits in Major and Core Courses in the
School of Technology must have been
earned within the previous three (3) years
of the assessment date. Prefixes included
in Florida and Kansas: CAP, CDA, CEN, CET,
CGS, CIS, COP, COT, CNT, CTS, DIG, GRA,
ISM, MAA, and MTB. Prefixes included in
Illinois, Minnesota, North Dakota, Wisconsin:
N, SD and W. This excludes the following
courses, which do not have expirations:
1. Computer Applications and
Business Systems Concepts
2. Excel
• Credits in Major and Core Courses in the
School of Design must have been earned
within the previous five (5) years and
specialization courses within the previous
three (3) years of the assessment date,
excluding Drawing from Observation and
Figure Drawing courses, which do not expire.
• Nursing Programs will not accept any
core course transfers (prefixes NUR/
PRN in Florida; prefixes PN/NU/NUR in
Illinois, Minnesota and Wisconsin).
• Health Sciences core courses as
designated by course prefix (except
for the Medical Terminology course)
have a five year transfer limit.
• The following courses in the Medical
Assisting Program are not transferable;
MA102 Introduction to Medical Assisting,
MA110 Clinical Skills I, MA145 Clinical
Skills II, MA225 Laboratory Skills, MA265
Medical Assisting Externship, and
MA285 Medical Assisting Capstone.
• Transfer of credit for Medical Laboratory
Technician and Surgical Technologist core
courses (ML and ST prefixes) has a 24 month
from time of course completion time limit.
Students who have completed similar course
work that exceeds the 24 month limit can
test-out of the course with a 73% or greater
score on a course assessment. All transfers
or test-outs into the Medical Laboratory
Technician and Surgical Technologist programs
are based on program space availability.
• E xternship, Internship, Practicum and
Reflection Courses cannot be transferred in
from another institution of higher learning.
• Seminar Courses cannot be transferred in
from another institution of higher learning.
• F or students in MN who enroll in the Law Enforcement
Associate’s, Law Enforcement Academic Certificate,
or Law Enforcement Skills Certificate programs,
transfer credits for law enforcement specific
classes (J or LE prefixes) can only be accepted if
the incoming course is from a regionally accredited
college that is POST Board approved. Students
who have credits that are not transferable are
eligible to demonstrate competency by completing
the course specific test out, if available.
Competency Course Transfer Policy
• Credit for successfully completed competency
courses at Rasmussen College will appear
as a credit by examination (TO) grade on a
transcript. Competency course credits awarded
through credit by examination (TO) may not
be transferable to another institution.
• Credit for successfully completed
competency courses that have been
approved by the American Council on
Education (ACE) will appear as a transfer
of credit (TR) on a transcript.
• The decision to accept transfer credits is always
at the discretion of the receiving institution.
• Credits earned through competency courses
count toward the transfer maximum. Credits
earned through competency courses
will count toward earned credits.
2+2 Matriculation for Baccalaureate Candidates
For students who have completed an Associate’s
degree, who enroll in a Rasmussen College
Bachelor’s degree in a similar program area
(i.e., business degrees are required for business,
accounting for accounting, criminal justice/
law enforcement for criminal justice), they will
receive immediate junior-level standing.
• Rasmussen College AAS/AS graduates
will receive actual credits earned
up to 95 credits (97 in Illinois).
• A block of up to 91 quarter credits for graduates
from outside institutions will be awarded.
• If a student has more AAS/AS credits than the
enrolling program requires, then the student
may have fewer upper-division courses to take.
The School Director will provide a list of courses
for reduction when needed. This applies only
to the Business Management BS degree.
• If the student has taken all of the required
upper division courses and is still short
credits, the remaining credits will be
fulfilled by taking unrestricted electives.
• Students must complete the required number
of total credits in the program to earn a
Rasmussen College Bachelor of Science degree.
• For the Bachelor in Computer Science, the
two year degree must be in an equivalent
computer science field and have a programming
course comparable to Programming II and
a math course comparable to Calculus II in
order to qualify. If those conditions are not
met, the 2+2 policy cannot be applied.
• For the Bachelor in Health Information Management,
qualifying Associate degrees have to be from a
CAHIIM accredited program and earned within the
past five years. If the degree was obtained over
five years ago, the student needs to have work
experience in the health information industry within
the last five years and be approved by the Program
Coordinator. The student may also enroll if he/she has
an RHIT credential and an earned Associate degree
in any field. If so, the student needs to submit his/
her AHIMA membership card, showing it as current.
• For Bachelor of Science Healthcare
Management program students, credits will be
transferred based on the guidelines below:
1) H
ealth Sciences Programs (including Medical
Assisting AAS/AS, Health Information
Technician AAS/AS, Medical Administration
AAS/AS, Pharmacy Technician AAS/
AS) – Transfer 45 lower level core credits
in a block transfer and 32 lower level
General Education credits (34 in Illinois)
for a total of 73 credits (75 in Illinois).
In addition, these students will need to take
Financial Accounting I, Financial Accounting
II, Introduction to Business and Introduction
to Human Resource Management in the core.
2) Business Programs:
a) B
usiness Management AAS/AS – Transfer
49 lower level core credits in a block
transfer and 32 lower level General
Education credits (34 in Illinois) for
a total of 81 credits (83 in Illinois). In
addition, these students will need to take
Medical Terminology, Electronic Health
Records and Medical Office Procedures.
b) A
ccounting AAS/AS – Transfer 44 lower
level core credits in a block transfer
and 32 lower level General Education
credits (34 in Illinois) for a total of 76
credits (78 in Illinois). In addition, these
students will need to take Introduction to
Human Resource Management, Medical
Terminology, Electronic Health Records
and Medical Office Procedures.
3) The remaining core content necessary for
the Healthcare Management degree will be
provided in the 300 and 400 level core courses.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
General Transfer Credit Policy
• Rasmussen College reserves the right
to accept or deny transfer of credit
based on the guidelines below.
• Students who wish to transfer credits
to Rasmussen College must first apply
for admission to the College.
• S tudents must request that official transcripts
containing coursework for review be sent
directly to Rasmussen College. It is the student’s
responsibility to ensure that all official transcripts
have been received by Rasmussen College.
• As part of the acceptance process, official
and unofficial transcripts will be evaluated
for transfer of credit. Students will receive
notification regarding the total number
of credits accepted for transfer and the
equivalent Rasmussen College courses.
• A student may send copies of transcripts or
documents during the initial admissions process
for estimation purposes only. Any transfer credit
conditionally awarded through the use of an
unofficial transcript will be rescinded if an official
transcript is not received by Rasmussen College
prior to the completion of the student’s first quarter,
after which the student will be required to complete
the necessary credits in order to receive the degree.
• College-level courses completed at regionally
or nationally accredited institutions of higher
learning as recognized by the Department
of Education and the Council on Higher
Education Accreditation (CHEA), or recognized
by the American Council on Education,
will be considered for college transfer.
• Students must complete 33% of their program
requirements at Rasmussen College, and no
more than 67% may be completed via transfer
credits, course waivers, credit by examination,
or other means, except as noted below.
1. Students in the Medical Assisting, Medical
Laboratory Technician, and Surgical
Technologist programs must complete at
least 50% of their program requirements at
Rasmussen College, and no more than 50%
may be completed via transfer credits, course
waivers, credit by examination, or other
means, with the exception of “block transfer”
candidates for the Surgical Technologist and
Medical Assisting Associate’s degree programs.
2. Students in the Professional Nursing
Associate’s degree program must complete
at least 45% of their program requirements
at Rasmussen College, and no more than 55%
may be completed via transfer credits, course
waivers, credit by examination, or other means.
3. Students eligible and approved for the
Surgical Technologist Associate’s Degree
Completer Block Transfer must complete 33%
of their program requirements at Rasmussen
College, and no more than 67% may be
completed via transfer credits, course waivers,
credit by examination, or other means.
4. Students in the Nursing Bachelor’s degree
program must complete at least 25% of
their program requirements at Rasmussen
College, and no more than 75% may be
completed via transfer credits, course waivers,
credit by examination, or other means.
• Rasmussen College awards quarter credits.
In considering transfer courses, a semester
credit is equivalent to 1.5 quarter credits.
The calculated number is rounded down.
Transfer credits based on a different unit
of credit than quarters will be subject to
conversion prior to being transferred.
• International transcripts must be evaluated
by a NACES approved organization (National
Association of Credential Evaluation Services)
or by AACRAO International Education Services
(IES) to ensure the student’s credit transfer is
equivalent to Rasmussen course content. The
evaluation is the student’s responsibility.
• Transfer credit is evaluated based on
the program in which the student is
applying for or is currently enrolled in.
• Credits earned at Rasmussen College will
be transferred directly from one Rasmussen
College campus to another. Only the
classes that are applicable to the current
program will be posted or calculated.
• Grade points from institutions other than
Rasmussen College will not be computed in
the Rasmussen College grade point average,
but will be counted as credits attempted
and earned for determining Satisfactory
Academic Progress. All credits considered
to be earned toward program completion,
including test-out, transfer, and course
waiver credits, are also credits attempted.
• Courses which have been accepted for transfer
will be listed on the student’s transcript with
a Transfer (TR) designation. Transfer credits
which have been conditionally accepted
pending the receipt of an official transcript
will be listed with a Pending Transfer (PT)
designation. Any pending transfer credits
still remaining at the end of the student’s
program will be removed and the student
will be required to complete the program
requirements in order to graduate.
• Courses for which a student has received credit
by examination will be listed on the student’s
transcript with a Test Out (TO) designation.
• Courses for which a student has
received credit through waiver will be
listed on the student’s transcript with
a Course Waiver (CW) designation.
• When courses are not accepted for
transfer, a student may file an appeal
through the following process:
1. T he student completes an appeal form.
Supplemental information such as a syllabus,
course description, or text may be required.
2. The information will be reviewed by
the Associate College Registrar.
3. T he student will receive written
notice of the decision.
Course By Course Transfer
• Course by course transfer credits from
regionally or nationally accredited institutions
of higher learning will be evaluated on
course content. Most courses that are
comparable in content will be accepted.
• Course must have the minimum number of
credits to that of the Rasmussen College course.
• Only courses completed with a grade of C or
higher, or a grade of Pass (in a Pass/Fail grading
system), will be eligible for transfer credit.
• Grade points from institutions other than
Rasmussen College will not be computed
in the Rasmussen College grade-point
average. Grade-point averages and grades
from courses taken at any of the Rasmussen
College campuses, which pertain to the
current program, will be computed in the
student’s final grade-point average.
• General education credits may be considered
for transfer regardless of completion date.
61
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
General Education Block Transfer for
Baccalaureate Candidates
For students with a conferred degree, general
education coursework will be transferred as
a block regardless of conferred degree or
degree sought through Rasmussen College.
• All required general education courses must
be met due to accreditation requirements.
• Conferred Associate’s degrees may be posted
as a block of up to 40-credits (up to 42-credits
in Illinois), depending upon the Program
• Conferred Baccalaureate degrees may be
posted as a block of up to 64-credit block (up
to 66-credit block in Illinois), depending upon
the program, comprised of up to 40 lower-level
and 24 upper-level credits (up to 42 lowerlevel and 24 upper-level credits in Illinois).
• For those students without an earned
degree, successfully completed general
education credits will be applied.
Medical Assisting Associate’s Degree
Completer Block Transfer Policy
A block transfer of 51 core credits may be allowed
into the Medical Assistant Associate’s Degree
program if one of the following criteria is met:
1. Graduated from a CAAHEP or ABHES
accredited MA diploma or certificate program
within the past 3 years and holds a current
CMA (AAMA)/ RMA (AMT) certification; or
2. Graduated over 3 years ago from a CAAHEP or
ABHES accredited MA diploma or certificate
program, but has worked as an MA within
for the past 3 years and holds a current
CMA (AAMA)/RMA (AMT) certification.
Students may seek a course-by-course
transfer credits or course waiver for MA250/
MEA 2290 (Radiography Skills) only if
they have a limited scope x-ray operators
certificate. Students will need to complete 32
general education credits and E242 (Career
Development), unless transferred in.
When applying this policy, the
transfer maximum is 67%.
Rasmussen College Medical Assisting Diploma
graduates will receive actual credits earned in their
program up to a maximum. The maximum equals
the credit value of the current Diploma program.
Block Transfer for Health Sciences Associate’s Degree
For students who have completed a healthcare
Certificate or Diploma in the last five years and
enroll into the Health Sciences Associate’s
Degree program, a total block transfer of
19 major/core credits may be posted.
For students who have completed a Diploma
or Associate’s Degree in Medical Assisting
in the last five years and enroll in the Health
Sciences Associate’s Degree program
Phlebotomy Track, a total block transfer of
25 major/core credits may be posted.
For students who have completed a Diploma
or Associate’s Degree in Medical Assisting in
the last five years and enroll into the Health
Sciences Associate’s Degree program EKG
Technician Track, a total block transfer of
26 major/core credits may be posted.
RN to Bachelor of Science Nursing
(RN to BSN) Policy
Students who have met the acceptance for
admissions requirements and hold a current
unencumbered Registered Nurse license and
have successfully completed an Associate’s
degree in Nursing will receive a block transfer,
equivalent to 113 credits for their general
education, nursing core and licensure.
62
rasmussen.edu
Students who have met the acceptance
for admissions requirements and hold a
current unencumbered RN license without an
Associate’s Degree will receive 66 credits for
their nursing core and licensure. These students
will need to have previously completed 19
transferrable course credits comparable to
Introduction to Human Biology, Introduction
to Microbiology, Human Anatomy & Physiology
I and Human Anatomy & Physiology II to
enroll in this program, as Rasmussen does not
offer these courses online. The remaining 28
credits of lower division General Education,
if not transferred in from a previous college
transcript, will need to be completed.
• Upper division core classes are not transferable.
• Upper division General Education coursework
is transferable and follows the standard
Course by Course Transfer Policy.
• The total percentage of credits that may
be transferred into the program is 75%.
Credit by Examination
(for non-Competency Courses)
• Enrolled students may request
credit by examination for courses if
an exam has been developed.
• Students seeking to utilize a Microbiology
credit by examination must provide transcripts
indicating they have successfully passed
with a C grade or higher from an accredited
institution a Microbiology course of a minimum
four quarter credits which contains both a
didactic component and lab. Qualified students
who score 73% or higher on the credit by
examination will earn a Microbiology “TO”
on their Rasmussen College transcript.
• An examination score of 73% or higher is
required to earn credit by examination.
• The examination grade will be posted as
Test-out (TO) on the student transcript.
• Credits earned count in the transfer maximum.
• Credit by examination will not count as
credits for financial-aid eligibility.
• A credit by examination may be taken
only once for each course.
• If a student has already attempted the course,
as indicated by a posted W/WD/WP or F/FA/
FD grade, no test-out attempt will be allowed.
• Credits awarded through credit by examination
(TO) may not be transferable to another institution.
• Contact your Student Advisor for a list
of available challenge exams.
Course Waivers
Medical Coding Practicum Waiver
• Students with a minimum cumulative GPA
of 3.0 in their program major courses may
request a waiver for the Medical Coding
practicum coursework. Students must
complete and submit the required paperwork
to their Program Coordinator/Director prior
to the start of the quarter of the practicum.
• Students must have a variety of experiences
in the necessary medical fields rather than
from just one area, and documentation will
be required from the student’s employer.
The Program Coordinator/ Director will
inform the Campus Manager of Student
Records of the result of the evaluation.
• If the waiver is granted, the grade will be posted
on the student transcript as a Course Waiver
(CW) once the course waiver form is signed.
School of Education Waivers
• Students who have a current and valid CDA
Credential, awarded by the Council for
Professional Recognition, and are enrolled
in the Early Childhood Education Associate’s
degree, Early Childhood Education Diploma,
or Early Childhood Education Certificate may
request a waiver from Foundations of Child
Development; Early Childhood Education
Curriculum and Instruction; and Health,
Safety and Nutrition/CDA Application.
• The student’s credential will be reviewed,
and if the criteria are met, Rasmussen
College will waive the course requirements
and the grades will be posted on the student
transcript as a Course Waiver (CW) once
the course waiver request form is signed.
School of Justice Studies Waivers
• Course waivers will be considered for students
who have select professional certifications from
recognized state police/corrections academies.
• Course waivers will be considered for
specific courses within the School of Justices
Studies related to the certification.
• No time limit for earning certifications.
• The student’s credential will be reviewed, and
if the criteria are met, the course requirements
will be waived and the grades will be posted on
the student’s transcript as a Course Waiver (CW)
once the course waiver request form is signed.
• Course waivers will be considered for students
who have attended and successfully completed
the following courses offered through the MN
BCA Criminal Justice Training and Education
Program (BCA-CJTE). Student must present
evidence of their attendance by submitting
a course certificate of completion.
1. Basic Narcotics
2. BCA Crime Scene Course
3. Crime Prevention Practitioner Course
4. Financial Investigation Techniques Course
5. Forensic Science Partners Course
6. Leadership in Police Organizations Course
7. Southern Police Institute Homicide Course
Similar courses will be considered upon
request. A review of the content against the
syllabus of the course for which transfer is
requested will be assessed, awarding of a
waiver is at the sole discretion of the Dean of
the School of Justice Studies. Sufficient time
must be allowed for an appropriate review,
the student will be required to submit the
syllabus of the course, the hours required,
and evidence of completion of the course.
School of Business Waivers
Course waivers will be considered for students
who have select professional certifications
from the HR Certification Instituteв„ў for the
distinction of Professional in Human Resources
(PHR) or for the distinction of Senior Professional
in Human Resource Management (SPHR)
• Course waivers will be considered for specific
courses within the School of Business related to
the certification and the program of enrollment.
• Certifications must be current.
• The student’s credential will be reviewed, and
if the criteria are met, the course requirements
will be waived and the grades will be posted on
the student’s transcript as a Course Waiver (CW)
once the course waiver request form is signed.
• Students presenting evidence of certification
by the HR Certification Institute for the
distinction of PHR will be awarded the
following credit as Course Waiver (CW):
1. Introduction to Human
Resource Management
2. Employment Law
3. Modern Human Resource Management
4. Workforce and Labor Relations Management
• Students presenting evidence of certification
by the HR Certification Institute for the
distinction of SPHR will be awarded the
following credit as Course Waiver (CW):
1. Introduction to Human
Resource Management
2. Employment Law
3. Modern Human Resource Management
4. Workforce and Labor Relations Management
5. Strategic Human resource Management
School of Technology Waivers
• Course Waivers will be considered for students
who have select professional certifications
from the Computing Technology Industry
Association (CompTIA); Microsoft; Cisco; (ISC)ВІ;
Apple; VMWare; EMCВІ; Oracle ; C++ Institute.
• Course waivers will be considered for
specific courses within the School of
Technology related to the certification.
• Certifications must have been earned within the
last three years or are current through renewal.
• Contact your Student Advisor for a
list of available challenge exams
• The student’s credential will be reviewed, and
if the criteria are met, the course requirements
will be waived and the grades will be posted on
the student’s transcript as a Course Waiver (CW)
once the course waiver request form is signed.
School of Design Waivers
• Course Waivers will be considered for
students who have select professional
certifications from Adobe (Certified Associate
or Certified Expert) and Autodesk.
• Course Waivers will be considered for
specific courses within the School of
Design related to the certification.
• Certifications must have been earned within the
last three years or are current through renewal.
• The student’s credential will be reviewed, and
if the criteria are met, the course requirements
will be waived and the grades will be posted on
the student’s transcript as a Course Waiver (CW)
once the course waiver request form is signed.
School of Health Sciences Waivers
• Course waivers will be considered for students
who have earned the Certified Coding Specialist
(CCS or CCS-P) from AHIMA. In addition, an
X-Ray operator license may also be considered.
• Certifications must be current.
• Course waivers will be considered for specific
courses related to the certification.
• The student’s credential will be reviewed, and
if the criteria are met, will waive the course
requirements and the grades will be posted on
the student transcript as a Course Waiver (CW)
once the course waiver request form is signed.
School of Nursing Waivers
• Students who enroll in the Professional
Nursing AS program and have a practical
nursing license that is current and
unencumbered on the date their program
starts at Rasmussen College, may request
a waiver from NU117/NUR1172 Nutritional
Principles in Nursing and NU203/NUR2034C
Fundamentals of Professional Nursing.
• The student’s license status, as recorded on
the state’s licensing website will be reviewed,
and if the criteria are met, Rasmussen
College will waive the course requirements
and the grades will be posted on the student
transcript as Course Waiver (CW) once the
course waiver request form is signed.
• This does not apply to the Illinois
Professional Nursing AAS program.
Fire Science Waivers
The following coursework is available only at the
Romeoville Fire Science Academy* location, and
will not be offered through Rasmussen College:
Fire Officer I Certificate
• FS290 Fire Service Instructor I
• FS180 Strategy & Tactics I
• FS115 Fire Prevention
• FS250 Management I: Fire
Department Leadership I
• FS 255 Management II: Fire
Department Leadership II
Fire Officer II Certificate
• FS295 Instructor II
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Transcripts
Transcripts for graduates and students who
have completed their course of study are
provided without charge; however a fee of
$5.00 is charged for all other transcripts.
The institution reserves the right to withhold
official academic transcripts from students
under certain circumstances such as having an
outstanding financial obligation to the College.
EXTERNSHIPS,
PRACTICUMS,
AND CLINICALS
Health Sciences Externships,
Practicums, and Clinicals
Externships, clinicals, and practicums or
Health Sciences programs are to be conducted
in Rasmussen approved locations. Each
practicum site will be established utilizing an
agreement to determine the responsibilities
of the practicum partner, Rasmussen College,
and the participating student. Students may
need to travel out of the immediate area to
complete practicum activities. The cost of any
such travel is the responsibility of the student.
Practicums/Externships in Health Sciences
programs have attendance expectations that differ
from the general Rasmussen College Attendance
Policy. These attendance policies can be found
in the program-specific manuals/handbooks.
In order to successfully complete a practicum
experience, students must complete the required
number of practicum hours for the course.
Students who do not complete all required
practicum hours during the quarter in which the
course is scheduled will fail the practicum course.
All student activities associated with the
curriculum, especially while the student
is completing his or her clinical rotations,
will be educational in nature. The student
will not receive any monetary remuneration
during this educational experience, nor
will he or she be substituted for hired staff
personnel within the clinical institution.
Often, students will be offered a position towards
the end of their rotation. It must be understood
by both parties that should compensation
occur for time associated with the practicum
requirement, the student may be dismissed from
the program and forfeit any accumulated hours.
POLICIES AND
GRIEVANCES
Accommodations Policy
The mission of Rasmussen College in disability
services is to create an accessible college
community where students with disabilities have
an equal opportunity to participate fully in all
aspects of the educational experience. Rasmussen
College recognizes its obligation under the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and commits to the
success of its students and faculty by prohibiting
discrimination on the basis of disability and
requiring reasonable accommodations to qualified
disabled students in all programs and activities.
Students with disabilities do not have to
self-disclose or register with the Campus
Accommodations Coordinator, although the
College encourages them to do so. Students
seeking academic accommodations or adjustments
must contact the Campus Accommodations
Coordinator to request such services. Students
who are unsure who to contact should check
with their Academic Dean or Campus Director.
Attendance
A basic requirement for employment in any
organization is regular, on-time attendance.
Rasmussen College students are expected to be on
time and in regular attendance for all of their classes.
Workplace etiquette also requires a call be made if an
absence is necessary. Rasmussen College students
are expected to call the College and to indicate
if they will be absent or tardy. It is the student’s
responsibility to contact the instructor to get
missed information, class work, and assignments.
Attendance requirements are met by (a) attending
a face-to-face course session at the campus or
other class location, or (b) substantive online
activity, including commentary in the discussion
section of the online classroom, posting of required
assignments and course quizzes and exams in a
timely manner. Discussion posts in the student
lounge area of the classroom are encouraged but
do not count as attendance activities. Attendance
is not equivalent to participation. Student grades
will be impacted by the frequency and quality of
participation in class, whether face-to-face or online,
consistent with the requirements of the particular
course and as outlined in the course syllabus.
Rasmussen College uses a standard grading scale
for its courses (although some programs may be
required to follow additional standards). Faculty
are required to keep accurate attendance records
which are submitted to Student Records. Rasmussen
College makes attendance records available to
supporting agencies and prospective employers.
Students must maintain regular attendance and
be in satisfactory academic standing to remain
eligible for financial aid. First Week Attendance:
Students are expected to meet attendance
requirements in their courses on or before the
seventh (7th) day of the start of a term. Students
who have not met the attendance requirement
in at least one scheduled College course
within seven days of the start of a term may be
administratively withdrawn from the College.
Course Attendance: If a student has not been in
attendance in a course within 14 days of their last
date of attendance in that course, he or she may be
administratively withdrawn from the course. If the
student has not been in attendance in any courses
within 14 days of their last day of attendance, he
or she may be administratively withdrawn from
the College. Upon withdrawal a student’s financial
aid eligibility will be adjusted according to the
Institution’s refund policy as described in the College
catalog and will be assigned grades according to
the Rasmussen College Drop/Add Class Policy.
Practicums/Externships in Nursing and Health
Sciences programs have attendance requirements
that are more stringent than the attendance
policy above. Attendance policies for programs
with additional requirements can be found in
program-specific manuals/handbooks.
Rasmussen College Academic Integrity Policy
I. Introduction
As an institution of higher learning, Rasmussen
College is committed to preparing students
to be active, productive and successful
contributors to a global community. In pursuit
of this commitment, students, faculty and
staff of Rasmussen College are expected to
uphold the very highest business and personal
ethics. Students of Rasmussen College commit
to holding themselves and their peers to the
foremost level of academic integrity, and accept
responsibility should behaviors and actions
fall short of the College’s expectations.
II. Definitions
a) A
cademic Misconduct is the violation of
the Academic Integrity Policy, including
all forms of academic cheating including
but not limited to acts listed below
and any other act perpetrated to give
unfair advantage to the student.
b) C heating: Distributing or receiving
answers or information by any means
other than those expressly permitted
by an instructor for any academic
exercise. Examples include:
i. C opying answers, data, or information
for any academic exercise from
another student in which the
student is not expressly permitted
to work jointly with others.
ii. I mpersonation: Assuming another
student’s identity or allowing another
person to complete an academic
exercise on one’s own behalf.
iii. U
sing or attempting to use
unauthorized materials, texts,
devices, notes, information or
study aids in any academic exercise
(i.e., assignments, discussions,
tests, quizzes, papers, labs).
c) C ollusion: Knowingly assisting, attempting
to assist, or receiving assistance from
another student or students to commit
academic misconduct, or conspiring with
any other person in or outside of the College
to commit misconduct.
d) Destruction, Theft, Obstruction,
Interference: Seeking to gain unfair
academic advantage by destroying,
damaging, or stealing equipment or products
of any academic exercise; or obstructing
or interfering with an instructor’s materials
or another student’s academic work.
e) Fabrication, Falsification, Forgery:
Deliberately falsifying, altering,
or inventing student records,
information or citations. Forgery is
the act of imitating or counterfeiting
documents, signatures, and the like.
f) P lagiarism is the act of representing
an individual’s or organization’s
words, thoughts, or ideas as one’s
own. Examples include:
i. U
sing information (a paraphrase or
quotation, in whole or in part) from
a source without attempting to give
credit to the author of that source.
ii. U
sing charts, illustrations,
images, figures, equations, etc.,
without citing the source.
iii. U
sing an academic exercise (in whole
or in part) purchased or copied from
a ghostwriter or paper/essay mill.
iv. Copyright infringement or piracy,
including the use, alteration, or
duplication of media, software, code, or
information when expressly prohibited
or where copyright exists or is implied.
v. Submitting work previously graded in another
course without prior approval by the course
instructor; or, submitting the same work in
two or more concurrent courses without
prior approval by all course instructors.
III. Violations
A student who violates the Academic Integrity
policy faces severe penalty from the College.
Violations may occur in one or more courses
in one or more quarters and accumulate for
all quarters in which the student is enrolled.
Upon conclusion by the student’s instructor
and the student’s Dean that the student
has committed Academic Misconduct,
the following penalties will be applied:
a) F irst Offense. The student will receive no
credit on the assignment in question and
will not be allowed to redo the work.
b) S econd Offense. The student will be
expelled from the course, and the final
grade assigned for the course will be
an �FD’. The student may re-take the
course, but the �FD’ will remain on the
transcript even if the student re-takes
the course and earns a passing grade.
The College reserves the right to dismiss a student
from the College if there are more than two
offenses. A student dismissed from the College
because of Academic Misconduct may not re-enroll.
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
• FS205 Strategy & Tactics II
• FS280 Management III
• FS285 Management IV
These courses are offered through the Romeoville
Fire Academy in partnership with Rasmussen
College. These courses will be billed at a rate of
$325 per course by the Romeoville Fire Academy
and are not eligible for Financial Aid through
Rasmussen College. The student’s credential for
each Certificate will be reviewed, and if the criteria
are met, Rasmussen College will waive the course
requirements and the grades will be posted on
the student’s transcript as a Course Waiver (CW).
Students who fail to submit the evidence of the
successfully completed Fire Officer 1 & Fire Officer
II certifications will be dropped from the program.
*Alternatively, a student may present original Fire
Officer 1 and/or Fire Officer II certification from an
Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshall authorized
agency and may be granted a Course Waiver for
the corresponding Rasmussen coursework.
Students eligible and approved for the Fire Science
AAS Degree must complete at least 33% of their
program at Rasmussen College, and no more than
67% may be completed via transfer credits, course
waivers, credit by examination or other means.
College Equivalency Credit
Credits earned through college equivalency
programs will be posted on student transcripts
as Test-Out credits (TO) and will not be assigned
letter grades or applied to cumulative grade
point average. Rasmussen College recognizes
the following college equivalencies:
• Advanced Placement (AP) examinations
administered by The College Board.
A score of 3 or higher required.
• College-Level Examination Program
(CLEP) examinations administered by The
College Board. A score of 50 or higher
is required for computer-based testing
since 2/15/2003. For paper-based exams
taken prior to 2/15/2003, the CLEP ACE
recommended score will be used.
• DSST, DANTES, Excelsior College
Exams. Passing scores are determined
by the individual test requirements.
Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) credits
may be earned by going through the PLA
process as established through The Council
for Adult Experiential Learning (CAEL).
• Other types of college equivalency courses
and/or examinations may be evaluated for
eligibility by the Associate College Registrars.
Military Experience Equivalency Credit
College credit for military service may be
awarded upon review of a military transcript.
Rasmussen College follows the American
Council of Education (ACE) recommendations
on transferring credit. These credits are usually
listed on Sailor/Marine American Council on
Education Registry Transcript (SMART), Defense
Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support
(DANTES) transcript, College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) score, Coast Guard Institute
(CGI) transcript, Army American Council on
Education Registry Transcript System (AARTS)
transcript and/or Community College of the Air
Force (CCAF) transcript. ACE military credits
recommendations which have been accepted
for transfer will be listed on the student’s
transcript with a Transfer (TR) designation.
Transfer to Other Colleges
Rasmussen College does not imply or guarantee
that credits completed at Rasmussen College
will be accepted or transferable to any other
college, university, or institution. Graduates
or students who would like to transfer credits
earned at Rasmussen College to another
school should understand that the decision
to accept transfer credits is always at the
discretion of the receiving institution. Please
see the Manager of Student Records with
questions about transfer to other colleges.
63
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Students who commit Academic Misconduct also
run the risk of harming future educational and
employment opportunities. Reference forms sent
by prospective employers and other educational
institutions often ask for judgment and comment
on a student’s ethical behavior. As the form is
sent at the behest of the student, the student
waives any rights he or she may have under the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to
keep Academic Integrity violations confidential.
IV. C oncurrent Offenses: A concurrent offense
is an instance of Academic Misconduct that
occurs at the same time as another instance
(i.e., two or more assignments submitted at the
same time in the same or different courses), or
instances of misconduct that occur prior to the
student receiving notice of the immediate prior
offense. Concurrent offenses will be treated as
a single offense, and the appropriate penalty
will be applied for all concurrent violations.
V. A ppeal: A student who disagrees with a ruling of
Academic Misconduct has one week to appeal
the ruling in writing to his/her Dean. If the Dean
confirms the violation, the appeal is reviewed by
the Academic Integrity Committee, which has one
week from the time that they receive the appeal to
thoroughly investigate and rule on the appeal. If the
issue remains unresolved, the student must submit
a written statement of appeal to the Vice President
of Academic Affairs – Learning & Teaching
thereafter. Response will be given within 30 days.
Conduct/Dismissal
Students are expected to conduct themselves with
the same standards of behavior as are expected
in the workplace and in the community at large.
Consequently, the following is an all encompassing
policy regarding student conduct. The College
reserves the right to suspend or terminate any
students whose conduct is detrimental to the
educational environment. Conduct/dismissal
guidelines for School of Nursing Students, or
School of Health Sciences students enrolled
in the Medical Assisting, Health Information
Technician/Management, Medical Laboratory
Technician and Surgical Technologist programs
can be found in each programmatic handbook
provided at programmatic orientation. This
includes, but is not limited to, conduct:
• By students, faculty, or staff that is
detrimental within the classroom environment.
• That interferes with the wellbeing of the fellow students and/
or faculty and staff members.
• That causes damage to the appearance
or structure of the College facility
and/or its equipment.
• By students who copy or otherwise
plagiarize the assignments/projects
of other students or professionals.
• By students who otherwise display
conduct detrimental to their own academic
progress or ultimate success in the field
for which they are being educated.
Students, employees, and guests using Rasmussen
networks to access the internet are prohibited
from viewing inappropriate material or visiting
sites which have been identified as facilitating
the violation of copyright/intellectual property
protections or other suspicious/illegal activity.
Prohibited material could include pornographic
images, illegal file sharing programs (such as
the illegal downloading and sharing of music),
or other violations of the Rasmussen College
Acceptable Use Policy. Violations will result in
the loss of network use privileges and possibly
other penalties, up to and including dismissal.
64
rasmussen.edu
Anti-Hazing Policy
It shall be the policy of the College to strictly prohibit
any action or situation which may recklessly or
intentionally endanger the mental, physical health
or safety of its students for the purpose of initiation
or admission into or affiliation with any organization
operating under the sanction of the College. This
policy applies to any student or other person who
may be associated with any student organization.
Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary
action including but not limited to suspension
and/or termination from school or employment.
The Campus Director of the College shall be
responsible for the administration of this policy.
Dress Code
Rasmussen College encourages students
to dress as if they were going to work and
to start acquiring a wardrobe suitable
for employment after graduation.
Several programs, including those in our School
of Nursing and our School of Health Sciences,
have stringent dress code and professional
appearance requirements. Standards are specified
in the applicable program handbooks. In some
cases, failure to meet the required standard
may impact a student’s ability to participate in
an externship or clinical experience, and may
ultimately impact the student’s grade. Please
consult the handbook specific to your program or
see your Program Coordinator/Dean for details.
Rasmussen College Minimum Technical Requirements
In order to be successful in online courses, you must use
a computer system that meets or exceeds the minimum
technical requirements specified in the course. If you
do not meet those requirements, you may need to
attend a campus to complete some assignments.
Due to frequent changes in technology,
technological requirements change periodically.
Technical requirements necessary for online
courses to run properly are located on the
following website: http://content.learntoday. info/
course_files/techinfo/techinfo_ols.html, which is
updated regularly to reflect current requirements.
Current technical requirements are as follows:
Technical Requirements
These are the technical requirements necessary
for your online courses to run properly. Please
read this information carefully, as you must
ensure that your computer is properly configured.
Please note, some courses require the use of
software that is not Mac compatible. If you
use a Mac, you may need to attend a campus,
use a PC, or run the software in Windows
emulation mode in order to complete some
required course activities and assignments.
1. Web Browser Requirements
The following web browsers are
formally supported and tested:
• With PCs running Windows OS:
- Google Chrome
-Firefox
- Internet Explorer version 8, 9 or 10;
• With Macs running OS X:
- Google Chrome
-Firefox
- Safari 5 or 6.0.x
Please note, there is currently no
support for Firefox, Internet Explorer,
Safari or Chrome on mobile devices.
2. Cookies Must Be Enabled on your Browser
A cookie is a small file that is placed on your
computer by the server. Cookies are a very
common Internet technology used by many
websites, such as Amazon or eBay. Your
browser has a setting that allows you to
control whether you allow cookies or not.
Since cookies are so common, your browser
probably already has cookies enabled. If you are
unsure whether your browser is set up properly,
please call the Personal Support Center.
3. Required Plug-ins
Flash
Your courses may include images or
animations that require the Flash plug-in.
If you do not have Flash installed, or
have difficulty viewing the animations,
you may load the most current version
of the Flash plug-in here: http://
get.adobe.com/flashplayer/.
Shockwave
Your courses may include images or
animations that require the Shockwave
plug-in. If you do not have Shockwave
installed, or have difficulty viewing the
animations, you may load the most
current version of the Shockwave plug-in
here: get.adobe.com/shockwave.
Acrobat Reader
Your courses may include .pdf files, which
require the Adobe Acrobat Reader. If
Acrobat is not installed on your computer,
please download the free Adobe Acrobat
Reader: get.adobe.com/reader/.
Microsoft PowerPoint
Your courses may include Microsoft
PowerPoint presentations. If you do not
have PowerPoint installed on your computer,
you may use the free PowerPoint viewer to
view the course materials. Download the
free PowerPoint viewer here: microsoft.
com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=13.
Microsoft Word
Your courses require the use of
Microsoft Word to turn in written
assignments. If you do not have Word,
please contact your instructor.
Microsoft Excel
Your courses may require Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet software. If you do not have
Excel, please contact your instructor.
ZIP File Compression Utility
Your courses may require the use of a
compression utility, like 7-Zip, to create a
“zipped” file (i.e. filename.zip). If you do
not have a compression utility installed
on your computer, you may download
a free copy of 7-Zip here: 7-zip.org.
If your computer is running Windows XP,
or newer, there is a compression utility
already built in. For help “zipping” and
“unzipping” files using the Windows
compression tools, please view the
demonstrations at content.learntoday.info/
course_files/techinfo/techinfo_ols.html.
Student Senate
The Student Senate assists the College in
providing a successful, positive, and rewarding
atmosphere by organizing campus events.
The Student Senate meets on a regular basis.
Students are encouraged to participate in
the open forum discussions or may petition
to be one of the board representatives.
The representatives include: President,
Vice President, Treasurer, and Secretary.
Student Senate is open to all students, however
student groups vary from campus to campus.
Therefore, students should see their Campus
Director for information regarding student groups.
Exit Interviews
Students contemplating the termination of their
education at Rasmussen College should contact
the Dean or Campus Director or Student Advisor,
and then the Student Financial Services Office.
Academic and financial aid files are not complete
until both exit interviews have been completed.
All students graduating or withdrawing (that have
financial aid) are required to attend a mandatory
exit interview. During this interview, students
receive information regarding their loan(s) including
address and telephone numbers of lenders,
deferment requests, a list of qualifications, a
sample repayment guide, loan consolidation
information, and review of loan terms.
The Student Financial Services Office
is available for your assistance for the
duration of your student loan.
Rasmussen College reserves the right to
withhold the release of academic information,
and other records, pending settlement
of any amount due to the College.
Circulation Policy
Library Mission & Introduction
Rasmussen College Library System, in
accordance with the mission of the College,
promotes life-long learning, develops information
literacy skills, and fosters educational
achievement. The library is dedicated to
supporting the diverse education and information
needs of our online and residential communities.
In support of this mission, we:
• E xtend our resources and
personalized services to all students
and employees of the College;
• Empower students to access
information independently in the
changing world of technology;
• Support faculty by providing professional
development and instructional partnerships;
• Engage in responsive collection
development and resource sharing; and
• Collaborate with faculty to select
resources in a variety of formats.
This circulation policy supports the library mission
by ensuring that library materials are available to
members of the Rasmussen College community and
other library users on an equitable basis. Exceptions
to this policy may be granted by the Campus Librarian
on a case-by-case basis if need is demonstrated.
Borrowing Materials: General
The following persons are permitted to check
out materials owned by our campus libraries:
•Rasmussen College students and alumni in
good financial standing with the College
• Rasmussen College faculty and staff
in good standing with the library
• Community, consortia, and interlibrary loan
patrons in good standing with the library
A patron in good standing with the library is
defined as a person who has no overdue items
and owes no fees toward damaged or lost items.
A library user is responsible for any items checked
out in his or her name. Rasmussen College retains
the right to deny borrowing privileges to any person
in violation of this or any other library policy.
Loan Periods
Circulating materials are loaned for 21 calendar
days and may be renewed up to two times if
there are no outstanding holds on the material.
Special materials are loaned for 3 hours
or 3 days, depending on the material type.
Restricted materials may not be renewed.
Library materials must be returned to the
library on or before the end of the loan
period. Returned materials are accepted at
any campus library and may be delivered
in person or mailed to the campus.
Non-circulating materials are not loaned
but may be used in the library.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Informal Resolution
Early efforts to control a potentially
harassing situation are very important.
1. S ometimes sexual harassment can be
stopped by telling the person directly
that you are uncomfortable with his or
her behavior and would like it to stop.
2. Writing a letter to the person or talking to the
person’s supervisor can also be effective.
3. Go to a sexual harassment/violence information
center or discuss the matter with a friend.
4. T alk to others who might also be
victims of harassment.
5. Any employee, faculty member, staff
member, or student is encouraged to discuss
incidents of possible sexual harassment
with the Campus Director, Regional Vice
President, or College President.
A Campus Director contacted by a person who
may have been subjected to sexual harassment
will give advice and guidance on both informal
and formal procedures for solving the problem.
During the informal inquiry process, all
information will be kept confidential to
as great a degree as legally possible.
No specific circumstances, including the names
of the people involved, will be reported to anyone
else, except the President, Executive Vice President
and the Human Resources Director and Corporate
Counsel, without the written permission of the person
making the complaint. However, if in the course
of the inquiry Rasmussen College finds that the
circumstances warrant a formal investigation, it will be
necessary to inform the person complained against.
Incidents should be reported within 30 days.
At any time during the procedures, both
the person bringing a complaint and the
person against whom the complaint is
made may have a representative present in
discussions with the Campus Director.
Resolutions and Informal Complaints
Anyone in the Rasmussen community may
discuss an informal complaint with the
Campus Director, Regional Vice President,
Executive Vice President or President.
1. If the person who discusses an informal
complaint with an advisor is willing to be
identified to others but not the person against
whom the informal complaint is made, the
College will make record of the circumstances
and will provide guidance about various ways to
resolve the problem or avoid future occurrences.
While the confidentiality of the information
received, the privacy of the individuals
involved, and the wishes of the complaining
person regarding action by the College cannot
be guaranteed in every instance, they will be
protected to as great a degree as is legally
possible. The expressed wishes of the complaining
person for confidentiality will be considered in
the context of the College’s obligation to act upon
the charge and the right of the charged party
to obtain information. In most cases, however,
confidentiality will be strictly maintained by the
College and those involved in the investigation.
2. If the person bringing the complaint is willing
to be identified to the person against whom
the complaint is made and wishes to attempt
resolution of the problem, the College will make a
confidential record of the circumstances (signed
by the complainant) and suggest and/or undertake
appropriate discussions with the persons involved.
3. W
hen a number of people report incidents
of sexual harassment that have occurred
in a public context (for instance, offensive
sexual remarks in a classroom lecture)
or when the College receives repeated
complaints from different people that an
individual has engaged in other forms of
sexual harassment, the College may inform
the person complained against without
revealing the identity of the complaints.
Definitions
Sexual harassment: Unwelcome sexual
advances, requests for sexual favors, and
verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature
constitute sexual harassment when:
1) s ubmission to such conduct is made
either explicitly or implicitly a term or
condition of an individual’s employment
or academic advancement,
2) s ubmission to or rejection of such conduct by
an individual’s work or academic performance
or creating an intimidating, hostile, or
offensive working or academic environment,
3) such conduct has the purpose or effect
of unreasonably interfering with an
individual’s work performance or creating
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive
working or academic environment.
This policy prohibits behavior
such as, but not limited to:
1. Unwanted sexual advances;
2. O ffering employment benefits in
exchange for sexual favors;
3. M
aking or threatening reprisals after a
negative response to sexual advances;
4. Verbal sexual advances or propositions;
5. D
isplaying sexually suggestive
objects, pictures, cartoons or posters
(includes by electronic means);
6. S exually offensive comments, graphic verbal
commentary about an individual’s body or
dress, sexually explicit jokes and innuendos,
and other sexually-oriented statements; and
7. P hysical conduct, such as: touching, assault,
or impeding or blocking movements.
Sexual harassment can occur in situations where
one person has power over another, but it can also
occur between equals. Both men and women can
be sexually harassed. Sexual harassment can be as
blatant as rape or as subtle as a touch. Harassment
under the third part of the definition often consists
of callous insensitivity to the experience of others.
Normal, courteous, mutually respectful, pleasant,
non-coercive interactions between employees,
including men and women, that is acceptable to
and welcomed by both parties, are not considered
to be harassment, including sexual harassment.
There are basically two types of sexual harassment:
1.“Quid pro quo” harassment, where
submission to harassment is used as
the basis for employment decisions.
E mployee benefits such as raises, promotions,
better working hours, etc., are directly linked to
compliance with sexual advances. Therefore,
only someone in a supervisory capacity (with the
authority to grant such benefits) can engage in
quid pro quo harassment. Example: A supervisor
promising an employee a raise if she goes on a
date with him; a manager telling an employee
she will fire him if he does not have sex with her.
2.“Hostile work environment,” where the
harassment creates an offensive and
unpleasant working environment.
H
ostile work environment can be created by
anyone in the work environment, whether it be
supervisors, other employees, or customers.
Hostile environment harassment consists of
verbiage of a sexual nature, unwelcome sexual
materials, or even unwelcome physical contact
as a regular part of the work environment.
C artoons or posters of a sexual nature, vulgar
or lewd comments or jokes, or unwanted
touching or fondling all fall into this category.
For further information please refer to the EEOC’s
website ateeoc.gov or call the EEOC Publications
Distribution Center at 800-669-3362 (voice),
800-800-3302 (TTY).
Sexual orientation harassment: Sexual harassment
includes harassment based on sexual orientation.
Sexual orientation harassment is verbal or
physical conduct that is directed at an individual
because of his/her sexual orientation and that
is sufficiently severe, pervasive, or persistent
so as to have the purpose or effect of creating
a hostile work or educational environment.
Romantic/sexual relationships between
superior and subordinate: Substantial risks
are involved even in seemingly consensual
romantic/sexual relationships where a power
differential exists between the involved parties.
The respect and trust accorded a faculty member
or other employee by a student, as well as the
power exercised by faculty in giving grades, advice,
praise, recommendations, opportunities for
further study, or other forms of advancement may
greatly diminish the student’s actual freedom of
choice concerning the relationship. Similarly, the
authority of the supervisor to hire, fire, evaluate
performance, reward, make recommendations,
assign and oversee the work activities of employees
may interfere with the employee’s ability to choose
freely in the relationship. Further, it is inherently
risky where age, background, stature, credentials or
other characteristics contribute to the perceptions
that a power differential exists between the involved
parties which limits the student or employee’s ability
to make informed choices about the relationship.
Claims of consensual romantic/sexual relationships
will not protect individuals from sexual harassment
charges nor guarantee a successful defense if charges
are made. It is the faculty member, supervisor, or
staff who will bear the burden of accountability
because of his/her special power and responsibility,
and it is exceedingly difficult to use mutual consent
as a defense. Therefore, all employees should be
aware of the risks and consequences involved in
entering a romantic/sexual relationship where
there is a superior/subordinate relationship.
Sexual assault: Sexual activity, including sexual
penetration or sexual conduct carried out
under coercion, with the threat of a weapon,
through the threat of bodily harm, through
a position of authority, or when the victim/
survivor is mentally or physically disabled or
helpless constitutes criminal sexual conduct.
Having a previous relationship of any nature,
including prior sexual contact with the victim/
survivor is not an accepted defense for sexual
assault. The victim/survivor does not need to prove
that she/he resisted and another witness is not
needed to prosecute the case. The relative age of
the persons involved, the victim’s/survivor’s fear of
bodily harm to self or another, the use of threat to
use a weapon by the perpetrator, and the infliction
of either physical or emotional anguish upon the
victim/survivor are among the criteria taken into
account by state laws on Criminal Sexual Conduct
and under the Crime Victims Bill of Rights.
Formal Complaints by Students and Employees
a. A formal complaint of sexual harassment
must include a written statement, signed by
the complainant specifying the incident(s) of
sexual harassment. The statement may be
prepared by the complainant or by an advisor
as a record of the complaint. The complaint
must be addressed to the Campus Director,
or other manager who will immediately
report such complaint to an Executive
Vice President or President and Human
Resource Director or Corporate Counsel.
T he Human Resource Director and/or
Corporate Counsel, with the assistance
of the Campus Director, or other manager
will formally investigate the complaint and
present the findings and recommendations
to an Executive Vice President or President.
b.The College will investigate formal
complaints in the following manner:
888-5-RASMUSSEN
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
Fees and Restriction of Borrower Privileges
Users will receive a reminder 2 days
in advance of an item’s due date.
Following the grace period (5 days for circulating
items; 10 hours for special materials),
items are considered overdue and borrower
privileges will be restricted until items are
returned or fees are paid for lost materials.
After 30 days past the end of the grace period, the
material is considered lost. The library reserves the
right to charge for replacement costs. Replacement
costs are assessed per each individual item.
The library will charge $55.00, or the cost of
replacing the item plus a $5.00 processing fee.
In the event that a library material is returned
damaged, the borrower will be assessed a fee
to repair or replace the damaged item. In the
event that an irreplaceable item is damaged,
the library will assess a $55.00 fee.
Rasmussen College cannot override fines
incurred at other libraries, including fines for
Interlibrary Loan items lost or returned late.
Library fees are assessed through the Department
of Student Financial Services. Rasmussen College
reserves the right to withhold the release of
academic information, and other records, pending
settlement of any amount due to the College.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Rasmussen is strongly committed to providing
equal employment opportunity for all employees
and all applicants for employment. For us, this is
the only acceptable way to operate our College.
Rasmussen employment practices conform both
with the letter and spirit of federal, state, and local
laws and regulations regarding non-discrimination
in employment, compensation, and benefits.
Anti-Harassment and Sexual Violence Policy
It is Rasmussen College’s policy and responsibility to
provide our employees and students an environment
that is free from harassment. Rasmussen College
expressly prohibits harassment of employees
or students on the basis of gender. Harassment
undermines our College community morale and our
commitment to treat each other with dignity and
respect. This policy is related to and is in conformity
with the Equal Opportunity Policy of Rasmussen
College to recruit, employ, retain, and promote
employees without regard to race, color, religion,
creed, ancestry, gender, marital status, sexual
orientation, national origin, age, physical or other
disability, military or veteran status, or receipt of public
assistance. Prompt investigation of allegations will be
made on a confidential basis to ascertain the veracity
of complaints and appropriate corrective action will
be taken. An Executive Vice President or President
will be notified of all allegations. This will ensure a
prompt, consistent, and appropriate investigation.
It is a violation of policy for any member of our
College community to engage in sexual harassment
and it is a violation of policy for any member of
the College community to take action against
an individual for reporting sexual harassment.
This policy covers actions of all students and
employees, whether co-worker, manager or by any
other persons doing business with or for Rasmussen.
Informal and Formal Complaints
Members of this College community who believe
they have been sexually harassed or have been
the victim of sexual assault may properly turn for
assistance to the Campus Director, Regional Vice
President, Executive Vice President or President.
Whether or not a person consults with a school official,
he/she has the option of making an informal or formal
complaint according to the procedures outlined below.
No retaliatory actions may be taken against any person
because he/she makes such a complaint or against any
member of the College community who serves as an
advisor or advocate for any party in any such complaint.
No retaliatory actions may be taken against any
member of the College community merely because
he/she is or has been the object of such a complaint.
65
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
1. T he person who is first contacted, after
initial discussions with the complainant,
will inform the College specifying the
individuals involved. Rasmussen will
decide whether the circumstances
reported in the complaint warrant a formal
investigation or an informal inquiry.
2. If the circumstances warrant an investigation,
Rasmussen will inform the person complained
against of the name of the person making
the complaint as well as of the substance of
the complaint. The College will then limit the
investigation to what is necessary to resolve
the complaint or make a recommendation.
If it is necessary for the College to speak
to any people other than those involved
in the complaint, they will do so only
after informing the complaining person
and the person complained against.
3. T he College’s first priority will be to
attempt to resolve the problem through
a mutual agreement of the complainant
and the person complained against.
4. T he College will be in communication
with the complainant until the complaint
is resolved. The complainant will be
informed of procedures being followed
throughout the investigation although
not of the specific conversations held
with the person complained against.
5. The College will resolve complaints
expeditiously. To the extent possible, the
College will complete its investigation and
make its recommendations within 60 days from
the time the formal investigation is initiated.
6. I f a formal complaint has been preceded
by an informal inquiry, the College will
decide whether there are sufficient grounds
to warrant a formal investigation.
c. After an investigation of the
complaint the College will:
1. L ook at all the facts and circumstances
surrounding the allegations to determine
if there is reasonable cause to believe
that harassment has occurred and report
its findings and the resolution to an
Executive Vice President or President; or
2. Report its findings with appropriate
recommendations for corrective action to an
Executive Vice President or President; or
3. R
eport to an Executive Vice President or
President its finding that there is insufficient
evidence to support the complaint.
Victims’ Rights Under Sexual Assault Policy
If the assault is alleged to have been
committed by a member of our college
community on property owned by the College
the following additional policy applies:
1. T he victim is aware that criminal charges can
be made with local law enforcement officials;
2. The prompt assistance of campus
administration, or Rasmussen management
at the request of the victim, in notifying
the appropriate law enforcement
officials of a sexual assault incident;
3. A
sexual assault victim’s participation in
and the presence of the victim’s attorney
or other support person at any campus
or college facility disciplinary proceeding
concerning a sexual assault complaint;
4. N
otice to a sexual assault victim of the outcome
of any campus or college facility disciplinary
proceeding concerning a sexual assault complaint,
consistent with laws relating to data practices;
5. T he complete and prompt assistance of
campus administration, or Rasmussen
management at the direction of law
enforcement authorities, in obtaining,
securing, and maintaining evidence in
connection with a sexual assault incident;
6. T he assistance of campus administration or
Rasmussen management in preserving, for a
sexual assault complaint or victim, materials
relevant to a campus disciplinary proceeding;
66
rasmussen.edu
7. T he assistance of campus and/or other
Rasmussen personnel, in cooperation with
the appropriate law enforcement authorities,
at a sexual assault victim’s request, in
shielding the victim from unwanted contact
with the alleged assailant, including transfer
of the victim to alternative classes; and
8.Further information can be obtained from
either of the following sources:
Illinois Department of Human Rights
James R. Thompson Center
100 West Randolph Street, Suite 10-100
Chicago, IL 60601
312-814-6200
217-785-5125 (TTY)
state.il.us/dhr
Illinois Attorney General
illinoisattorneygeneral.gov/victims/index.html
800-228-3368 (Voice/TTY)
Nothing in this policy shall prevent the
complainant or the respondent from pursuing
formal legal remedies or resolution through
state or federal agencies or the courts.
Drug-Free School and Workplace
In accordance with the Drug-Free Schools and
Communities Act (34 CFR Part 85), Rasmussen
College campuses are hereby declared a
drug-free college and workplace. For more
information visit The U. S. Department of
Education’s Higher Education Center for Alcohol
and Other Drug Prevention website at edc.org/.
Students are prohibited from the unlawful
manufacture, distribution, dispensing,
possession or use of a controlled substance
or alcohol anywhere on property belonging
to the College including but not limited to
grounds, parking areas, or anywhere within the
building(s); or while participating in Collegerelated activities including but not limited to
clinical, externship, or practicum experiences.
Students who violate this policy will be subject
to disciplinary action up to and including
expulsion or termination of enrollment.
As a condition of enrollment, students
must abide by the terms of this policy or the
College will take one or more of the following
actions within 30 days with respect to any
student who violates this policy by:
1. Reporting the violation to law
enforcement officials.
2. Taking appropriate disciplinary action
against such student, up to and including
expulsion or termination of enrollment.
3. Requiring such student to participate in a
substance abuse rehabilitation program
approved for such purposes by a federal,
state, local health, law enforcement,
or other appropriate agency.
In compliance with the law, the College will make
a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free College
through implementation of the preceding policy
and will establish and maintain a drug-free and
alcohol awareness program. Upon enrollment
and on an annual basis, students will receive
a copy of the Rasmussen College Drug-Free
Schools and Workplace policy, list of applicable
sanctions under federal, state, or local laws,
description of health risks, list of drug and
alcohol programs that are available, and list of
imposed disciplinary sanctions for students.
The Federal Government has taken a number of
legal steps to curb drug abuse and distribution.
These anti-drug laws affect several areas of our
lives. For instance, the Department of Housing
and Urban Development, which provides
public housing funds, has the authority to evict
residents found to be involved in drug related
crimes on or near the public housing premises.
Businesses with federal contracts are subject to
a loss of those contracts if they do not promote
a drug-free environment. In our particular
situation, students involved with drugs could
lose their eligibility for financial aid. Further,
they could also be denied other federal benefits,
disability, retirement, health, welfare, and
Social Security. Finally, a record of a felony or
conviction in a drug-related crime may prevent
a person from entering certain career fields.
Drugs and alcohol are highly addictive and
injurious to the person and can cause harmful
effects to virtually every aspect of a person’s
life, i.e., relationships, family, job, school,
physical, and emotional health. People who
use drugs and alcohol may lose their sense
of responsibility, become restless, irritable,
paranoid, depressed, inattentive, anxious, or
experience sexual indifference, loss of physical
coordination and appetite, go into a coma,
experience convulsions, or even death.
Persons who use drugs and alcohol face not only
health risks, but their ability to function in their
personal and professional lives can be impaired as
well. Some examples of this are a hangover, or a
feeling of being “burnt out”, being preoccupied with
plans for the next drink, or “high” or slowed reflexes
that can be especially dangerous while driving.
There are danger signals that could indicate when
someone is in trouble with drugs or alcohol:
• inability to get along with family or friends
• uncharacteristic temper flare-ups
• increased “secret” type behavior
• abrupt changes in mood or attitude
• resistance to discipline at home or school
• getting into a “slump” at work or school
• increased borrowing of money
• a complete set of new friends
We recommend that any person observing
any of the above changes in any student of
Rasmussen College immediately notify the
Academic Dean or Campus Director.
Drug Abuse Policy
Rasmussen College is committed to providing a
safe, drug-free environment for its students and
employees, based on our concern for the safety,
health and welfare of our students and their families,
as well as our employees and the community. The
organization also wishes to protect its business
from unnecessary financial loss due to drug or other
intoxicant use among its students and employees.
Consistent with this commitment,
Rasmussen College strictly prohibits:
1. The presence of students or employees
on campus or off campus at activities
sponsored by the College, while under
the influence of intoxicants, drugs or
any other controlled substances.
2. The use, manufacturing, furnishing, possession,
transfer, or trafficking of intoxicants, illegal
drugs, or controlled substances in any amount,
in any manner, or at any time on Rasmussen
College campuses or off campus at activities
sponsored and controlled by the College.
Rasmussen College has the right to:
1. Discipline students, including dismissal,
for felony convictions regarding illegal
use, possession or trafficking of drugs.
2. Take disciplinary action against students
who violate this policy. Students may also be
suspended pending outcome of an investigation
regarding compliance with this policy.
Tobacco Use Policy
Smoking and tobacco use is prohibited at all
facilities owned, leased and/or controlled
by Rasmussen College, including campuses,
office buildings and grounds. This includes,
but is not limited to, common work areas,
classrooms, labs, elevators, hallways,
restrooms, employee lounges, student lounges,
library, parking lots, plazas, courtyards,
entrance and exit ways, and any other areas
of the campus grounds. This policy applies
to all faculty, staff, students and visitors.
This policy does not apply to areas of multi-tenant
buildings that the proprietor has designated a
public area for smoking. Similarly, this policy
does not apply to off-site events controlled or
sponsored by the College where site management
had designated an area for smoking.
For purposes of this policy, “tobacco use” means
the personal use or consumption of any tobacco
product, whether lit or not, including the use
and display of an electronic cigarette or other
device intended to simulate smoking. Prohibited
tobacco products include smokeless tobacco,
snuff, chewing tobacco, smokeless pouches, or
any other form of loose-leaf, smokeless tobacco;
and the use of unlit cigarettes, cigars, and
pipe tobacco. Smoking is defined as inhaling,
exhaling, burning or carrying in hand any lit
tobacco product, including cigarettes, cigars,
pipe tobacco, and any other tobacco products.
Personal possession of tobacco products inside
a pocket, handbag or other storage container
where the product is not visible is allowed.
Anyone found to be in violation of the Tobacco Use
Policy will be subject to discipline in accordance
with the applicable conduct and discipline policy.
Visitors may be asked to leave the premises.
Weapons Policy
Rasmussen College prohibits the possession of
weapons of any kind inside campus buildings.
Prohibited items include but are not limited to
firearms, BB/pellet guns, slingshots, paint guns,
arrows, swords and knives other than cooking
utensils and utility/pocket knives with a blade
length of 3 inches or less. Prohibited items
include weapons that are loaded or unloaded,
functioning or non-functioning, and anything
that could be perceived as a weapon, including
toys and weapons used for decorative, display
and/or simulation purposes. This policy applies
to all staff, faculty, students and visitors with
the exception of licensed peace officers and
law enforcement/security agents as allowed by
applicable statute. The approved storage and
use of weapons for training purposes as part of a
School of Justice Studies program is permitted.
This policy includes both campus buildings
and offsite events sponsored and controlled by
the College including graduation ceremonies,
internships, and clinical sites. This policy does
not include Rasmussen College parking lots,
where weapons are allowed to be stored in private
vehicles unless prohibited by a separate parking
facility owner or operator. Rasmussen policy
defers to agency/site-specific rules regarding
School of Justice Studies training facilities.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
Amended 10/01 to include the USA Patriot Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act (FERPA) affords students certain
rights with respect to their education
records. These rights include:
1. The right to inspect and review the student’s
education records within 45 days of the day
the institution receives a request for access.
Students should submit to the registrar, business
office, or other appropriate official, written
requests that identify the record(s) they wish to
inspect. The institution will make arrangements
for access and notify the student of the time
and place where the records may be inspected.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
6.The right to disclose – without the written
consent or knowledge of the student or
parent – information in education records to
“appropriate parties in connection with an
emergency, if knowledge of the information
is necessary to protect the health and safety
of the student or other individuals.” Imminent
danger of student or others must be present.
7. T he right to file a complaint with the U.S.
Department of Education concerning alleged
failures by the College to comply with the
requirements of FERPA. Students have the right
to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of
Education concerning alleged failures by the
institution to comply with the requirements of
FERPA. The name and address of the office that
administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office,
U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Avenue, SW,
Washington, DC, 20202.
Educational Records Definition
A student’s education records are defined as files,
materials, or documents that contain information
directly related to the student and are maintained
by the Institution. Access to a student’s education
records is afforded to school officials who have a
legitimate educational interest in the records, such
as for purposes of recording grades, attendance,
advising, and determining financial aid eligibility.
Directory Information
Directory Information is that information which
may be unconditionally released without the
consent of the student unless the student has
specifically requested that the information not be
released. The school requires that such requests
be made in writing to the Campus Director within
fifteen (15) days after the student starts classes.
Directory Information includes: Student’s
name, date of birth, address(es); Rasmussen
College issued student email address; course
of study; extracurricular activities; degrees
and/or awards received; last school attended;
dean’s list or equivalent; attendance status
(full-time, part-time) and dates of attendance
(the period of time a student attends or
attended Rasmussen College not to include
specific daily records of attendance).
Students may restrict the release of Directory
Information except to school officials with
legitimate educational interests and others
as outlined above. To do so, a student
must make the request in writing to the
Business Office. Once filed this becomes
a permanent part of the student’s record
until the student instructs the institution,
in writing, to have the request removed.
Grievance Policy
It is the policy of Rasmussen College that
students should have an opportunity to
present school related complaints through
grievance procedures. The College will attempt
to resolve promptly all grievances that are
appropriate for handling under this policy.
An appropriate grievance is defined as a student’s
expressed feeling of dissatisfaction regarding
any interpretation or application of schoolrelated policies or the College’s personnel.
Students should notify the College in a timely
fashion of any grievance considered appropriate
for handling under this policy. As used in this
policy the terms “timely fashion,” “reasonable
time,” and “promptly” will mean ten days.
Students are assured that no adverse action
will be taken by the College or any of its
representatives for registering a grievance.
Grievance Procedure
In the event an applicant, student, graduate,
former student, or other party who has
dealings with the College feels his/her
rights have been violated, the following
procedures should be followed:
1. T he individual must first try to resolve the
issue with the other member involved.
2. If the matter is not resolved to the
person’s satisfaction he/she has the
option to follow the appropriate steps:
a. Requests for further action on
educational issues should be made to
the Dean. The Dean will investigate
the grievance, attempt to resolve it,
and issue a decision to the student.
b. S tudents who feel they have an appropriate
non-academic grievance should see
the Campus Director for their campus.
The Campus Director will investigate
the grievance, attempt to resolve it,
and issue a decision to the student.
c. I f the grievance is still not resolved, students
should contact the Campus Director for
their campus. The Campus Director will
review the previous discussions, conduct
additional investigation if necessary,
attempt to resolve the grievance, and
issue a decision to the student.
Students or other interested
parties may also contact:
• Commission for Independent Education
Florida Department of Education
325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414
Tallahassee, FL 32399
888-224-6684
• Illinois Board of Higher Education
431 East Adams Street, Second Floor
Springfield, IL 62701
217-782-2551
• K ansas Board of Regents
1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520
Topeka, KS 66612
785-296-3421
• Minnesota Office of Higher Education
1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350
St. Paul, MN 55108
651-642-0533
• North Dakota University System
State Board of Higher Education
10th Floor, State Capitol
600 East Boulevard Ave, Dept. 215
Bismarck, ND 58505-0230
701-328-2960
• S tate of Wisconsin Educational Approval Board
201 West Washington Avenue, 3rd Floor
Madison, WI 53703
608-266-1996
• The Higher Learning Commission (ncahlc.org),
a commission of the North Central Association
of Colleges and Schools,
230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500
Chicago, IL 60604
800-621-7440 or 312-263-0456
Appeal Procedure
Rasmussen College recognizes the rights of
applicants, students, graduates, former students,
and other parties who have dealings with the
College as they relate to due process in matters
of alleged violation of policies, procedures, and
guidelines of the institution. Individuals who
feel they have been unjustly treated can request
the Campus Director to hear their appeal.
For appeals involving academic issues such as final
grades, students must appeal first to their instructor,
in writing, to the instructor’s “@rasmussen.edu”
email (found on the course syllabus) within one
week of the start of a subsequent term. If the issue
remains unresolved after an appeal to the instructor,
who will have one week from the time they are
contacted by students to consider any such appeals,
students must provide appeal documentation and
a written statement to the Dean. The Dean will
have one week from the time they are contacted by
students to consider any such appeals. If the issue
remains unresolved after a thorough investigation
of the matter by the Dean and the student wishes
to further the appeal, the student must submit a
written statement of appeal to the Vice President
of Academic Affairs – Learning & Teaching
thereafter. Response will be given within 30 days.
If individuals wish to appeal a decision
or request a hearing for any other
perceived violation of rights, written
statements of appeal must be submitted to
the Vice President of Student Affairs within
15 calendar days of the issue in question.
Response will be given within 30 days.
Arbitration (not applicable to
North Dakota residents)
Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating
to a current or former student’s recruitment by,
enrollment in, or education at Rasmussen College
(“Controversy or Claim”), shall be resolved first in
accordance with the procedures in the Grievance
Policy published in the then current Rasmussen
College catalog. If, following completion of the
Grievance Policy procedures, any current or former
student (the “Student”) or Rasmussen College
remains dissatisfied, then the Controversy or Claim,
in accordance with the Enrollment Agreement, shall
be resolved by binding arbitration administered
in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect. Arbitration shall be the sole remedy
for resolution of any Controversy or Claim which
is not satisfactorily resolved in accordance with
the procedures in the Grievance Policy published
in the then current Rasmussen College catalog.
Unless the Student and Rasmussen College
agree otherwise, the arbitration shall take
place in Chicago, Illinois before a single neutral
arbitrator. The Federal Arbitration Act shall govern
the arbitration to the fullest extent possible,
excluding all state arbitration laws. Judgment
on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
The arbitrator shall have no authority to award
punitive damages, consequential or indirect
damages, or other damages not measured by the
prevailing party’s actual damages. The arbitrator
also shall have no authority to award attorney’s fees
or to collectively arbitrate any Controversy or Claim
of or against more than one Student regardless of
whether or how many other similarly circumstanced
Students there may be. The Student and Rasmussen
College shall bear an equal share of the arbitrator’s
fees and administrative costs of arbitration charged
by the American Arbitration Association but
otherwise the Student and Rasmussen College shall
bear their own costs and expenses of the arbitration,
including attorney’s fees. Except as may be required
by law, no party to the arbitration nor an arbitrator
may disclose the existence, content, or results of
any arbitration hereunder without the prior written
consent of both the Student and Rasmussen College.
Disclosure Policy
Availability of financial information
regarding the College may be requested
from the Chief Financial Officer.
Rasmussen College is currently authorized or
licensed* to operate in: Alabama, Arkansas,
Delaware, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Wisconsin,
and Wyoming. Rasmussen College will continue to
monitor developments in state laws in each state
in which it enrolls students and, if authorization
or licensure is or becomes necessary, will
work to obtain such additional approvals.
*Many states do not require specific
authorization or licensure for their
residents to enroll in online programs.
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
2. T he right to request the amendment of the
student’s educational records that the student
believes are inaccurate or misleading. Students
may ask the institution to amend a record that
they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They
should write the Campus Director, clearly identify
the part of the record they want changed, and
specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.
If the institution decides not to amend the
record as requested by the student, the
institution will notify the student of the
decision and advise the student of his or her
right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding
the hearing procedures will be provided to the
student when notified of the right to a hearing.
3. T he right to consent to disclosures of personally
identifiable information contained in the
student’s education records, except to the
extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure
without consent. One exception which
permits disclosure without consent is
disclosure to school officials with legitimate
educational interests. A school official is
a person employed by the institution in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or
research, or support staff position (including
law enforcement unit personnel and health
staff); a person or company with whom the
institution has contracted (such as an attorney,
auditor, or collection agent); or a student
serving on an official committee, such as a
disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting
another school official in performing his or
her tasks. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to
review an education record in order to fulfill
his or her professional responsibility.
4. The right to disclose – without the written
consent or knowledge of the student or parent
– personally identifiable information from the
student’s education records to the Attorney
General of the United States or to his/her designee
in response to an ex parte order in connection
with the investigation or prosecution of terrorism
crimes specified in sections 2332b(g)(5)(B)
and 2331 of title 18, U.S. Code. In addition, the
institution is not required to record the disclosure
of such information in the student’s file. Further,
if the institution has provided this information in
good faith in compliance with an ex parte order
issued under the amendment it is not liable to any
person for the disclosure of this information.
5. T he right to disclose – without the
written consent or knowledge of the
student or parent – information from a
student’s education records in order to
comply with a “lawfully issued subpoena
or court order” in three contexts.
a. Grand Jury Subpoenas – The institution
may disclose education records to the
entity or persons designated in a Federal
Grand Jury Subpoena. In addition, the court
may order the institution not to disclose
to anyone the existence or context of the
subpoena or the institution’s response.
b. Law Enforcement Subpoenas – The institution
may disclose education records to the entity
or persons designated in any other subpoena
issued for a law enforcement purpose. As with
Federal Grand Jury Subpoenas, the issuing court
or agency may, for good cause shown, order
the institution not to disclose to anyone the
existence or contents of the subpoena or the
institution’s response. Notification requirements
nor recordation requirements apply.
c. All Other Subpoenas – The institution may
disclose information pursuant to any other
court order or lawfully issued subpoena
only if the school makes a reasonable effort
to notify the parent or eligible student
of the order or subpoena in advance of
compliance, so that the parent of student
may seek protective action. The institution
will record all requests for information
from a standard court order or subpoena.
STATE CONTACT
INFORMATION FOR
STUDENT COMPLAINTS*
ALABAMA
Alabama Commission on Higher Education
P.O. Box 302000
Montgomery, AL 36130
ache.state.al.us/federal-reg.pdf
Alabama Department of Postsecondary Education
P.O. Box 302130
Montgomery, AL 36130
accs.cc/complaintform.aspx
888-5-RASMUSSEN
67
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
ALASKA
Alaska Commission on Postsecondary Education
PO Box 110505
Juneau, AK 99811
[email protected]
akadvantage.alaska.gov/EDUCATORSCHOOL/Postsecondary_Institutions/
Consumer_Protection.aspx
ARIZONA
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education
1400 West Washington Street, Room 260
Phoenix, AZ 85007
azppse.gov/student_info/compliance.asp
ARKANSAS
Arkansas Higher Education Coordinating Board
Arkansas Department of Higher Education
114 East Capitol Ave.
Little Rock, AR 72201
[email protected]
adhe.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/
AcademicAffairsDivision/Delores/APPENDIX%20
J%20Student%20Grievance%20complaint%20
process%20%20new.pdf
Arkansas State Board of Private Career Education
501 Woodlane, Suite 312S
Little Rock, AR 72201
[email protected]
sbpce.arkansas.gov/students/
Pages/complaintProcess.aspx
CALIFORNIA
Approved Institutions:
California Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education
P.O. Box 980818, West
Sacramento, CA 95798
[email protected]
bppe.ca.gov/forms_pubs/complaint.pdf
Exempt Institutions:
Attorney General’s Office
California Department of Justice
Attn: Public Inquiry Unit
P.O. Box 9044255
Sacramento, CA 94244
ag.ca.gov/contact/complaint_form.php?cmplt=PL
COLORADO
Colorado Department of Higher Education
1560 Broadway, Suite 1600
Denver, CO 80202
highered.colorado.gov/Academics/Complaints/
default.html
highered.colorado.gov/DPOS/
Students/complaint.html
CONNECTICUT
Connecticut Office of Financial and Academic
Affairs for Higher Education
61 Woodland Street
Hartford, CT 06105
860-947-1800,
[email protected]
Non-degree institutions: ctdhe.org/
POSA/pdf/CP2ComplaintForm.pdf
Connecticut Department of Consumer Protection
165 Capitol Avenue, Room 110
Hartford, CT 06106
[email protected]
ct.gov/dcp/lib/dcp/Consumer_Statement_
CPFR-2.pdf
Consumer Complaint Hotline: 800-842-2649
DELAWARE
Delaware Higher Education Office
Carvel State Office Building, 5th Floor,
820 North French Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
[email protected]
Delaware Attorney General
Consumer Protection Wilmington:
820 North French Street 5th floor
Wilmington, DE 19801
[email protected]
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
District of Columbia Office of the State
Superintendent of Education
Education Licensure Commission
810 First Street, NE, 9th Floor
Washington, DC 20002
osse.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/
sites/osse/publication/attachments/
complaint_form_4_11.pdf
FLORIDA
Florida Commission for Independent Education
325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414
Tallahassee, FL 32399
fldoe.org/cie/complaint.asp
GEORGIA
Georgia Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission
2082 Easy Exchange Pl. #220
Tucker, GA 30084
rules.sos.state.ga.us/docs/392/5/06.pdf
HAWAII
Hawaii State Board of Education
P.O. Box 2360
Honolulu, HI 96804
[email protected]aii.gov
hawaii.gov/dcca/ocp/consumer_complaint
TUITION
Pricing will be effective for new students as of July 2014
All Programs:
• School of Business
• School of Education
• School of Justice Studies
School of Nursing: Part Time
$310 per credit
• School of Design
• School of Health Sciences
• School of Technology
Professional Nursing
$395 per credit
Full Time
$299 per credit
$395 per credit
• Full time students are defined as taking 12 or more credits per quarter. Students taking less than 12 credits are part time students. For tuition
purposes only, students taking 8 or more credits during the Mid Quarter term are considered full time.
• There is a required course resources fee of $150 per course. Courses with course numbers ending with “L” or “LL” will not be charged a course
resources fee.
• FAST TRACK: Students taking sixteen (16) or more credits shall only be charged for sixteen (16) credits and will be assessed an additional course
resources fee of $150 for every course over four courses.
• Tuition rate is locked in for continuously enrolled students. A change in the number of credits taken during enrollment in any quarter may lead to
different prices if a student moves from part-time to full-time or vice versa.
• Individual Progress students will be charged at the School of Business rate, plus a $150 course resources fee for each class.
• Audit Students who elect to take courses without earning college credit are charged $275 per credit hour plus a $150 course resources fee for each
course. Students who wish to convert the Audit grade to a letter grade will be charged an additional fee of $75 per credit hour.
• No additional discount or reduction can be applied to full-time tuition rates with the exception of the School of Nursing, whose students remain
eligible for corporate partner discounts, military member/family discounts and articulation discounts.
Course Resources Fee
Rasmussen College has one simple course resources fee, charged for all courses. This fee makes the cost of course resources predictable
each quarter. Only one course resources fee will be applied for courses with a common course number split between lecture, lab and clinical
components. The course resources fee includes, but is not limited to (where applicable for specific programs):
•Rental of eBooks for use during the course for the time period prescribed by the course materials vendor(s)
•Physical and electronic library resources (reference services, books, eBooks, databases, guides, interlibrary loan, etc.)
•Peer, faculty and expert tutoring with 24/7 math support and question response as well as lab paper review
•Technology tools and online course systems
•The Student Portal
•The Personal Support Center Help Desk
•Tactical facilities and services required for the criminal justice program
•Licensed materials and videos
•Reimbursement for student exam certifications and certain exam review programs
•Some (not all) background checks and immunizations
•Uniforms and other supplies for the medical and criminal justice programs used while in class
•Access to online career resources such as Optimal Resume and Job Connect
For information on our graduation rates, median graduate debt levels, and other student investment disclosure information,
visit rasmussen.edu/SID.
68
rasmussen.edu
IDAHO
Idaho State Board of Education
Attn: State Coordinator for Private Colleges and
Proprietary Schools
650 West State Street
P.O. Box 83720
Boise, ID 83720-0037
ILLINOIS
Board of Higher Education
Illinois Board of Higher Education
431 East Adams, 2nd Floor
Springfield, IL 62701
[email protected]
Institutional Complaint Hotline: 217-782-2551
INDIANA
Indiana Board for Proprietary Education
Attn: Director of Regulatory Compliance
302 West Washington Street, Room E201
Indianapolis IN 46204
in.gov/che/2744.htm
Department of Workforce Development, Office of
Career and Technical Schools
Complaint Adjudicator
DWD/Office of Career and Technical Schools
10 North Senate Avenue, Suite 203
Indianapolis, IN 46204
in.gov/dwd/files/StudenComplaintForm.pdf
IOWA
Iowa Student Aid Commission
603 East 12th Street, 5th Floor
Des Moines, IA 50319
[email protected]
apps.iowacollegeaid.gov/marketing/
docs/constituentrequestform.pdf
KANSAS
Kansas Board of Regents
1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520
Topeka, KS 66612
kansasregents.org/resources/PDF/524ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf
KENTUCKY
Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education
1024 Capital Center Dr. #320
Frankfort, KY 40601
[email protected]
Kentucky Commission on Proprietary Education
911 Leawood Drive
Frankfort, KY 40601
bpe.ky.gov/Applications%20and%20Forms/
Form%20to%20File%20a%20Complaint.pdf
Office of the Attorney General
Capitol Suite 118, 700 Capitol Avenue,
Frankfort, KY 40601
[email protected]
ag.ky.gov/civil/consumerprotection/complaints/
Lists/consumer_complaint/form.aspx
LOUISIANA
Louisiana Attorney General Office
Consumer Protection Section
P.O. Box 94005
Baton Rouge, LA 70804
[email protected]
1-800-351-4889, 225-326-6465
ag.state.la.us/Complaint.
aspx?articleID=16&catID=15
Secondarily, complaints may also be sent to:
Louisiana Board of Regents
Attn: Nancy Beall or Dr. Larry Trembly
P.O. Box 3677
Baton Rouge, LA 70821
regents.louisiana.gov/assets/docs/
ProprietarySchools/StudentComplaintProcedure.pdf
MAINE
Maine Department of Education
Harry Osgood - Complaints
23 State House Station
Augusta, ME 04333
[email protected]
Maine Attorney General, Consumer Protection Division
6 State House Station
Augusta, ME 04333
maine.gov/ag/consumer/complaints/
complaint_form.shtml
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
MARYLAND
Maryland Higher Education Commission
6 North Liberty Street, 10th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21201
410-767-3388
mhec.state.md.us/higherEd/acadAff/
MHECStudentComplaintProcess.pdf
Office of the Attorney General, Consumer
Protection Division
200 St. Paul Place
Baltimore, MD 21202
Consumer Protection Hotline: 410-528-8662
[email protected]
oag.state.md.us/Consumer/complaint.htm
MASSACHUSETTS
Massachusetts Board of Higher Education
One Ashburton Place
Room 1401
Boston, MA 02108
mass.edu/forstudents/complaints/
complaintprocess.asp
Massachusetts Division of Professional Licensure,
Office of Private Occupational School Education
1000 Washington Street
Boston, MA 02118
mass.gov/ocabr/docs/dpl/complaint.pdf
MICHIGAN
Michigan Department of Licensing and Regulatory
Affairs, Bureau of Commercial Services, Licensing
Division
Proprietary School Unit Staff
201 North Washington Square
Lansing, MI 48913
michiganps.net/complaint.aspx
MINNESOTA
Minnesota Office of Higher Education
1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350
St. Paul, MN 55108
ohe.state.mn.us/mPg.cfm?pageID=1078
MISSISSIPPI
Mississippi Commission on College Accreditation
3825 Ridgewood Road
Jackson, MS 39211-6453
mississippi.edu/mcca/downloads/
studentcomplaintform.pdf
Mississippi Commission of Proprietary Schools
and College Registration
3825 Ridgewood Road
Jackson, MS 39211-6453
sbcjc.cc.ms.us/pdfs/pg/PSComplaintForm.pdf
Consumer Protection Division, Office of the
Attorney General
P.O. Box 22947
Jackson, MS 39225-2947
ago.state.ms.us/index.php/contact (email)
ago.state.ms.us/images/uploads/forms/
MSAGO_Complaint_Form.pdf
MONTANA
Montana Board of Regents
Office of Commissioner of Higher Education
Montana University System
2500 Broadway Street
P.O. Box 203201
Helena, MT 59620-3201
Montana Office of Consumer Protection
2225 11th Avenue
P.O. Box 200151
Helena, MT 59620-0151
[email protected]
doj.mt.gov/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/
complaintform3.pdf
NEBRASKA
Nebraska Coordinating Commission for
Postsecondary Education
P.O. Box 95005
Lincoln, NE 68509-5005
NEVADA
Nevada Commission on Postsecondary Education
3663 East Sunset Road, Suite 202
Las Vegas, NV 89120
cpe.state.nv.us/CPE%20Complaint%20Info.htm
NEW HAMPSHIRE
New Hampshire Department of Education
Stephen Berwick, Coordinator, Dispute Resolution,
and Constituent Complaints
101 Pleasant Street
Concord, NH 03301
603-271-2299
step[email protected]
NEW JERSEY
Secretary of Higher Education
New Jersey Higher Education
P.O. Box 542
Trenton, NJ 08625
[email protected]
New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs
124 Halsey Street
Newark, NJ 07102
nj.gov/oag/ca/complaint/ocp.pdf
New Jersey Department of Labor
and Workforce Development
1 John Fitch Plaza, P.O. Box 110
Trenton, NJ 08625
[email protected]
lwd.dol.state.nj.us/labor/forms_pdfs/coei/SAU/
Conflict%20Resolution%20Questionnaire.pdf
NEW MEXICO
New Mexico Higher Education Department
2048 Galisteo Street
Santa Fe, NM 87505
hed.state.nm.us/Complaint_3.aspx
NEW YORK
Office of College and University Evaluation
New York Office of College and University
Evaluation New York State Education Department
5 North Mezzanine, Albany, NY 12234
[email protected]
highered.nysed.gov/ocue/spr/COMPLAINT
FORMINFO.html
New York Bureau of Proprietary School Supervision
New York State Education Department
99 Washington Avenue, Room 1613 OCP
Albany, NY 12234
acces.nysed.gov/bpss/students/documents/
ComplaintForm.pdf
acces.nysed.gov/bpss/students/disclos.htm
NORTH CAROLINA
Board of Governors for the University of North
Carolina
Postsecondary Education Complaints
c/o Assistant Director of Licensure and
Workforce
University of North Carolina General
Administration
910 Raleigh Road
Chapel Hill, NC 27514
[email protected]
ncdoj.gov/getdoc/59be4357-41f3-4377b10f-3e8bd532da5f/Complaint-Form.aspx
See also: northcarolina.edu/aa_
planning/licensure/resources.htm
Community College System Office of Proprietary Schools
North Carolina Community College System Office
of Proprietary Schools
200 West Jones St.
Raleigh, NC 27603
nccommunitycolleges.edu/Proprietary_Schools/
docs/PDFFiles/StdtCompltForm.pdf
NORTH DAKOTA
North Dakota University System,
State Board of Higher Education
10th Floor, State Capitol
600 East Boulevard Ave, Dept. 215
Bismarck, ND 58505-0230
701-328-2960
ndus.edu/
North Dakota Consumer Protection Division
Office of Attorney General
Parrell Grossman, Director,
Consumer Protection Division
701-328-5570
Gateway Professional Center,
1050 East Interstate Avenue Suite 200
Bismarck, ND 58503
ag.state.nd.us/cpat/PDFFiles/SFN7418.pdf
OHIO
Ohio Board of Regents
30 East Broad Street, 36th Floor
Columbus, OH 43215
Ohio Attorney General, Consumer Protection Section
30 East Broad Street, 14th floor
Columbus, OH 43215
ohioattorneygeneral.gov/consumercomplaint
Ohio State Board of Career Colleges and Schools
30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481
Columbus, OH 43215
scr.ohio.gov/ConsumerInformation/
FilingaComplaint.aspx
OKLAHOMA
Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education
655 Research Parkway, Suite 200
Oklahoma City, OK 73104
Oklahoma Office of the Attorney General,
Consumer Protection Unit
Attn: Investigative Analyst
313 NE 21st Street
Oklahoma City, OK 73105
oag.state.ok.us/oagweb.nsf/ccomp.html
Oklahoma State Board of Private Vocational Schools
3700 Classen Boulevard, Suite 250
Oklahoma City, OK 73118
OREGON
Oregon Higher Education Coordinating Commission
1500 Valley River Drive, Suite 100
Eugene, OR 97401
Oregon Attorney General
Financial Fraud/Consumer Protection Section
1162 Court Street NE
Salem, OR 97301
doj.state.or.us/finfraud/pdf/concompform.pdf
Oregon Department of Education,
Private Career Schools Office
255 Capitol Street NE
Salem, OR 97310
ode.state.or.us/search/page/?id=325
PENNSYLVANIA
Pennsylvania Department of Education
333 Market Street
Harrisburg, PA 17126
education.state.pa.us/portal/server.pt/
community/higher_education/8711/
complaint_procedure/1004474
Office of Attorney General, Bureau of Consumer Protection
14th Floor, Strawberry Square
Harrisburg, PA 17120
attorneygeneral.gov/uploadedFiles/
Complaints/BCP_Complaint_Form.pdf
PUERTO RICO
Puerto Rico Council on Higher Education
P.O. Box 1900
San Juan, PR 00910
Puerto Rico Department of Justice
P.O. Box 9020192
San Juan, PR 00902
RHODE ISLAND
Rhode Island Board of Governors for Higher Education
Shepard Building, 80 Washington Street
Providence, RI 02903
Rhode Island Department of Attorney General,
Consumer Protection Unit
150 South Main Street
Providence, RI 02903
riag.state.ri.us/documents/consumer/
ConsumerComplaintForm.pdf
ribghe.org/8a1031912.pdf
SOUTH CAROLINA
South Carolina Commission on Higher Education
1122 Lady Street, Suite 300
Columbia, SC 29201
803-737-3918
che.sc.gov/AcademicAffairs/License/
Complaint_procedures_and_form.pdf
SOUTH DAKOTA
South Dakota Secretary of State Jason M. Gant
State Capitol 500 East Capitol Avenue
Pierre, SD 57501
[email protected]
South Dakota Office of Attorney General,
Division of Consumer Protection
1302 East Hwy 14 Suite 3
Pierre, SD 57501
atg.sd.gov/Consumers/HandlingComplaints/
ConsumerComplaintForm.aspx
TENNESSEE
Tennessee Higher Education Commission
404 James Robertson Parkway, Suite 1900
Nashville, TN 37243
tn.gov/thec/Divisions/LRA/PostsecondaryAuth/
Complaint%20Form.rtf
TEXAS
Higher Education Coordinating Board
Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board
1200 East Anderson Lane
Austin, TX 78752
Office of the Attorney General Consumer Protection Division
PO Box 12548
Austin, TX 78711
oag.state.tx.us/consumer/complaintform.pdf
Texas Workforce Commission
Career Schools and Colleges - Room 226-T
101 East 15th Street
Austin, TX 78778
twc.state.tx.us/svcs/propschools/ps401a.pdf
Additional complaint information
is available attwc.state.tx.us/svcs/
propschools/problem-school.html
UTAH
Utah Division of Consumer Protection
160 East 300 South
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
[email protected]
http://consumerprotection.utah.
gov/complaints/index.html
VERMONT
Vermont Department of Education, State Board of Education
120 State Street
Montpelier, VT 05620
education.vermont.gov/new/
pdfdoc/pgm_postsecondary/EDUComplaint_Resolution_Statement_for_
Postsecondary_Education_Matters.pdf
Vermont Attorney General’s Office
109 State Street
Montpelier, VT 05609
VIRGINIA
State Council of Higher Education for Virginia
101 North 14th Street, James Monroe Building
Richmond, VA 23219
[email protected]
schev.edu/students/studentcomplaint.asp
WASHINGTON
Washington Student Achievement Council
917 Lakeridge Way, P.O. Box 43430
Olympia, WA 98504
[email protected]
wsac.wa.gov/ConsumerProtection
Washington Workforce Training and Education
Coordinating Board
128 10th Avenue SW
PO Box 43105
Olympia, WA 98504
[email protected]
wtb.wa.gov/PCS_Complaints.asp (instructions)
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
MISSOURI
Missouri Department of Higher Education
205 Jefferson Street
P.O. Box 1469
Jefferson City, MO 65102-1469
Phone: (573) 751-2361
http://dhe.mo.gov/
Nebraska Attorney General, Consumer
Protection Division
2115 State Capitol
Lincoln, NE 68509
ago.state.ne.us/consumer/emailforms/
consumer_complaint.htm
Consumer Protection Hotline: 800-727-6432
Nebraska Department of Education, Private
Postsecondary Career Schools
Investigations Office
301 Centennial Mall South
P.O. Box 98987
Lincoln, NE 68509-4987
education.ne.gov/PPCS/PDF%20Folders/PDF%20
Documents/PPCS%20Forms/Complaint-form.pdf
WEST VIRGINIA
West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission
1018 Kanawha Blvd East, Suite 700
Charleston, WV 25301
West Virginia Office of the Attorney General
Consumer Protection Division
P.O. Box 1789
Charleston, WV 25326
wvago.gov/pdf/general-consumercomplaint-form.pdf
888-5-RASMUSSEN
69
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Community and Technical College System of West Virginia
1018 Kanawha Blvd. East, Suite 700
Charleston, WV 25301
WISCONSIN
Wisconsin Educational Approval Board
201 West Washington Avenue, 3rd Floor
P.O. Box 8696
Madison, WI 53708
[email protected]
eab.state.wi.us/resources/complaint.asp
WYOMING
Wyoming Department of Education
2300 Capitol Avenue, Hathaway Building, 2nd Floor
Cheyenne, WY 82002
Attorneys General Offices
123 Capitol Building, 200 West 24th Street
Cheyenne, WY 82002
*This list includes contact information for all 50
states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico
and should not be construed as informative of
what agencies regulate the institution or in what
states the institution is licensed or required
to be licensed. States, through the relevant
agencies or Attorney Generals Offices, will
accept complaints regardless of whether an
institution is required to be licensed in that state.
CONSORTIUM
AGREEMENT
Consortium Agreement
Rasmussen College has signed consortium
agreements among all Rasmussen College campuses.
Course requirements for programs may be
completed at any of the campus locations, as the
schools have common ownership and common
courses, and students will have the flexibility to
take courses from all locations as they choose.
Students who attend a class at a location other
than their home campus (primary attendance
location) will have their total tuition and fees
charged by their home campus. All financial aid will
be awarded and disbursed from the home campus.
The home campus monitors satisfactory progress.
A copy of the consortium agreement is kept on
file at each campus. Students have the right
to review and acknowledge the agreement
prior to taking courses at other campuses.
REFUNDS
The State of Illinois Cancellation,
Termination, Refund Policy
If a student is cancelled or terminated, for
whatever reason, the following apply:
• Each student will be notified of acceptance/
rejection in writing. In the event a student is
rejected, all tuition, fees and other charges
will be refunded. A student in any term who
withdraws from the College must give written
notice to the College. Date of withdrawal
is the last day of recorded attendance.
• The College will acknowledge in writing any
notice of cancellation within 10 business
days after the receipt of request and will
refund the amount due within 30 business
days. Written notice of cancellation shall take
place on the date the letter of cancellation
is postmarked, or in the cases where the
notice is hand carried, it shall occur on the
date the notice is delivered to the College.
70
rasmussen.edu
• Not withstanding anything to the contrary, if
a student gives written notice of cancellation
following written acceptance by the College
and prior to the start of the period of instruction
for which he/she has been charged (“Period of
Instruction”), all tuition and fees paid will be
refunded. If any books and supplies provided
by the College are not returned unused and
in a condition such that they can be returned
to the supplier, the student will be assessed
a fee of $150 per course for these books and
supplies. All prepaid tuition is refundable.
• If a student has been accepted by the College
and gives written notice of cancellation or
termination after the start of the Period of
Instruction for which they have been charged,
but before completion of 60% of the Period of
Instruction, the amount charged for tuition,
fees, and all other charges for the completed
portion of the Period of Instruction shall not
exceed the pro rata portion of the total charges
for tuition, fees, and all other charges that
the length of the completed portion of the
Period of Instruction bears to its total length.
After the completion of 60% of the Period
of Instruction, no refund will be made.
• Student refunds are made within 45 days of
the date of determination of withdrawal if
the student does not officially withdraw.
• The refund policy is not linked to
compliance with the College’s
regulations or rules of conduct.
• Any promissory note instrument
received as payment of tuition or other
charge will not be negotiated prior to
completion of 50% of the course.
Return of Title IV Funds Policy
If a student withdraws or is expelled, they
need to visit with the Campus Director or Dean
to complete the Rasmussen College Notice
of Change in Student Status form, which will
begin the withdrawal process. Students are
allowed to convey their withdrawal verbally or
in writing to the Campus Director or Dean.
Rasmussen College uses the state-mandated
refund policy to determine the amount of
institutional charges it can retain. The federal
formula dictates the amount of Federal Title IV aid
that must be returned to the federal government
by the school and the student. The federal formula
requires a Return of Title IV aid if the student
received federal financial assistance in the form of
a Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG, Federal Direct
Student Loan, or Federal PLUS Loan and withdrew
on or before completing 60% of the quarter.
The percentage of Title IV aid to be returned is
determined by dividing the number of calendar
days remaining in the quarter by the number of total
calendar days in the quarter. Scheduled breaks of five
or more consecutive days are excluded. If funds are
released to a student because of a credit balance on
the student’s account, the student may be required
to repay some of the federal grants if they withdraw.
The federal return of Title IV funds formula
calls for a second calculation, similar to the one
outlined above, where the school determines
the percentage and amount of tuition which was
unearned. The school compares the unearned
tuition with the unearned Title IV aid, and
returns the lesser of these two amounts.
A student withdrawing from school may be
eligible for post-withdrawal disbursements
according to federal regulations.
A post-withdrawal disbursement occurs when
a student who withdraws earned more aid than
had been disbursed prior to the withdrawal.
Postwithdrawal disbursements are made first
from available grant funds before available loan
funds and must be done within 45 days of the
school’s determination that the student withdrew.
In addition, loan post-withdrawal disbursements must
be done within 180 days of the school’s determination
that the student withdrew. Rasmussen College
credits the student’s account for any outstanding
current period charges. If there is any remaining
post-withdrawal disbursement to be made to the
student, an offer is made to the withdrawn student in
writing (letter sent to student) within 30 days of the
school’s determination that the student withdrew.
The letter explains the type and amount of
fund available and explains to the student
the option to accept or decline all or part
of the monies. A 14-day response time is
given to the student for their decision.
If no response is received within the 14
days, the remaining post-withdrawal
disbursement is cancelled.
Federal regulations dictate the specific order
in which funds must be repaid to the Title IV
programs by both the school and the student,
if applicable. Rasmussen College follows this
mandate by refunding monies in the following
sequence: Unsubsidized Stafford Loans,
Subsidized Stafford Loans, and PLUS Loans,
Pell Grant, FSEOG, and then other Title IV
programs. Rasmussen College uses the software
and printed worksheets provided by the U.S.
Department of Education to document the Return
of Title IV Funds Calculation along with the
Post-Withdrawal Disbursement Tracking Sheet.
Extended Quarter Break Stop Out Policy
Rasmussen College encourages students to
remain continuously enrolled in their program
through to graduation. Rasmussen College
recognizes that on occasion a student may
experience an extraordinary personal situation
for which the student may need an
extended break between quarters.
A student with an extenuating circumstance
may apply for the Extended Quarter Break Stop
Out. Students who are enrolled and meeting the
standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress at
the end of one term may apply for an extended
break for the following term. The student must
successfully complete the term immediately prior
to the Stop Out term. The student must commit
to returning on the mid-quarter start (week 6)
of the subsequent quarter or the student will be
withdrawn from Rasmussen College. The student
must meet with his or her Student Advisor in
order to obtain a Stop Out Request Form. The
Student Advisor will provide the student with
the necessary information to make an informed
decision. Stop Out Request Forms must be signed
prior to the first day of quarter for which the Stop
Out is being requested. Students will remain
continuously enrolled and will not be eligible to
receive financial aid at any other institution during
this break. Students who are approved to take
a Stop Out are eligible to receive aid only on the
mid-start courses of the term the student returns.
A Stop Out is not permitted in consecutive terms.
Military Leave and Refund
Rasmussen College supports its students who
are also members of the armed forces. Military
service members who are given official orders to
deploy for state or federal needs, as well as their
spouses, who cannot complete the academic
quarter due to the deployment may withdraw
without penalty from any or all classes in which
they are enrolled, even if the established deadline
for withdrawal has passed. These students are
entitled to a full refund of tuition and mandatory
fees for the term, subject to applicable laws
governing federal or state financial aid programs
and allocation or refund as required under those
programs. The student will receive a grade of WX.
Any tuition refund will be calculated according
to federal guidelines, and any remaining
balance will be returned in accordance with the
student’s Excess Funds Form (completed upon
enrollment). Students in good standing who
withdraw under this policy may be readmitted
and re-enroll under the catalog that is current
at the time of reenrollment, without penalty or
redetermination of admission eligibility, within
one year following their release from active
military service. Programs with specialized
admissions requirements are excluded from this
policy; students must meet those additional
requirements at the time of re-enrollment.
Medical Leave of Absence and
Medical Withdrawal Policy
Medical Leave: Each leave will be for one
quarter and can be extended through the
following quarter. No leave may extend
for more than two consecutive quarters,
although there is no limit to the total number
of quarters that a student may accumulate.
Medical leave is intended for students
who need to take time away from
Rasmussen College for health reasons.
Medical Withdrawals may be one of the following:
1. M
edical Withdrawal: intended for students who
do not plan to return to Rasmussen College.
2. Involuntary Medical Withdrawal: Initiated
by campus Administration for students
who are suspended or are dismissed due
to conduct policy violations, or who pose
a direct threat to themselves or others.
Students are treated as a drop/withdrawal for
Financial Aid purposes and may end up owing
a tuition balance. Students should see the
Student Financial Services Office to determine
the impact of a Medical Leave or Withdrawal.
Applying for a Leave or Withdrawal:
To apply for a Medical Leave or Medical
Withdrawal the student must obtain
the application form from the Campus
Accommodations Coordinator, have it
signed by the appropriate person(s) and
return the completed form to the Campus
Accommodations Coordinator.
When a Student Wants to Return After
a Medical Leave of Absence
To return from Medical Leave, the student
must contact the Campus Accommodations
Coordinator prior to the first day of classes
to complete a re-admission application.
Additionally, the Campus Accommodations
Coordinator must receive a letter from the
student’s professional therapist and/or physician
stating the student’s medical situation and that
the professional therapist/physician believes the
student is able to return to Rasmussen College.
Policy Regarding Grades in the Event of a Medical
Leave of Absence or Medical Withdrawal
1. I f the student takes Medical Leave or a Medical
Withdrawal on or before the close of the drop/
add period the course(s) will be dropped
without being recorded on the student’s
transcript and tuition will not be charged.
2. A grade of “WX” will be recorded for each
course for which a student was registered if
the student takes Medical Leave or Medical
Withdrawal from the College at any time
following the first week of the quarter.
NOTE: Official transcripts will not be released
by Rasmussen College until all outstanding
financial obligations have been met.
The usual rules for transferring credit to
Rasmussen College for courses taken elsewhere
while on leave will apply to any academic work
done by the student while on Medical Leave or
while on Medical Withdrawal from the College.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
Remaining refund due to the State Aid Programs
Ratios are then determined for each of the State
Financial Aid Programs as part of the total NonTitle IV financial aid disbursed to the student (for
the period during which the student withdrew).
These ratios are then multiplied against the remaining
refund due to the State Aid Programs to determine
the proportional minimum refund due to both the
State Grant and SELF Programs. If the student
received funds from other State Aid Programs, those
refunds would be calculated in the same manner.
Note that for purposes of calculating institutional
charges in the State Refund Calculation, the
definition for Title IV programs is used.
• Any remaining refund monies will then be
applied to reduce the student’s Minnesota State
Grant award and/or Minnesota SELF Loan.
• Any remaining refund monies will then
be applied to any other sources.
For North Dakota Campuses
If the disbursement is made of the North
Dakota State Grant while the student is
enrolled full-time, no refund is due. If the
disbursement is made while the student is
no longer in attendance, a full refund to the
North Dakota State Grant program is due.
For Illinois and Wisconsin Campuses
Please note that Illinois, Kansas and
Wisconsin do not have state grant programs,
so the Non-Federal Refund Distribution
Policy does not apply to students attending
campuses in Illinois, Kansas, or Wisconsin.
Veterans Refund
In the event a veteran discontinues training for
any reason, any supplies or textbooks issued to
and paid for by the veteran become the property
of the veteran. Electronic resources, access
to which the veteran paid for as part of the
course resource fee, shall remain accessible to
the veteran as long as the license provided by
the publisher/content owner allows. Licenses
for electronic resources, which are utilized
in most courses at Rasmussen College, are
typically active for a length of 180 days to
two years, dependent on the publisher. The
remaining amount of the prepaid tuition will
be refunded on a prorated basis computed
to the date of discontinuance of training.
CAMPUS SECURITY
CRIME STATISTICS
Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security
Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act
Rasmussen College provides prospective
and enrolled students and employees with its
current Crime Awareness and Campus Security
Act statistics. This policy contains information
pertaining to the reporting procedure of
criminal activities, security and access to
campus facilities, campus law enforcement
and criminal offenses reported to the campus
or local police. As part of our campus crime
prevention plan, Rasmussen College provides
training in the prevention of crime, sexual
harassment/violence and alcohol/drug abuse.
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION AND
COLLEGE POLICIES
All academic probations, warnings and
dismissals take precedence over any Medical
Leaves or Medical Withdrawals. If a student is
already on probation or is placed on probation
while on leave, the conditions of his or her
probation are continued to the quarter in
which he or she returns to the College.
Involuntary Medical Withdrawal Appeal Process
A student who is placed on an Involuntary
Medical Withdrawal may appeal the decision to
the College President within three (3) business
days (excluding weekends and federal and state
holidays) of the decision. The appeal should be
made in writing and should set forth the basis
for the appeal. The College President (or their
designee) has three (3) business days from
receipt of the appeal (excluding weekends and
federal and state holidays) to affirm or reverse
the decision, which is then considered final. The
College President (or their designee) may extend
the time limits set forth above as necessary.
While the appeal is pending, the original
decision of Campus Administration will stand.
When a Student Wants to Return After
an Involuntary Medical Withdrawal
Re-enrollment will require a completed readmission application from the student along
with a letter from the student’s professional
therapist and/or physician stating the student’s
medical situation and that the professional
therapist/physician believes the student
is able to return to Rasmussen College.
Students must be cleared by all of the
following once the re-admission application
is received: Dean, Student Financial
Services Office and Campus Director.
Non Federal Refund Distribution Policy
For Florida Campuses
If the disbursement is made of the Florida
State Assistance Grant (FSAG) while the
student is enrolled, no refund will be due. If the
disbursement is made while the student is no
longer in attendance, a full refund to the FSAG
program is due. A student must be attempting a
minimum of six credits per quarter to be eligible
to receive Bright Futures scholarship funding. If
a student receiving Bright Futures scholarship
funds withdraws from course(s) after the
drop/add period, the student will be required
to repay the institution for the amount of the
scholarship for those course(s) withdrawn from.
For Minnesota Campuses
Refunds for state aid programs are calculated
on a proportional basis. To calculate the
minimum refund due to the Minnesota State
Grant Program, the SELF Loan Program,
and other Minnesota State Aid Programs
(with the exception of the State Work Study
Program), the following formula is used:
Amount of funds (financial aid and cash)
applied to institutional charges (including
post-withdrawal disbursements of Title IV
aid applied to institutional charges) less:
Amount of institutional charges that
the school can retain per our state
mandated refund policy less:
Amount of Institutional Share
of the Title IV Refund
=
888-5-RASMUSSEN
71
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND COLLEGE POLICIES
ACCREDITATION, LICENSING & APPROVALS
Accreditation
Rasmussen College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission and a member
of the North Central Association
230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500
Chicago, IL 60604
800-621-7440 or 312-263-0456
The Health Information Technician
Associate Degree Program offered at the
Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove, Bloomington,
Eagan, Lake Elmo/Woodbury, Mankato,
and St. Cloud Campuses in Minnesota
– the Aurora/Naperville and Rockford
Campuses in Illinois
– the Green Bay Campus in Wisconsin – and
the Rasmussen College Online Program is
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation
for Health Informatics and Information
Management Education (CAHIIM).
• Commission on Accreditation for
Health Informatics and Information
Management Education
233 North Michigan Avenue, 21st Floor
Chicago, IL 60601
312-233-1100
The Health Information Management BS Degree
program is in Candidacy Status, pending
accreditation review by the Commission on
Accreditation for Health Informatics and
Information Management Education (CAHIIM).
The Medical Assisting Diploma program at
the Green Bay, Lake Elmo/Woodbury, and
Moorhead campuses is accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs (caahep.org) upon the
recommendation of the Medical Assisting
Education Review Board (MAERB).
•Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs
1361 Park Street
Clearwater, FL 33756
727-210-2350
The Medical Assisting Diploma programs at
the Bismarck campus in North Dakota, Aurora/
Naperville, Mokena/ Tinley Park, Rockford,
and Romeoville/Joliet campuses in Illinois;
the Fort Myers, Ocala, New Port Richey/
West Pasco and Tampa/ Brandon campuses in
Florida; the Appleton and Wausau campuses
in Wisconsin; and the Blaine, Bloomington,
Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove, Eagan, Mankato,
and St. Cloud campuses in Minnesota are
accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of
Health Education Schools (ABHES).
• Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools
7777 Leesburg Pike, Suite 314
North Falls Church, VA 22043
703-917-9503
The Surgical Technologist AAS program at
the Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove, Moorhead,
and St. Cloud campuses is accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs (caahep.org), upon the
recommendation of the Accreditation Review
Council on Education in Surgical Technology
and Surgical Assisting (ARC/ STSA).
• Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs (CAAHEP)
1361 Park Street
Clearwater, FL
727-210-2350
caahep.org
72
rasmussen.edu
The Medical Laboratory Technician program at
the Green Bay, Lake Elmo/Woodbury, Mankato,
Moorhead, and St. Cloud campuses is accredited
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 North River
Road, Rosemount, IL, 60018. 713-714-8880.
• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences
5600 North River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
Phone: 773-714-8880
Fax: 773-714-8886
The Associate Degree Nursing program at
Rasmussen College-Ocala School of Nursing is
accredited by the Accreditation Commission
of Education in Nursing (ACEN), 3343
Peachtree Road NE, Suite 850, Atlanta, GA
30326; (404) 975-5000. acenursing.org
The Nursing BS Degree (RN to BSN program) at
Rasmussen College is a new applicant pursuing
initial accreditation by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education, One Dupont
Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036;
(202) 887-6791. New applicant status
is neither a status of accreditation nor a
guarantee that accreditation will be granted.
Programs or campuses not listed above
are not programmatically accredited.
Licenses, Authorizations, Certifications,
Approvals, and Registrations
The Arkansas Higher Education Coordinating
Board has certified Rasmussen College to offer
the following degree programs by distance
technology to Arkansas residents: Accounting
B.S., Business Management B.S., Early Childhood
Education Leadership B.S., Marketing B.S.,
Finance B.S., Healthcare Management B.S.,
Human Resources and Organizational Leadership
B.S., Health Information Management B.S.,
Criminal Justice B.S., Nursing B.S. (RN to BSN),
Cyber Security B.S., Information Technology
Management B.S., Accounting A.A.S., Business
Management A.A.S., Early Childhood Education
A.A.S., Health Information Technician A.A.S.,
Medical Administration A.A.S., Criminal Justice
A.A.S., Human Services A.A.S., Paralegal
A.A.S., and Information Systems Management
A.A.S. Arkansas Higher Education Coordinating
Board certification does not constitute an
endorsement of any institution or program.
Such certification merely indicates that
certain criteria have been met as required
under the rules and regulations implementing
institutional and program certification as
defined in Arkansas Code 6-61-301.
Rasmussen College is licensed by the
Commission for Independent Education,
Florida Department of Education. Additional
information regarding this institution may be
obtained by contacting the Commission at:
•Commission for Independent Education
Florida Department of Education
325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414
Tallahassee, FL 32399
888-224-6684
Rasmussen College is licensed as a private
career school with the Illinois Board of Higher
Education. Licensure is not an endorsement
of the institution. Credits earned at the
institution may not transfer to all other
institutions. The education programs may not
meet the needs of every student or employer.
•Illinois Board of Higher Education
431 East Adams Street, 2nd Floor
Springfield, Illinois 62701
Phone: 217-782-2551
•Illinois Department of Financial and
Professional Regulation
Division of Professional Regulation
100 West Randolph Street, 9th Floor
Chicago, IL 60601
This institution is authorized by:
•The Indiana Board for Proprietary Education
101 W. Ohio St., Suite 670
Indianapolis, IN 46204-1984
Rasmussen College is registered with the
Iowa College Student Aid Commission.
•Iowa College Student Aid Commission
603 East 12th Street, 5th Floor
Des Moines, IA 50319
877-272-4456
Rasmussen College is approved by
the Kansas Board of Regents:
•Kansas Board of Regents
1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520
Topeka, KS 66612
785-296-3421
Rasmussen College is registered as a private
institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher
Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to
136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of
the institution. Credits earned at the institution
may not transfer to all other institutions.
•Minnesota Office of Higher Education
1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350
St. Paul, MN 55108
651-642-0533
Rasmussen College is authorized by the
State Board of Higher Education of the North
Dakota University System. Authorization
is not an endorsement of the institution.
Credits earned at the institution may
not transfer to all other institutions.
•North Dakota University System
State Board of Higher Education
10th Floor, State Capitol
600 East Boulevard Ave, Dept. 215
Bismarck, ND 58505-0230
701-328-2960
Rasmussen College is licensed as a private
career school with the State of Wisconsin
Educational Approval Board. Licensure is not an
endorsement of the institution. Credits earned
at the institution may not transfer to all other
institutions. The education programs may not
meet the needs of every student or employer.
•State of Wisconsin Educational Approval Board
201 West Washington Ave., 3rd Floor
Madison, WI 53703
608-266-1996
The State of Wisconsin Educational Approval
Board has approved all of Rasmussen
College’s programs except the Law
Enforcement AAS degree and certificates.
•Wisconsin Department of Regulation &
Licensing
P.O. Box 8935
Madison, WI 53708
608-266-2112
Approved For:
•Veterans’ benefits for all National Online
students are certified through Bloomington, MN
•Veterans’ benefits by the State Approving
Agencies in Florida, Illinois, Minnesota,
North Dakota, and Wisconsin
•Florida Board of Nursing
•Illinois Board of Nursing
•Minnesota Board of Nursing
•Wisconsin Board of Nursing
Statement of Ownership
Rasmussen College, Inc. is a private corporation
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Rasmussen, Inc. is the parent company of
Rasmussen College, Inc., with campuses
located in the States of Florida, Illinois, Kansas,
Minnesota, North Dakota, and Wisconsin.
Corporate Officers:
• Robert E. King, Executive Chairman
• Thomas M. Slagle, President
Limitations
This catalog was prepared using information
current at the time of publishing, however all
information contained herein is subject to change
without notice at the discretion of the College.
This includes but is not limited to the following:
admission and graduation requirements,
academic calendar, course descriptions and
content, courses offered, online courses and
programs, and statement of tuition and fees.
For current calendars, students should refer to
a copy of the schedule of classes for the term
in which they enroll. The courses listed in this
catalog are intended as a general indication of
Rasmussen College’s curricula. Courses and
programs are subject to modification at any
time. Not all courses are offered every term
and the faculty teaching a particular course
or program may vary. Students who maintain
continuous enrollment will be able to complete
their program at Rasmussen College even if the
program is discontinued. Rasmussen College
reserves the right to cancel any class because of
under-enrollment or non-availability of selected
faculty and to add or to delete certain courses,
programs, or areas of study, to make faculty
changes, and to modify tuition charges, interest
charges, fees, and the course resource fee.
Many employers, certification boards, and
licensing organizations require criminal
background checks. Therefore, prior
criminal convictions may impair one’s
eligibility to sit for these exams or to secure
employment in one’s chosen career field.
Pharmacy Technician students convicted
of non-drug-related felonies may not be
eligible to sit for the Pharmacy Technician
Certification Board (PTCB) exam.
Pharmacy Technician students convicted
of drug- or pharmacy-related felonies ARE
NOT eligible to sit for the PTCB exam.
Students seeking licensing as professional peace
officers in Minnesota must complete the required
Law Enforcement coursework at Rasmussen
College or transfer in the equivalent. In addition,
these students must complete an officially
recognized first aid course in First Responder,
Emergency Medical Technician, or Emergency
Response, and to complete practical/”skills”
coursework meeting POST objectives, to be
eligible to sit for the Peace Officer Standards
and Training (POST) licensing exam. Students
must provide Rasmussen College with a copy
of their required first aid certification (such
as a copy of their first responder card) for
inclusion in the student’s file at Rasmussen
College. Some skills training providers may
require additional academic coursework.
Skills training cannot be completed online.
Rasmussen College reserves the right to deny
admission to applicants whose total credentials
reflect an inability to assume the obligations of
performance and behavior deemed essential
by Rasmussen College and relevant to any of
its lawful missions, process, and functions
as an educational institution and business.
The administration of Rasmussen College
reserves the right to address any issue in this
catalog or its operations regarding its meaning.
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
FACULTY AND STAFF
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Henry S. Bienen
– Chairman, Rasmussen College
– President Emeritus, Northwestern
University, Evanston, Illinois
Herman Bulls
– International Director,
Jones Lang LaSalle
Stanford J. Goldblatt, Esq.
– Of Counsel, Winston & Strawn LLP
Robert E. King
– Chairman, Rasmussen, Inc.
Thomas M. Slagle
– CEO, Rasmussen College
Kristi A. Waite
– President, Rasmussen College
CENTRAL OFFICE
CAMPUS ADMINISTRATION
Kristi A. Waite
President
B.A., Concordia University Trenda Boyum-Breen
Chief Academic Officer
Ed.D, University of Minnesota
M.S., Winona State University
B.A., Concordia College
Dwayne Bertotto
Regional Admissions Vice President
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Superior
Brent Dobsch, CPA
Chief Financial Officer
M.I.S., M.B.A., Katz Graduate School of Business
B.S., University of Delaware
Tawnie L. Cortez
Vice President of Student Affairs
B.A., Montana State University Donato J. DeVito
Senior Vice President, Admissions Services
M.B.A., University of Scranton
B.S., Excelsior College George Fogel
Vice President of Compliance and Financial Services
M.B.A., University of Chicago
B.A., DePauw University
Douglas Gardner
Campus President
B.A., Buena Vista College
Susan M. Hammerstrom
Vice President, Admissions & Training
B.S., St. Cloud State University Amy King
Campus President
M.B.A., Benedictine University
B.S., Northern Illinois University
Tom Slagle
Chief Executive Officer
B.S., University of Toledo
Greg Witte
Regional Vice President
B.M.E., Central Missouri State University Chad Knapp
Campus Director
B.S., Purdue University
Aurora/Naperville
Michael Steinke
Director of Admissions
M.B.A., University of Scranton
B.S., University of Central Florida
Aurora/Naperville
Chris Springer
Campus Director
B.A., Millikin University Mokena/Tinley Park
Dennis Safka
Director of Admissions
M.B.A., Keller Graduate School of Management
B.S., Northern Illinois University Mokena/Tinley Park
Craig Steege
Campus Director
B.A., American Intercontinental University Rockford
Trisha L. Kamis
Director of Admissions
M.B.A., Colorado Technology University
B.S., University of Illinois-Urbana/Champaign Rockford
Amy King
Campus Director
M.B.A., Benedictine University
B.S., Northern Illinois University Romeoville/Joliet
Diane Nowaczyk
Associate Campus Director
M.B.A., Benedictine University
B.S., University of Illinois – Chicago
Romeoville/Joliet
Chris Phillips
National Director of Online Admissions
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison Online
Jessica Jacobs
Director of Admissions
M.B.A., Benedictine University
B.S., Rasmussen College Online
Phillip Kagol
Director of Student Success
B.S., St. Cloud State University
Online
Pat Ogrin
Director of Admissions
B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato
Online
Sharon Richardson
Director of Admissions
M.S., Troy State University
B.S., University of Louisville
Online
Kevin Roberts
Senior Director of Admissions
M.B.A., University of Scranton
B.S., University of South Dakota
Online
Twin Cities
Twin Cities
Twin Cities
Chicago
Twin Cities
Orlando
Chicago
Twin Cities
Twin Cities
Chicago
Twin Cities
Chicago
FACULTY
AND STAFF
888-5-RASMUSSEN
73
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
FACULTY AND STAFF
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Matthew Segaard
Assistant Vice President of Institutional Research and Assessment
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
M.A., Ohio University
M.A., B.A., Bowling Green State University Twin Cities
Matthew Petz
Vice President of Academic Affairs – Program Leadership
M.A., St. Mary’s University of Minnesota
B.E.S., St. Cloud State University Twin Cities
John Smith-Coppes
Vice President of Academic Affairs – Operations
M.B.A., Bethel University
B.Acc., University of San Diego
Twin Cities
Kathe Kacheroski
Assistant Vice President, Academic Affairs – Program Leadership
M.A., University of St. Thomas
B.A., University of Illinois – Urbana-Champaign
Twin Cities
Carrie Daninhirsch
Regional Dean
M.S., Lesley College
B.S., Northeastern University
Southeast
Joy Henrich
Regional Dean
M.S., B.S., Cardinal Stritch University
Great Lakes
Karen Meyer
Regional Dean
M.S., B.S., Kansas State University
M.S., Fort Hays State Midwest
Marta Leonida
Academic Dean
M.H.R.M., M.B.A., Keller Graduate School of Management
M.S.M.E., Gheorghe Asachi University Aurora/Naperville
Julie Lawrence
Academic Dean
M.Ed., National Louis University
B.S., Indiana University Mokena/Tinley Park
Caroline Gulbrandsen
Academic Dean
M.Ed., Florida Atlantic University
B.A., University of South Florida Rockford
Traci Steed
Academic Dean
D.C., Parker College of Chiropractic
Romeoville/Joliet
74
rasmussen.edu
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Ann Morgan
Vice President of Academic Affairs – Learning and Teaching
M.A., University of Minnesota-Twin Cities
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire Twin Cities
Michelle Carlin
Academic Dean
M.A., University of Hartford
B.A., Wells College National Online
Lynne Croteau
Academic Dean – AcceleratED
M.B.A., M.H.R.M.,Keller Graduate School of
Management of DeVry University
B.S., Westfield State College
Twin Cities
Sabrina Ely
Academic Dean – Distance Education
M.A., Bethel University
B.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls Twin Cities
Jennifer Moorhead
Associate Dean
M.B.A., B.S., University of Central Florida Southeast
Todd Pugh
Associate Dean
M.S., Concordia University
B.A., Coe College
Midwest
Deidre Walker
Associate Dean
M.A., Trinity International University
B.A., Loyola University
Great Lakes
Heather Zink
Hybrid Classroom Manager
M.S., Saint Joseph’s University
B.S., Ohio Northern University
Clinical Lab Science Certificate-Wright
State University Twin Cities
Venus Fisher
State Program Coordinator
M.B.A., B.S., Roosevelt University Romeoville/Joliet
Drew Dreseden
M.B.A., Keller Graduate School of Management
of DeVry University
M.A.F.M., DeVry University
B.S., Illinois State University Aurora/Naperville
Scot Thurman
J.D., University at Buffalo School of Law
M.A., Moody Theological Seminary
Aurora/Naperville
Adam Samuelson
M.B.A., North Central College
B.S., Northern Illinois University Rockford
Heather Bradshaw
J.D., Thomas M. Cooley Law School
B.A., Northern Illinois University Rockford
Elle O’Keeffe
M.B.A., Keller Graduate School of
Management of DeVry University
M.A., B.A., University of Central Florida
Online
Latricia Roundtree
M.B.A., Webster University
B.S., Florida State University Online
SCHOOL OF DESIGN
Jennifer Ayotte
Dean, School of Design
M.S., St. Joseph’s University
B.F.A., University of Missouri – Columbia
Twin Cities
Russ Merritt
State Program Coordinator
M.Ed., Grand Canyon University
B.A., Ohio Christian University
Appleton
Alex Dolezal
M.A., Governors State University
B.A., University of Iowa
Aurora/Naperville
Jean Graham
M.L.A., University of Chicago
B.A., Loyola University Aurora/Naperville
Drew Blom
B.F.A., Rocky Mountain College of Art and Design
Online
Ed Sargeant
M.A., Camberwell College of Arts – London
B.A., Bournemouth University –England
Online
2014-2015 CATALOG AND STUDENT HANDBOOK
FACULTY AND STAFF
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Mary Muhs
Dean, Early Childhood Education
M.A., National Lewis University
B.A., University of Illinois
Kristen Walley
State Program Coordinator
M.A., National-Louis University
B.A., Northern Illinois University Joni Kuhn
M.A., City University of Seattle
B.A., Western Washington University
Twin Cities
Aurora/Naperville
Online
Christian Wright, DC
Dean, School of Health Sciences
D.C., B.S., National University of Health Sciences
M.A.C.C., Argosy University
Twin Cities
Tammy Renner, MT (ASCP)
Medical Laboratory Technician Program Director
M.S., University of North Dakota
B.S., Minot State University Twin Cities
Joni Rudd, RHIA
Health Information Technician Program Coordinator
B.S., Chicago State University
Aurora/Naperville
Loren Baer
M.S.H.A., University of St. Francis
B.B.A., Robert Morris College
Aurora/Naperville
La Dalea Ferrell
M.H., B.A., Ashford University
Aurora/Naperville
Laura Freeman
A.A.S., Harper College
Aurora/Naperville
William Hertz
D.C., National College of Chiropractic
B.S., Central Michigan University Aurora/Naperville
Adam Macek
D.C., National University of Health Science
B.S., Purdue University
Aurora/Naperville
Nadia La Vieri
Medical Assisting Program Coordinator
B.S., Elmhurst College
A.A.S., Moraine Valley Community College
A.S., Triton College Mokena/Tinley Park
Bonnie Moore
Health Information Technician Program Coordinator
B.F.A., Rockford College
A.A.S., Rasmussen College
Rockford
Deb Slaughter, CCRC (ACRP), CLA (ASCP), CMA (AAMA),
CPhT(PTCB)
Medical Assisting Program Coordinator
M.Ed., Grand Canyon University
B.S., West Virginia State University Rockford
Corissa Arle
B.A., A.A.S., Robert Morris University
Rockford
Brad Bennett
M.S., B.S., Western Illinois University Rockford
Kyra Austin
Health Information Technician Program Coordinator
M.A., Lewis University
B.S., Illinois State University Romeoville/Joliet
Asiyah Jafary
M.S., South University
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison
B.S., Westwood College Romeoville/Joliet
Charline Bumgardner, BA, RHIT
B.A., Warner University
A.A., Brevard Community College
Online
Judy Johnson
M.S., University of Minnesota
M.H.S.A., The George Washington University
B.S., University of Illinois Online
SCHOOL OF JUSTICE STUDIES
Currie Myers
Dean, School of Justice Studies
Ph.D., M.S.,Southwest University
M.B.A., Benedictine College
B.S., Ottawa University
Mike Espinoza
M.S., Lewis University
B.S., Calumet College of St. Joseph Heather Bradshaw
J.D., Thomas M. Cooley Law School
B.A., Northern Illinois University
Kirk Olson
J.D., University of Minnesota Law School
B.A., University of Minnesota
Twin Cities
Aurora/Naperville
Rockford
Online
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Joan Rich, DNP, RN, PHN, FCN
Vice President, School of Nursing
D.N.P., Johns Hopkins University School of Nursing
M.L.S., University of Minnesota
B.A., College of St. Scholastica
F.C.N., Concordia College Twin Cities
Cheryl Anema, PhD, RN
Regional Director of Nursing
Ph.D., Rush University
M.S.N., Loyola University
B.S.N., DePaul University
Diploma, Wesley-Passavant School of Nursing
Mokena/Tinley Park
Virginia Aulik, MSN, RN
M.S.N., Grand Canyon University
M.S., University of St. Francis
B.S.N., Viterbo College
Rockford
Lynn McClellan, MSN, RN
M.S.N., B.S.N., Drexel University
Diploma, Crouse-Irving Memorial Hospital School of Nursing
Rockford
Nancy Shuler, MSN, RN
M.S.N., Northern Illinois University
M.A., Webster University
B.S.N., Illinois Wesleyan University
Rockford
Holly Janssen, MSN, RN
Dean of Nursing
M.S.N., Governors State University
B.S.N., Rush University
Romeoville/Joliet
Patricia Reitsma, MSN, RN
M.S.N., Northern Illinois University
B.S.N., Loyola University
A.A.S, Prairie State College
Romeoville/Joliet
Vicky Weidling, MSN, RN
M.S.N., Olivet Nazarene University
B.S.N., Lewis University
A.D.N., Joliet Junior College
Romeoville/Joliet
FACULTY
AND STAFF
888-5-RASMUSSEN
75
RASMUSSEN COLLEGE ILLINOIS
FACULTY AND STAFF
LIBRARY AND LEARNING CENTER
SCHOOL OF TECHNOLOGY
Dave Garrison
Dean, School of Technology
M.L.S., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities
B.S., Saint Mary’s University of Minnesota
Twin Cities
Alex Dolezal
M.A., Governors State University
B.A., University of Iowa
Aurora/Naperville
Jean Graham
M.L.A., University of Chicago
B.A., Loyola University Aurora/Naperville
Mark Relf
State Program Coordinator
M.I.S., B.S.I.T., University of Phoenix
Aurora/Naperville
Ronnie Cervantes
M.A., DeVry University
B.S., University of Wisconsin – Parkside
Online
GENERAL EDUCATION &
DEVELOPMENTAL EDUCATION
Brooks Doherty
Dean, General Studies
M.A., University College-London
B.A., University of Minnesota Jean Graham
M.L.A., University of Chicago
B.A., Loyola University
Andrea Leppert
M.A., B.A., Northern Illinois University
Marlys Moon
B.A., North Central College Susan Trestrail
M.S., B.A., Northern Illinois University Steve Honeywell
M.A., B.A., Northern Illinois University Allisha Teleso
M.S. Illinois State University
B.S. Western Illinois University
Keitaro Matsuoka
M.S., B.S., University of Illinois
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin Robert Anderson
B.S., University of North Dakota
B.S., Mayville State University
Sherry Kamrowski
B.S., Winona State University Sabine Meyer
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
M.A., B.A., University of Kassel Germany Rebecca Sims
M.A., University of California-Santa Barbara
B.A., DePaul University-Greencastle Charlene Weatherford
M.Ed., Nova Southeastern University
B.A., Newberry College 76
rasmussen.edu
Twin Cities
Aurora/Naperville
Aurora/Naperville
Aurora/Naperville
Aurora/Naperville
Rockford
Rockford
Romeoville/Joliet
Online
Online
Online
Online
Online
Emily O’Connor
Dean of Library and Learning Services
M.S., Florida State University
B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College
Twin Cities
Beth Marie Gooding
Associate Dean of Library
M.S., M.L.S., Indiana University
B.A., University of Iowa
Twin Cities
Jon Mladic
Associate Dean of Learning Center
M.A., DePaul University
B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University
Chicago
Jennifer Stoker
Regional Learning Center Manager
M.A., Lewis University
B.A., University of Central Florida
Twin Cities
Erin Lasley
Regional Learning Center Manager
M.A., University of St. Thomas
B.A., Hamline University
Twin Cities
Bonnie Ostrand
Librarian/Learning Center Coordinator
M.S.Ed., Northern Illinois University
B.A., North Central College
Aurora/Naperville
Cynthia Huntoon
Learning Center Coordinator
M.Ed., B.A., Purdue University
Mokena/Tinley Park
Cynthia Reynolds
Reference Librarian
M.L.I.S., University of Illinois-Urbana/Champaign
B.S., Illinois State University Rockford
Bethany McNutt
Learning Center Coordinator
M.S., Northern Illinois University
B.A. University of Illinois
Rockford
John Fedoryn
Reference Librarian
M.L.I.S., Dominican University
B.A., University of Illinois-Champaign-Urbana Romeoville/Joliet
Tonja Killingham
Learning Center Coordinator
M.A., B.A., Western Michigan University
Romeoville/Joliet
At Rasmussen College,
we pride ourselves on supporting
our students’ academic and career
goals through our industry-experienced,
inspiring, and dedicated faculty
and a variety of in-demand
degree options.
rasmussen.edu
CAMPUS LOCATIONS
ILLINOIS
FLORIDA
Aurora/Naperville
Rockford
Fort Myers
Ocala 2363 Sequoia Drive
6000 East State Street
9160 Forum Corporate Parkway
4755 Southwest 46th Court
Aurora, IL 60506
Rockford, IL 61108
Fort Myers, FL 33905
Ocala, FL 34474
630-888-3500
815-316-4800
239-477-2100
352-629-1941
Mokena/Tinley Park
Romeoville/Joliet
Land O’Lakes/East Pasco Ocala School of Nursing 8650 West Spring Lake Road
1400 West Normantown Road
18600 Fernview Street
2100 Southwest 22nd Place
Mokena, IL 60448
Romeoville, IL 60446
Land O’Lakes, FL 34638
Ocala, FL 34471
815-534-3300
815-306-2600
813-435-3601
352-629-1941
New Port Richey/
West Pasco
Tampa/Brandon KANSAS
4042 Park Oaks Boulevard
Kansas City/
Overland Park Topeka
8661 Citizens Drive
Tampa, FL 33610
620 Southwest Governor View
New Port Richey, FL 34654
813-246-7600
11600 College Boulevard Topeka, KS 66606
727-942-0069
Overland Park, KS 66210
785-228-7320
MINNESOTA
913-491-7870
NORTH DAKOTA
Blaine
Lake Elmo/Woodbury
3629 95th Avenue Northeast
8565 Eagle Point Circle
Lake Elmo, MN 55042
Bismarck Fargo
Blaine, MN 55014
1701 East Century Avenue
4012 19th Avenue Southwest
763-795-4720
651-259-6600
Bismarck, ND 58503
Fargo, ND 58103
701-530-9600
701-277-3889
Bloomington
Mankato 4400 West 78th Street
130 Saint Andrews Drive
Bloomington, MN 55435 Mankato, MN 56001
952-545-2000
507-625-6556
WISCONSIN
Appleton
Wausau
3500 East Destination Drive
1101 Westwood Drive
Appleton, WI 54915
Wausau, WI 54401
920-750-5900
715-841-8000
Green Bay
904 South Taylor Street
Green Bay, WI 54303
920-593-8400
NATIONAL ONLINE
888-5-RASMUSSEN
Brooklyn Park/Maple Grove Moorhead
8301 93rd Avenue North
1250 29th Avenue South
Brooklyn Park, MN 55445
Moorhead, MN 56560
763-493-4500
218-304-6200
Brooklyn Park Technology
and Design Center
St. Cloud 8245 93rd Avenue North
St. Cloud, MN 56301
Brooklyn Park, MN 55445
320-251-5600
226 Park Avenue South
763-493-4500
Eagan
3500 Federal Drive
Eagan, MN 55122
651-687-9000
Copyright В©2014, Rasmussen College.
Connect With Us
All Rights Reserved
SEPTEMBER 2014
rasmussen.edu
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement